[RSArchive Icon] Rudolf Steiner Archive Home  Version 2.5.4
 [ [Table of Contents] | Search ]


[Spacing]
Searching Rudolf Steiner Lectures (by Bn/GA Number)
Matches

You may select a new search term and repeat your search. Searches are not case sensitive, and you can use regular expressions in your queries.


Enter your search term:
by: title, keyword, or contextually
   


Query was: feel

Here are the matching lines in their respective documents. Select one of the highlighted words in the matching lines below to jump to that point in the document.

  • Title: Lecture: Mathematics and Occultism.
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness; then we shall feel something of the abounding power
  • Title: Address: The Spiritual-Scientific Basis of Goethe's Work
    Matching lines:
    • When the sound, healthy nature of man works as a whole, when he feels
    • when this harmonious feeling of well-being gives him a pure free
    • delight, then might the Universe, could it consciously feel, deeming
    • hearts through which she feels and speaks ... Her crown is love,
    • Paris, he feels he is casting a searching glance into the
    • looks beneath the surface may feel quite certain of the
  • Title: Esoteric Development: Lecture II: The Psychological Foundations of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • at times seem decidedly strange. This feeling of strangeness can be
    • is achieved, it consists in the fact that the soul feels as if lifted
    • the feeling of the human being is such that his conscious life,
    • that the mind feels itself permeated by an experience of itself not
    • the moment of awaking out of sleep. It is possible then to feel
    • organization. One feels, as if in a remembered concept, an
    • feel of a piece of hot iron and actually touching it. Precisely
    • interrelationships; and the self does not feel, as in the case of the
    • result, and may then feel the mere after-effects of the symbolic
    • experienced; but one does not feel that one confronts it. This comes
    • experience of a content of consciousness through feeling.)
    • occurs, the spiritual researcher feels that it is the resistance of
    • Thus the spiritual researcher feels, in connection with the process
    • “cold intellect,” without the rapture of the feeling
  • Title: Mission of Spiritual Science and Its Building at Dornach
    Matching lines:
    • intention to propagandise or arouse feeling either for Spiritual
    • of course, there is no feeling left of the surprising effect produced
    • only be aware of what we are thinking and feeling for him in our souls
    • not wish to proselytise or arouse feeling for our cause, but only to
    • reverence when, out of the feelings which his knowledge arouses in him,
    • Far from it. And finally, if from certain deeply-seated feelings which
    • certain conception or feeling about Christ, about Jesus, and we say to
    • him, “Certainly, we recognise these feelings as wholly justified;
    • feelings when we have received into our souls the living essence of
    • would not be able to understand the subject out of his own feelings.
    • be abused, which arises out of a new way of feeling.
    • feeling of space being shut off by the form, but one has the feeling
  • Title: Lecture: Human Life in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • paralyzing effect on us. And the continual spread of this feeling of partial
    • Deubler as an individual we can well feel admiration. He became a
    • The feeling thus expressed by Herman Grimm, in an age when it was not
    • human feeling which urgently demands a solution of the great problems of
    • winter because of seeing the snow and feeling the cold does not know that
    • and contains answers desired by the individuals who feel, in the manner
    • faintest degree human religious feelings or religious life. On the
    • of spiritual research will feel some degree of consolation in face of the
    • considering such cases the right kind of feeling and attitude is aroused in
  • Title: Article: Knowledge of the State Between Death and a New Birth
    Matching lines:
    • A spiritual investigator with a feeling for, and an understanding of
    • that the soul activities which reveal themselves as thinking, feeling
    • functions, what relation exists between thinking, feeling and willing;
    • study of the inner experiences of thinking, feeling and willing is
    • thinking, feeling and willing reveal nothing that could fulfil the
    • of knowledge also shows that in thinking, feeling and willing
    • ordinary thinking, feeling and willing, as it is impossible to
    • that one is living in a reality; one feels this reality as one's own
    • feeling of loneliness resembling fear can overtake the soul — a
    • oneself. Yet another feeling arises. One feels one must lose again the
    • directions, but turn out to be a unity. The feeling of anxiety
    • what is contained in thinking and willing. Now feeling cannot be
    • experienced within the physical world as feeling can be developed in
    • corresponds to feeling in the spiritual world arises quite of itself
    • way. This experience of feeling, however, bears a different character
    • from that borne by feeling in the physical world. One does not feel in
    • into them with one's feeling; one feels their inner being, as in
    • physical life one feels one's own being. We might put it in this way:
    • experiencing beings and facts through revelations of feeling which
    • feeling element revealing itself from without can first be experienced
  • Title: Lecture: Human Life in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • paralyzing effect on us. And the continual spread of this feeling of partial
    • Deubler as an individual we can well feel admiration. He became a
    • The feeling thus expressed by Herman Grimm, in an age when it was not
    • human feeling which urgently demands a solution of the great problems of
    • winter because of seeing the snow and feeling the cold does not know that
    • and contains answers desired by the individuals who feel, in the manner
    • faintest degree human religious feelings or religious life. On the
    • of spiritual research will feel some degree of consolation in face of the
    • considering such cases the right kind of feeling and attitude is aroused in
  • Title: Article: Luciferic & Ahrimanic in their Relation to Man
    Matching lines:
    • those feelings of antipathy which have been rightly linked to it on
  • Title: Lecture: Mathematics and Occultism.
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness; then we shall feel something of the abounding power
  • Title: Address: The Spiritual-Scientific Basis of Goethe's Work
    Matching lines:
    • When the sound, healthy nature of man works as a whole, when he feels
    • when this harmonious feeling of well-being gives him a pure free
    • delight, then might the Universe, could it consciously feel, deeming
    • hearts through which she feels and speaks ... Her crown is love,
    • Paris, he feels he is casting a searching glance into the
    • looks beneath the surface may feel quite certain of the
  • Title: Article: Supersensible Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • this Science itself is powerless to remove them. He who fails to feel
    • consciousness — in moods, in shades of feeling and the like, if not
    • to the conscious feeling perception of itself, as of a supersensible
    • feels this Being filled with real content, even as the ‘I’ of
    • a supersensible, purely spiritual content is entering the feeling and
    • consciousness, from that of ordinary Perception, Thinking, Feeling and
    • inadequately prepared for the higher knowledge will feel an
  • Title: Oswald Spengler: Article I: Spengler's "Perspectives of World History"
    Matching lines:
    • One feels compelled to compare the beginning and end of these
    • the setting sun. Strange is the feeling that then presses in
    • upon you — a feeling of enigmatic fear in the presence of
    • Throughout the whole book one feels that the
    • picture-knowledge has its transparency. One who feels this will
    • the inner realm. Man feels the machine to be devilish, and
  • Title: Oswald Spengler: Article II: The Flight From Thinking
    Matching lines:
    • forces which become destiny in the plant-world. This feeling of
    • abstract thinking. He is a significant personality. He can feel
  • Title: Oswald Spengler: Article III: Spengler's Physiognomic View of History
    Matching lines:
    • feels himself as the sheath of the unitary world-spirit which
    • feeling.
    • Asia Minor this feeling appears in different peoples. Jesus, in
    • Christianity arises through the fact that this Magian feeling
  • Title: Lecture Series: William Shakespeare
    Matching lines:
    • unfolds its thoughts and feelings.
  • Title: Lecture: William Shakespeare
    Matching lines:
    • and feelings in the presentation of an individual
  • Title: Schiller and Our Times: Lecture I: Schiller's Life and Characteristic Quality
    Matching lines:
    • religious feeling that the German wants to be free. The
    • soul expresses itself in gesture and in feeling. He seeks to
    • education into harmony. As man, he feels himself free through
  • Title: Schiller and Our Times: Lecture II: Schiller's Work and its Changing Phases
    Matching lines:
    • nature and moral feeling or what man develops within himself as
    • revolutionary feeling, a protest against the whole line of
    • objective order and the demand made by his humanity, and feels
  • Title: Schiller and Our Times: Lecture III: Schiller and Goethe
    Matching lines:
    • mature by the ways in which average people come to feel
  • Title: Schiller and Our Times: Lecture IV: Schiller's Weltanschauung and his Wallenstein


    Matching lines:
    • could, he feels, regard the world from this standpoint. Is it
    • sacred laws of feeling and the heart, brings the harmony of the
  • Title: Schiller and Our Times: Lecture V: Schiller, the Greek Drama and Nietzsche
    Matching lines:
    • offended against moral feeling, he wrote more or less like this
    • which is inevitable. That was Schiller's feeling, and that was
    • we are to feel tragedy in this sense, we must eliminate the
  • Title: Schiller and Our Times: Lecture VI: Schiller's Later Plays
    Matching lines:
    • the idea of freedom, but from purely personal feeling, offended
    • woman's feelings; the poet requires something which grows
    • Man only becomes free when he controls his personal feeling in
    • thing. We cannot say that our senses, perceptions and feelings
    • feeling of the world around us, press upon us. This Demetrius
    • for instance, allowed their feelings to find utterance:
  • Title: Schiller and Our Times: Lecture VII: Schiller's Influence during the Nineteenth Century
    Matching lines:
    • which permeated all his contemporaries as feeling and thinking.
  • Title: Schiller and Our Times: Lecture VIII: What can the present learn from Schiller
    Matching lines:
    • which I have mentioned. Schiller's feeling towards Truth was
    • time in men's feelings. Schiller had grown up out of the
    • biographers, but the feeling of the age has become a stranger
  • Title: Schiller and Our Times: Lecture IX: Schiller and Idealism
    Matching lines:
    • Greek drama, what is it but a religious feeling that lies at
    • aimed at the purification of these feelings.” It was
    • classical period there was a strong feeling that the beautiful
    • a pure, almost godlike feeling, and see before him an
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course I: Lecture I: The Eternal and the Transient in the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • need only to realise that the human being thinking of death feels a
    • Because the subjective feeling of happiness is involved in this question.
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course I: Lecture II: The Origin of the Soul
    Matching lines:
    • possible and do research. “Feeling is everything; name is but
    • in his feeling; one believes to remain preserved in a lack of clarity,
    • feeling.
    • with nothing else than unclear feelings concerning the soul, would we
    • his feeling only? No, the soul cannot be explained by uncertain feeling.
    • little exclusively to the feeling as science does it if it explains
    • electricity. Not wallowing in feelings theosophy tries to further the
    • the ability of percipience, of feeling. We suffer pain if we pierce
    • in the world, also the animal soul can scoop the feeling, the desire
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course I: Lecture III: The Nature of God from the Theosophical Standpoint
    Matching lines:
    • sensations and feelings with the human beings. They form the different
    • we feel something that goes beyond it, and then we have something of
    • truth goes which reveals itself to you which we must feel and which
    • concept of what the fetish adorer feels to his fetish. The fetish adorers
    • of the human being works as a whole if he feels being in the world like
    • grants a pure, free delight to him: then the universe if it could feel
    • and feeling. We should behave as advanced human beings. That is why
    • cannot really feel against nature. We should feel with nature. What
    • We have to realise that we must have the right sensations and feelings
    • in ourselves, then our feeling becomes devout again, then we become
    • only that human being also creates a deep feeling, a feeling, which
    • as science together into a lively feeling, into a feeling of the divine.
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course II: Lecture I: The Epistemological Basis of Theosophy I
    Matching lines:
    • view filled with all kinds of allegories and feeling elements, and that
    • human mind, with a natural, maybe religious feeling and with a need
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course II: Lecture II: The Epistemological Basis of Theosophy II
    Matching lines:
    • what we feel as a sound world. Thus the epistemologist can easily say: tone
    • what is there if no feeling eye exists? — It should be nothing else of
    • the world if the feeling eye is removed from the world.
    • epidermis is without a nerve, it can never feel anything. The epidermis is always
    • are separated from the thing, and what you really feel is produced within the
    • on him. In any case nothing can penetrate into him. Everything that he feels
    • if we feel green or blue that we sense tone by the aerial oscillations. The
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course II: Lecture III: The Epistemological Basis of Theosophy III
    Matching lines:
    • that a hand is there which feels? Only because we perceive them as we perceive
    • attitude as Schopenhauer: I have also to award a feeling of existence to all
    • tries to explain this. Fechner tries to replace the feeling
    • of existence generally with feeling. Herbart — he said — would have
    • of feeling. He could have written like Schopenhauer: the world as feeling and
    • we feel called to say that the world is our idea or imagination or anything
    • our subjective feeling, but we look for something that is there outdoors. Thus
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course I: Lecture IV: Theosophy and Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • those who should be led only by the weak feeling, only by faith to this salvation.
    • is a testimony that the human being feels the word living in himself if he passes
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course IV: Lecture I: Theosophy and Spiritism
    Matching lines:
    • of our soul? — If those feel bored stiff of that which is presented as
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course IV: Lecture II: Theosophy and Somnambulism
    Matching lines:
    • feel, perceive in a kind of waking dream, in a kind of sleep which is, however,
    • feelings for our inside symbolise themselves in the dream as particular events.
    • has taken place from the mere perception to the real action, from the mere feeling
    • impulses, our desires, our passions, our feelings. In this astral body the human
    • which he has put beside himself, and he does not keep on writing, he feels as
    • dark; he takes a match, kindles the candle, then he feels it again as a light
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course V: Lecture I: What Does the Modern Human Being Find in Theosophy?
    Matching lines:
    • being is at home. He asks how does this appear to the eye, how does that feel
    • remains for centuries or millennia; and may the human eyes feel contented at
    • in my soul drives me. Why do I feel revulsion? Because I feel a force in myself
    • the feelings, and we have represented the basic qualities of the spirit at the
    • we feel as a brilliant light, what is put around the figures is the world of
    • for, it is something that the modern human being feels, something that any human
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course III: Lecture I: Theosophical Teachings of the Soul. Part I: Body and Soul
    Matching lines:
    • any thinking, any willing, any feeling that everything is tied to particular
    • mechanism, in the same way we have in that which the human being feels, thinks
    • causes thinking, feeling and willing. — This is the confession of a naturalist
    • feelings and ideas Nagasena? No, all this is not Nagasena. Then the connection
    • the body, behind the feelings and ideas? Is that nothing who does others a few
    • collects fruits for eternity. The spirit feels endlessly isolated and void —
    • feels in the spiritual world endlessly isolated. The spirit which depends on
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course III: Lecture II: Theosophical Teachings of the Soul. Part II: Soul and Human Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • what takes place in the brain if a thought, a sensation, a feeling takes place
    • feelings of sympathy or antipathy, feelings of joy and pain, these or those
    • kind of experience is necessary to observe the experiences of feelings, sensations
    • else than a mechanical process. Why does the human being not say: my brain feels,
    • The basic fact of soul-life is desire and pain. For what we feel as a desire
    • or maybe also the pain which one can feel with this colour can be different,
    • completely different from the desire and pain of the other. What one feels as
    • of a sad experience if he sees this colour, therefore, he maybe feels pain.
    • course for us? Where is no slight cause which the human being feels as pain,
    • say, that the human beings do not feel the desire as intensely as they feel
    • also the effect of this listlessness. If I feel listlessness today, then this
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course III: Lecture III: Theosophical Teachings of the Soul. Part III: Soul and Mind
    Matching lines:
    • of feeling had to be removed from the personality at first. Without fear and
    • in the everyday, sensuous reality which he can see and feel — if this
    • he feels nothing of that which would have caused pain or maybe a pleasant sensation,
    • he does not feel desire and harm in the usual sense; it does not hurt him what
    • when it is able to feel pain, to perceive again, at this moment only the soul
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course V: Lecture II: What Do Our Scholars Know about Theosophy?
    Matching lines:
    • feels it , then he is dismissed. He is no longer burnt, but he is made a fool
    • world view feel alienated because one can no longer understand them.
    • human being. One gave the big mass the appropriate wisdom in pictures. The feeling
    • deepest way. The human being could understand it with his feeling in ancient
    • brotherliness and then also behold them feeling an inner lust if they talk about
    • from Herder’s pen: our tender, feeling and sensitive nature has developed
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course IV: Lecture III: The History of Spiritism
    Matching lines:
    • used to such changes. With his feeling, with his senses he looks at everything,
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course IV: Lecture IV: The History of Hypnotism and Somnambulism
    Matching lines:
    • of the chicken. Lay a chicken, whose feet are tied together, on any floor, feeling
    • he feels in the time which I said to him an irresistible urge and carries out
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course V: Lecture III: Is Theosophy Unscientific?
    Matching lines:
    • also feelings, desires, passions, and wishes exist. These desires, wishes, impulses
    • Just as you digest and speak, you feel, wish and desire. Digesting and speaking
    • as moral feeling and at the same time as scientific nature was a unity in those
    • its images at the same time. The feeling and the ethical will were connected
    • the internal feeling world the physical science conquered the outer nature.
    • in feeling and thinking is to be found in this movement.
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course V: Lecture IV: Is Theosophy Buddhist Propaganda?
    Matching lines:
    • more different concerning his temperament, feeling nature and character, not
  • Title: Lecture: Theosophy and Tolstoy
    Matching lines:
    • form, and he himself feels that it is impossible to penetrate into
    • is also filled with the warmest feeling for the life of the soul, for
    • dogma but in the life of feeling. This conception of the soul
    • Death has become a blessing in life. a dying man feels the
    • soul, at the very core of his thinking and feeling. He strove to
  • Title: Lecture: The Inner Development of Man
    Matching lines:
    • and feeling and acknowledging them as truth within certain limits, and
    • event, a sorrow or some mishap. You do need a mood, a certain feeling
    • feelings within himself in order to nurture these soul eyes. The
  • Title: Esoteric Development: Lecture VII: The Great Initiates
    Matching lines:
    • man as lust, passion, and feeling. Joyful self-sacrificing feelings
    • Feelings of hate, physical feelings, express themselves in dark color
    • living in man's soul as feeling, passion, and impulse.
    • through, feeling it through — will gain unlimited benefit. Just
    • stamped by haphazard or individual inner feeling, but they are spoken
  • Title: Two Essays on Haeckel: Essay II: Haeckel, "The Riddle of the Universe," Theosophy
    Matching lines:
    • for I know well those feelings and perceptions which, partly by
    • discovery, feelings and sensations play a great part in the
    • as separate storms and convulsions of the feelings which were
    • discovered new facts, but even then those feelings which for
    • there were an ancestor whom I should feel shame in recalling it would
    • Thus do precepts and concepts, all the soul thinks and feels,
    • feel pain, etc.? Think of a mass of whirling atoms, and it
    • question as to how sensations, feelings, and thoughts arise in
    • inwardly feel, for he still regards himself as on the same
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture I: Haeckel, the Riddles of the World and Theosophy
    Matching lines:
    • feelings, which lead the human being partially from his
    • any research, feelings and emotions play a great role in the
    • of the developing feeling of the importance of physical
    • spiritualistic feeling soul beside his scientific thinker's
    • achieve that I see red, that I hear organ tones, that I feel
    • look. What one did not understand is the origin of feeling and
    • block. The fetishist cannot worship more than he feels in
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture II: Our International Situation. War, Peace and Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • seriously, has the feeling spoken or have the facts spoken? We
  • Title: Lecture Series: The Situation of the World
    Matching lines:
    • must say to themselves that the feelings, the soul-constitution
    • earnestly: Has human feeling expressed a verdict, or the facts
    • does not only fill the soul with a content that makes us feel
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture III: Basic Concepts of Theosophy. Soul and Spirit of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • much of the ideas and thoughts living in me, of the feelings
    • What the animal feels and experiences today is the central
    • feelings for the supersensible, a sort of joy and sorrow. The
    • to feel and sympathise with the spiritual and, in the end, he
    • seizes the spirit, we feel, we think not only with the
    • the world. Our feeling, which we have closed inside, spreads
    • with the heart — as we meet a friend and feel warmth in
    • the human being no longer feels any difference between himself
    • and the animal, the plant and the stone. A general feeling of a
    • only understanding, but the general feeling of the divine world.
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture VI: The Basic Concepts of Theosophy. Human Races
    Matching lines:
    • appear in such a different and imperfect figure. One feels it
    • spoken words imprint themselves, but all thoughts, feelings and
    • something that one could feel if one moved the hands through
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture VII: The Core of Wisdom in the Religions
    Matching lines:
    • sense to his reason, sensation, and feeling. He also tries
    • reason and to my feeling. — However, he also becomes
    • and taste, seize objects, feel heat, cold, and so on,
    • I feel this big strength in myself and if I feel that with me
    • spirit that I feel as life. I feel this force as Tao. —
    • intellect; but he is no longer feeling the lively connection
    • and he is no longer feeling the connection of both.
    • we put ourselves once again in the peoples feeling the Tao.
    • Feeling this vividly means feeling the trinity, making it the
    • lively feeling awakes for that which one of the theosophists,
  • Title: Lecture: Brotherhood and the Fight for Survival
    Matching lines:
    • think and feel harmoniously together in common, are more than one
    • spiritual life took the place of the real in-each-other feelings.
    • feelings of our fellows, and make ourselves their servant. We work
    • towards a man a feeling of hate, that this hurts the soul of a man
    • but even to the feeling. Even then, if in us a feeling will stir that
    • you feel as if the soul of the other starts to warm you through, to
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture VIII: Fraternity and the Struggle for Existence
    Matching lines:
    • more and more from that which the human being feels, actually,
    • Five human beings who are together and think and feel
    • and feelings of the fellow men and serves them. Somebody works
    • hatred feeling to the human being that injures his soul even
    • completely different mutual understanding. Then you feel, as if
  • Title: Esoteric Development: Lecture I: Inner Development
    Matching lines:
    • feeling that he has an advantage over me. Try to live your way into
    • this feeling until it penetrates the most intimate fiber of your soul
    • A feeling which may seem
    • might feel hesitant to touch the door handle and open it. When you
    • begun to grasp the feeling that Christianity intends by the statement
    • This feeling of veneration
    • from this basic soul-mood; without this feeling, nothing can be
    • develop a feeling for the laws of the clock. A mineralogist will
    • the stone in his hand and to feel in a living way something akin to
    • do not feel. You cannot explain or think, you do not live, but
    • If the occultist can feel
    • feeling essential to the occultist. Then he must connect his
    • is one of the most significant allusions to the feeling that the
    • seeking occult development to develop his feeling for freedom to the
    • highest degree. That feeling for freedom enables him to seek within
    • feelings, and sensations to this point between the eyebrows through
    • absolute harmony with the facts in life. He must begin to feel
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture IX: Inner Development
    Matching lines:
    • between him and me completely, I must overcome the feeling
    • this feeling completely, so that it penetrates till the
    • feeling is the basic condition of any esoteric development, you
    • experience confirms it to you —, a feeling which is
    • feeling to be afraid to touch the handle and to open the door.
    • understood the feeling approximately which also Christianity
    • so much on whether that to whom the feeling is directed
    • feeling of admiration is the raising force, the magnetic force
    • development has to begin. Without this feeling, one can
    • in the minutest detail and develop a feeling of its principles.
    • and can vividly feel what is indicated in the following
    • because you do not feel. You cannot imagine, you cannot think
    • the esoteric can feel this rather deeply, he has grasped the
    • unimportant, then he has appropriated another of the feelings,
    • most significant hints to the feeling, which the esoteric must
    • feeling of freedom to the highest degree. This feeling of
    • how to direct your thoughts, feelings and sensations to the
    • of life. He must start feeling responsible in the strictest
  • Title: Signs/Symbols: The Christmas Festival as a Symbol of the Sun Victory
    Matching lines:
    • us. Who can feel deeply today these other significant words of Goethe
    • in which he tries to express how man can penetrate with his feelings
    • The power to feel and to enjoy her.
    • Here is expressed the mood through which Goethe, out of his feeling
    • for nature, endeavored to enliven what flowed out of feeling allied
    • with nature and there were created those signs of feeling united with
    • has existed wherever religious feeling was expressed. If you direct
    • but for those endowed with vital feeling and knowledge, it was the
    • For those who had a living feeling for the connection of man with the
    • the irregularity of thinking, feeling and willing. They are
    • rhythmical orbit, we, too, can acquire feelings for all of nature,
    • degree, man went beyond everyday feeling and attained to a higher soul
    • followed the divine rhythm of the universe. His feeling and thinking
    • “Buddhi.” When one has ceased to feel himself to be only the bearer of
    • science of the spirit, will have been reached. When our feelings will
    • what others feel, when for our feelings and sensations the same stage
    • Let us feel vividly that the glory and the revelation of divine
    • future. Then we will feel the peace of those who are of good will that
    • If, during the time of Christmas, we feel and experience the orbit of
    • presented to our souls as a feeling of nature of the highest order. If
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture X: Christmas as Symbol of the Sun's Victory
    Matching lines:
    • the other hand, does anyone still feel the whole depth of that
    • us. Who does feel the other significant saying by Goethe so
    • with power to feel and to enjoy it. You grant
    • Goethe tried out of his feeling of nature to refresh something
    • religious feeling expressed itself. If you look around in old
    • those who had a lively feeling and wisdom connected with this
    • feeling as a living expression of a spiritual experience, of an
    • did not feel this decreasing and increasing of the days
    • lively feeling of the connection of the human being with the
    • infinitely important to feel. It is the big rhythmical, the big
    • admire the big rhythm and feel the great, infinite wisdom that
    • of your thinking, feeling and willing. They wander around
    • meaning of the sentence. In this sentence, one can fully feel
    • beyond the everyday feeling, where he came to a higher mental
    • feeling and to the knowledge of the spirit. One called such a
    • to feel, to think in such a way that anything chaotic, anything
    • know it as buddhi. If the human being has stopped only feeling
    • feeling is so purified that that which one feels harmonises
    • with that which our fellow men feel, if on this earth the same
    • epoch has arrived for the feeling and the sensation, as it has
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture XI: The Christian Teachings of Wisdom
    Matching lines:
    • Then we probably feel a kind of faint at first towards all
    • feeling, intellect, and reason have always tried to introduce
    • with the long period after Christ's birth. One no longer feels
    • and feel connected with Him who experienced the great event of
    • science had to separate from the feeling, from faith. It was
    • mysteries that science and faith, feeling and faith were one.
    • between faith and knowledge, between truth and feeling. The
    • the starry heaven, and a science divested of divine feelings
    • guaranteed faith that founded such a firm feeling in humanity
    • that labour. Bliss and contentment were the feelings, which
    • feeling prevailed. The slave said to himself, he who commands
    • feel only a bit of the power of science and have something to
    • feel the victory of life over death. The faith by which even
    • spiritual-scientifically striving human beings feel this as
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture XII: Reincarnation and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • this, but the fact that thinking and feeling of the human
    • beings change, that the feeling of the soul changes more than
    • answers with sensation and feeling up to the most sophisticated
    • that releasing feeling which approaches us in the soul if we
    • — who knows this feeling knows something about the
    • religious feelings are nothing but the results of our physical
    • element of Christian feeling and sensation had been a basic
    • Everybody who feels something of that which it means to produce
    • development, everybody who feels something of it has a feeling
    • body, what one sees with eyes and can feel with hands is handed
    • experiences there, to a feeling of burning thirst, to a kind of
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture XIII: Lucifer
    Matching lines:
    • beings who could feel as perfect at that time as the human
    • being feels once when he has finished his present development
    • bliss, at the same time they all feel that in which the God
    • himself works also as something causing ruin. They feel nature
    • as sin; they feel the mind, the bright, clear knowledge as the
    • plant realm, in the animal realm feeling joy and sorrow, and in
    • it is for the feeling of the servant of Jehovah that Jehovah
    • were only a feeling soul; he would rise to the cold, only
    • feeling and its sensation, and he looks at the consciousness
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture XIV: The Children of Lucifer
    Matching lines:
    • not feel towards the gods, unlike the child feels if it looks
    • breath of the divine, and that the human being then feels at
    • — This god is to him a being to whom he feels related,
    • brothers, and the feeling, which expresses itself in it, is
    • human being feels that strength which forms, indeed, the basis
    • we feel at one again, a mind of the same kind develops in the
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture XV: Germanic and Indian Secret Doctrines
    Matching lines:
    • the German spiritual life theosophical feeling and thinking
    • feelings, of joy and sorrow, of the instincts and passions. We
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture XVI: German Theosophists at the Beginning of the Nineteenth Century
    Matching lines:
    • of the Enlightenment to acquire an uncertain feeling. It showed
    • strange human beings are able to feel something sacred and
    • themselves up, then one can feel something that comes from
    • hearing animal, the amphibian a feeling animal, the fish a
    • describes how Rosenblüth is that feeling of unity, that
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture XVII: Siegfried and the Twilight of the Gods
    Matching lines:
    • the inner feeling, and reality that live in this myth face us
    • worthy of knowledge, to feel that that which intellect and
    • him, nevertheless, one would feel that which is to be perceived
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture XVIII: Parzival and Lohengrin
    Matching lines:
    • which Central European thinking and feeling express themselves
    • not come to us; we must feel the longing for the Holy Grail,
    • succeeded in feeling his ego without preference, who does not
    • whole earth belongs to us. We feel in everything. Then one does
    • stream into the world is the same spirit. Thus, we feel that
    • the spheres, and we feel this if today we realise what lives in
  • Title: Lecture: Easter
    Matching lines:
    • various ways expressed a certain feeling he has often had, he
    • cells working together so that all the thoughts and feelings
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture XIX: The Easter Festival
    Matching lines:
    • Goethe expressed a certain feeling, which he often had, in the
    • the human passions, sensations, and actions, I feel attracted
    • only anticipate in its sublimity. The deepest human feelings
    • groping feeling of the universal thought. The human being is
    • senses. Someone who feels the new astral vision awakening in
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture XX: Inner Development
    Matching lines:
    • however, why do these organs answer to the feelings and
    • sensations of the one human being, and to the feelings and
    • feels, thinks, and wills erratically today, where he works
    • him; then he feels forces roused in his soul. — If he has
    • Now, he has to develop a feeling of particular intensity from
    • to feel something quite certain if he has a crystal in his
    • hand; he must feel something if he has an octahedron in his
    • hand. He gets a feeling that one can have towards the lifeless
    • I am able to feel how the stone left its desire, how it has
    • I know how to become engrossed in this feeling, so that the
    • I let only this feeling live in me — may it be the
    • feeling from the crystal, from the animal, or the human being,
    • Then I notice that the feeling is not only a feeling, but that
    • it starts becoming light, that feeling starts becoming a light
    • feeling.
    • recognising the self. If the human being learns to feel the
    • become pictures, then he sees his world of feelings round
    • and spiritual knowledge is given. If the own inside feels
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture XXI: Paracelsus
    Matching lines:
    • has to develop a living feeling of the object and the direction
    • feeling with nature; he wanted to learn from them. I would like
    • works on the human being. This feeling is different from the
    • within nature. Paracelsus feels related to this original
    • feeling for nature. He emphasises repeatedly that those people
    • subtle men feeling superior, to superfine people, and to those
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture XXII: Jacob Boehme
    Matching lines:
    • However, people feel hovering as it were. One has really lost
  • Title: Lecture: Woman and Society (Die Frauenfrage)
    Matching lines:
    • such a reproach without feeling uneasy, and can remember other
    • her emotional character is the feeling of submissiveness, the feeling
    • view of the relation between intellect, feelings and passion in men
    • the intellect belongs primarily to Woman, and feelings and passion to
    • last century. It was necessary that old religious feelings and
    • when people will feel that the wellsprings of the spirit in life must
    • lay here. Where the soul begins to feel the divine in itself, where
    • the human soul. For this reason tremendously powerful feelings and
    • feel in themselves the other side of the human being, and who, in a
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture V: The Question of Women's Rights
    Matching lines:
    • characterises the woman in such a way: her feeling of devotion
    • was a necessity that the old religious feelings and traditions
    • non-result. However, the time will come when one feels that the
    • A plant feels no joy and sorrow, because one cannot speak of
    • point of the soul. Where the soul starts feeling the divine in
    • other direction. The more the human beings feel the spiritual
    • spiritual-scientifically who feel the other side of the human
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture IV: Spiritual Science and the Social Question
    Matching lines:
    • feeling that the human co-existence originates completely from
    • immediately touched by the social misery feel the necessity
    • thoughts and feelings. Socialism, however, believes that the
    • are the results of the human feeling and thinking. The
    • better thoughts, feelings, and intentions. However, if we look
    • everybody has the uncertain feeling that that which causes
    • intended to know and to feel that these twenty cards cause so
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture I: The Significance of Supersensible Knowledge Today
    Matching lines:
    • scientific pursuits, or those that simply feel that solution
    • who, because of their calling, feel they must protect
    • recent times. Modern human beings feel that to hate and
    • with different tasks. The feeling and attitude that was fully
    • with understanding into what the others feel and experience.
    • fulfilling daily tasks, feeling calm and secure, and
    • those who feel that Theosophy is an interference and that it
    • always religious faith, that is, a sum of views, feelings and
    • uplifting effect; they fill a person's soul with feelings of
    • always been due to religious faith. Such feelings transform
    • feelings of exaltation, contentment and confidence in
    • feeling. To think that morality can exist without religion is
    • an illusion. Morality arises in the sphere of feeling. At
    • issues; second these will give rise to feelings of
    • retain the feelings engendered by faith. When at last even
    • inherited religious feelings have vanished, the morality that
    • knowledge will create feelings of security and impulses
    • but if I keep an open mind and pay attention to my feelings
  • Title: Lecture: Occult Significance of Blood
    Matching lines:
    • we have to consider not only the feelings due to a vague morality, but
    • plane of feeling, so that in the life-substance may move not only
    • A recent school of naturalists is of opinion that feeling, in its
    • condition cannot be described as “feeling.” In order that
    • feeling” may exist, an image must be formed within the
    • proof that the plant answers to the stimulus by a feeling, that is,
    • is capable of feeling? It feels only itself, its own life-processes;
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture II: Blood is a Very Special Fluid
    Matching lines:
    • blood, one gains power over the person. In short, the feeling
    • has nothing to do with sensation or feeling. When the latter
    • sensations and feelings, but at the animal level does so in a
    • the lives of ancestors. A son would feel at one with his
  • Title: The Origin of Suffering
    Matching lines:
    • pleasure and happiness are those who feel the most this
    • significant feelings, cutting deep into the human heart, of the
    • Christian world-conception, these feelings which for so many are the
    • feelings spring from the sight of a universal suffering, a
    • poet's soul opens wide, goes out of itself and learns to feel
    • own soul. And now compare this feeling not perhaps just with a comedy
    • One must not go into what the other feels, one must set oneself above
    • element of consciousness, of sensation and feeling. And what is this
    • immediately, but shall nevertheless feel it dawn a little into the
    • feel certain interior organs of your organism? You go through life
    • and do not feel your stomach or liver or lungs. You feel none of your
    • organs as long as they are sound. You feel them only when they give
    • when it hurts you, when you feel that something is out of order there
    • higher level and is expressed in the feeling of pleasure. Creation is
    • expresses suffering on a lower level, the feeling of hunger, for
    • therefore say with justification that suffering is a common feeling
    • in human nature: thinking, feeling and willing. These three depend on
    • certain thought and feeling processes have taken place. The human
    • diseased, then no proper harmony exists between thinking, feeling and
    • let his feelings be guided rightly through thoughts, to bring his
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture III: The Origin of Suffering
    Matching lines:
    • of happiness, enjoyment and hope. People who feel pain and
    • exists; but he also has Bone through a catharsis, and feels
    • strength. This indicates a consolatory feeling in the human
    • person's feeling; on the contrary, he must reject, must set
    • through his work far more about his feeling of superiority,
    • sensation and feeling. But what exactly is it? If we are to
    • an instinctive feeling that what I have just explained is the
    • paying no attention to your stomach, liver or lungs. You feel
    • feel something is out of order, in other words, when
    • produces is on a higher level, and gives rise to feelings of
    • soul forces in human beings: thinking, feeling and willing.
    • organization. Certain thoughts and feelings will call up
    • then there is no longer consistency between thinking, feeling
    • link thoughts and feelings correctly; this human cannot bring
    • his feelings into harmony with the thoughts behind them.
    • constituted human being of today, thinking, feeling and
    • feeling and willing must be severed from one another. The
    • organs connected with feeling and will must undergo division.
    • non-initiate. Because the contact between thinking, feeling
    • suffering without his feelings being roused; he can stand
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Origin of Evil
    Matching lines:
    • higher occult development. In order to be able to feel the good, man
    • had also to be able to feel the evil. The gods gave him enthusiasm
    • for the higher. But without evil there could be no self-feeling, no
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture IV: The Origin of Evil
    Matching lines:
    • a feeling for what is good, we must also have a feeling for
    • higher; but without evil we would have no feeling of self, no
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture V: Education in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • feeling. But why the name “astral?”
    • feelings already mentioned, and also of the ability to
    • feels must be imitated. For instance: the parents of a
    • and produces in the child a feeling of well-being. Notice in
    • period feelings of respect and veneration are fostered. Such
    • feelings can be awakened in the following way: by means of
    • on everything that promotes feelings of health and vigor.
    • when gymnastic exercises induce feelings of growing strength
    • becomes independent. With the awakening feelings for the
    • thought, every feeling, every sentiment motivating those
    • maintain that one's thoughts and feelings do not matter as
    • cannot permit themselves ignoble thoughts or feelings. Words
    • feelings reach the protecting sheaths of the ether and astral
  • Title: Illness and Death
    Matching lines:
    • life of feeling — of desire, pleasure and its opposite, of joy
    • feelings have acquired a lasting quality they cling to the etheric
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture VI: Illness and Death
    Matching lines:
    • animal kingdom, is the bearer of the life of feelings,
    • purified and transformed them into moral feelings and ethical
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture VII: Education and Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • the whole cosmos. A feeling for nature will awaken in the
    • thinking and memory; history the life of feeling. A sense for
    • must feel that he or she belongs to a spiritual world-order
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture VIII: Insanity in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • becomes conscious of itself, and feelings of hopes, wishes
    • which a person cannot make his feelings agree with what goes
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture X: Stages in Man's Development in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • painting, and just as we do not feel the stab of the dagger
    • incarnating individuality feels drawn to parents that can
    • and enjoyment because it calls up in the child inner feelings
    • able at this age to look up to someone with feelings of
    • physical exercises produce a feeling in the child of growing
    • These feelings work plastically on the ether body, as the
    • feelings now set their stamp on the countenance. A child now
    • for later life than an absence of feelings of great hopes and
    • his life of thoughts and feelings of a spiritual nature comes
    • which one feels carries weight. At the same time certain
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture XI: Who are the Rosicrucians?
    Matching lines:
    • reason, and imaginative knowledge the life of feelings,
    • seventh stage is within reach. Knowledge now becomes feeling;
    • perception. A person no longer feels that he lives only
    • feelings. A time begins when universal sympathy unites him
    • with all beings; he feels with them and participates in their
    • things. When the human being no longer feels confined within
    • his skin, when he feels himself united with all other beings,
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture XII: Richard Wagner and Mysticism
    Matching lines:
    • feelings and sentiments it aroused in the poet would be
    • of artistic creativity in religious feelings and perceptions.
    • basic feeling, an inner awareness, that guided him to the
    • the world. Deep feelings of religious piety were called up in
    • being functions as a healthy entity, and he feels the world
    • self-awareness, the whole universe, feeling it had reached
    • had a dim feeling that such harmony had once existed. He
    • thinks and feels is not without significance or value for the
    • person towards whom the thoughts and feelings are directed.
    • that his inner feelings have significance for others, or that
    • Wagner has an instinctive feeling for this fact, and portrays
    • ancient times, dance originated from a feeling for laws in
    • gamut of human feelings, particularly feelings that do not
    • feelings and sensations are the basis for what is portrayed
    • human feelings, but had no means of expressing impulses once
    • perception, his deep feelings for all mankind.
    • the particular people. What a people feels to be its real
    • environment promoted individual consciousness and feelings of
    • Parsifal is born out of his mystical feeling for the Holy
    • as it was when there was still a feeling for the working of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture XIII: The Bible and Wisdom
    Matching lines:
    • could better or more beautifully express the inner feeling
    • insight there dawns in the human soul a feeling, an attitude
    • becomes a “beggar of the spirit”; he feels
    • names are bestowed more or less haphazardly. We do not feel
  • Title: Knowledge of Soul and Spirit: Lecture I: The Mission of Occult Science in Our Time
    Matching lines:
    • but from a general feeling, an unspoken instinct of our time.
    • feeling is touched that is not without significance in our
    • inner life. We want to find the divine in the feeling, in the
    • occult science transforms our attitude, our feelings, and
  • Title: Knowledge of Soul and Spirit: Lecture II: Natural Science Facing a Crucial Decision
    Matching lines:
    • of the spiritual world, oppose the religious feeling, while
    • centuries which humiliated the feeling and thinking of
    • discovered what corresponded to the thinking and feeling of the
    • the feeling and thinking of the 19th century. They got their
    • irrelevant how the human being feels and thinks. We shall just
    • prove that feeling and imagining are a real world, and that not
    • atoms. One said it soberly at that time: what you feel as
    • the world as a movement of the cosmic ether, and what you feel
    • complex of the human soul — all the human feelings, sensations,
    • feelings, and if it disintegrates, it is over, because all
  • Title: Knowledge of Soul and Spirit: Lecture III: The Knowledge of Soul and Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • life — thinking, feeling, and willing — under the concept of
    • impartially feeling soul — in the usual sense — if it asks for
    • sense what we see what we hear what we feel as warmth. If we
    • we feel it, what do we find behind them? We find behind them if
    • feeling in the animals. The human being combines this triple
    • times. Many strange feelings go through the human soul, if it
    • spiritual-scientific concepts but feels and anticipates the
  • Title: Knowledge of Soul and Spirit: Lecture IV: Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • moral abilities and their feelings. Only those who could stand
    • feels as newborn, after it was led to the higher capabilities
    • and stages of development. One can compare that feeling on a
    • observation: thinking, feeling and willing, thought, feeling
    • development of feeling. Nobody should train the feeling, before
    • feeling happens with the help of Imagination at the school of
    • feeling by Imagination
    • physical and etheric body. That what thinks in him and feels
    • accompany this Imagination with our sensations and feelings if
    • feel it. We shall see this development not only in
    • spirit, but we shall feel it. The evolution in the universe
    • only his thinking, but also his feeling and sensing. It was to
    • if the developed feeling rises from us, as if we felt the world
    • thinking, but also to the feeling and the impulses that have
    • continues from the feeling to the willing.
    • As well as the feeling
    • being feels abashed, he blushes. This is an influence of the
    • experiences it. Then he anticipates, thinks, and feels not
    • concretely, in which way one should develop thinking, feeling,
    • human being, thinking, feeling, and willing become particular
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Illusory Illness: Lecture I: Illusory Illness
    Matching lines:
    • collect and compose his soul. He feels that only in the right
    • think at first of the fact that someone really feels pain and
    • depends upon these or those feelings that he suffers through,
    • with one's attitudes, impressions and feelings, in order really
    • beyond matter. When this takes hold of the feelings, when this
    • eats its way into all beliefs, into all feeling of the soul,
    • activity in the outer world. One should study these two feeling
    • feeling is negative, anxiety; the other, positive, shame, but
    • periphery. The feeling of shame points to circumstances that we
    • the full being of feeling twines around it. You tremble before
    • his way. He streams out. Through his feelings he grows into
    • his organism. This is the cause of false feelings of anxiety
    • all the feelings that express the distorted soul-balance in
    • developing the feeling for the forces that surge forward, the
  • Title: Illusory Illness: Lecture II: Feverish Pursuit of Health
    Matching lines:
    • egotistic feelings and wishes, but also from the justified
    • the bearer of desires and sorrow, of every feeling and
    • impressions. At first these express themselves in feelings and
    • important depends upon whether our feelings, our soul, indeed,
    • of body or of soul, this feeling of discomfort must be seen as
    • feeling,” which we may not use lightly, but rather in its
    • same foundation, from the feelings of an inner life that attend
    • With the feeling of anxiety inner activity is alerted to outer
    • the human being been able to feel the activity of the inner
    • basic organ, then he would have perceived a feeling of well-being.
    • each step he takes an inner feeling of joy awakes, that it is
    • able to feel, so that he himself can take the problem of his
    • mind that he feels himself comfortable when he is healthy,
    • human being must learn to feel and perceive whether he is
    • every individual perceive his health in his feeling of joy, in
    • his feeling of zest and satisfaction. Almost every dietary
    • thinking and healthy feeling spirit. He tells us how the
  • Title: Knowledge of Soul and Spirit: Lecture VI: The So-Called Dangers of Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • and feeling, the materialistic disposition that regards itself
    • works in the innermost soul, a disharmony between feeling and
    • feelings, and all sensations are much truer and deeper with all
    • actually, do not at all feel corresponding to that what they
    • soul is feeling, what happens then? If it is accustomed to
    • something real in the spiritual world. A feeling of hatred that
    • and anxiety, such negative feelings are something that puts the
    • feelings, from fear, anxiety and superstition, from
    • rather modern cultural feelings, and materialism is suitable
    • is generally a part of the feelings of fear. These powers
    • more and more for overcoming all such feelings, last also the
    • human beings come to theosophy with the usual feelings of our
    • that we feel very uninteresting as a single personality. One
    • and then they hard understand that this feeling is the biggest
  • Title: Knowledge of Soul and Spirit: Lecture VII: Man, Woman and Child
    Matching lines:
    • art the question of heredity arises, because one feels its
    • feelings, in life. We must respect the right of the child in
    • feels different if he sees the matters in this
  • Title: Knowledge of Soul and Spirit: Lecture VIII: The Soul of the Animal in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • feeling, nevertheless, the human being soon feels if he
    • dependent on the human feelings in a certain epoch and under
    • ethical urge — who feels mainly as a researcher points to the
    • materialistic thinking and feeling, in particular in the just
    • speech, laughter, feelings and moral sensations already exist
    • notice religious feeling in certain way. Thus, one asserts, any
    • impartial look at the animal realm round us can easily feel the
    • feeling, the family feeling was far bigger than the feeling of
  • Title: Knowledge of Soul and Spirit: Lecture XI: Occupation and Earnings
    Matching lines:
    • of certain classes, feel this by no means. Just the
    • feel to be destined to manage life.
    • one also feels the weight of the reasons. A human being who was
    • be a feeling of solidarity penetrated by real wisdom, the
    • living social feeling that shall take place in any human soul.
    • only. Not before the single one feels that he must lay down
    • what he can do on the altar of humanity, if this feeling and
  • Title: Lecture: Man and Woman in Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • astral or soul body as that which lives in our feelings and
    • unusual nose. If we try and feel our way into this picture we
    • feeling that this form could change at any moment. Out of a deep
    • must seek a common ground, and find perceptions and feelings
  • Title: Knowledge of Soul and Spirit: Lecture XII: Sun, Moon and Stars
    Matching lines:
    • with its feeling of superior wisdom.
    • feel if we see how one of the greatest scholars and such a
    • senses, but of the feelings and sensations that lived in him.
    • comprehensible that this world feeling has changed in our
  • Title: Knowledge of Soul and Spirit: Lecture XIII: Outset and End of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • of thought, feeling and will-impulses stronger and stronger
    • than feelings and will-impulses can be strengthened by any
    • meditation of thoughts, feelings, and will-impulses make the
    • feelings and the will-impulses more powerful. We can show how
    • consciousness by meditation of certain feelings and
    • being feels the process and becomes sad. This is in our present
    • outset of our earth and feel as human beings as the first-born
    • soul feels as an impulse. The human being will perform his work
  • Title: Knowledge of Soul and Spirit: Lecture XIV: The Hell
    Matching lines:
    • experienced stands before our souls. This view, a feeling of
  • Title: Knowledge of Soul and Spirit: Lecture XV: The Heaven
    Matching lines:
    • being thinks, feels, and wills. Of course, everything up to a
    • feelings that, nevertheless, it is much nicer, greater and more
    • feelings out of which Schiller (Friedrich Schiller, 1759–1805,
    • feeling and enjoyment, in love and desire, wish and action has
    • subtlety. The three basic forces of the soul, thinking, feeling
    • feeling and willing if he wants to become a citizen of the
    • thinking, feeling, and willing in particular.
    • thoughts, feelings, and will actions that flow through the soul
    • only for minutes, to such thoughts and feelings that are
    • thoughts and feelings are given. They are there; they are
    • tones. However, there are also certain feelings in the
    • supersensible world that originate different from the feelings
    • of the everyday, usual life. How do the feelings of the
    • attention to an object. He likes it. The feeling of desire
    • ascends in him. The feeling of desire appears by means of the
    • external object. We feel elated because of the impression of a
    • nice outside world, we feel full with revulsion if we face
    • something ugly in the outside world. Thus, the feelings surge
    • must make himself able for the feelings that are not stimulated
    • by the outside. By a method, he settles down into a feeling
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture I: Where and How Does One Find the Spirit?
    Matching lines:
    • way, the other person in that way. The one may feel sore just
    • A third person who sees this feeling of fear in us is able to
    • In the one, a world of feelings would arise at the sight of a
    • picture by Raphael, while a primitive human being feels
    • other hand, if the human being feels: something is in me that I
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • the spirituality of feeling. To your feeling therefore, philosophy
    • rightly turns. The spirituality of your feeling is the normal
    • and if in plunging deep into Goethe we get the feeling that he
    • consider how far Goethe coincides with the deepest feelings of
    • shall choose a feeling many of you know, which can be described by
    • overboard old traditions, and create feelings, thoughts and ideas
    • its creator, but also in those who would enjoy it; they feel the
    • indicate the feeling which many have towards this picture.
    • to get Goethe's world-conception, will get the feeling that Goethe
    • feel pillars and also shapes like human beings, but till then she
    • also feels a longing: she feels herself cut off from all living
    • Youth is filled with the feeling of the soul, which expresses
    • go deeper into him will feel this. You will feel that there is
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture II: Goethe's Secret Revelation - Exoteric
    Matching lines:
    • the purest spirituality of feeling on the present level of
    • humaneness. Philosophy turns to you rightly. Your feeling is
    • we receive the feeling — responding wholeheartedly to
    • deepest feelings of the modern human being in a narrow field.
    • As an example, a feeling is chosen which many of you know, a
    • feeling that one could characterise with the words that there
    • traditions and to create feelings, thoughts and ideas which
    • in its own epoch. Only with these few words, the feeling that
    • would maybe have no deeper understanding for a feeling as it is
    • sense, in their position with the feeling: “Come, Lord
    • Goethe's worldview deeper has the feeling from the start that
    • the things. It could feel columns and manlike things, but it
    • taken all his strength from him and, nevertheless, he feels
    • see that the beautiful lily also feels a longing. She feels far
    • the fairy tale: they are riddles! At first we can only feel a
    • such a way: we take a human being who does not feel the
    • with pleasure what he feels as duty, if the necessity of reason
    • feels it who settles in him. He feels that in Goethe something
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • idea-conception and as if he who, as it were, feels himself called
    • capacities of the soul are our feeling and our will. Thus, even with
    • ideating, but also a feeling and willing being. Now those who
    • never human feeling, never what we know as will-impulses, for
    • It is correct enough that when a man introduces his feeling,
    • influences of the world of feeling and will.’ Perhaps some of
    • of thought, and because you have not the habit of thought and feeling
    • when the objection is raised that feeling and will are qualities
    • the microscope shows, but also what feeling and will dictate
    • given the average feeling and will in man to-day, they cannot be
    • this, the other that, according to the subjective needs of feeling
    • representation, feeling, will — the capacity to construct
    • most in what they say. Feeling and will have not had the chance
    • It is not only with regard to feeling and the will that people are
    • eliminate all the personal factor from feeling, so that the appeal of
    • things to the feelings has no longer any say, to the Personal, or to
    • our feelings, and which therefore lead to inner knowledge, and
    • personal element as well as thought, so that feeling can transmit the
    • feelings is called in all esoteric doctrine
    • feeling, and indeed only to purified feeling or to feeling which has
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture III: Goethe's Secret Revelation - Esoteric
    Matching lines:
    • expresses in his lyrical works what he feels with the plant. I
    • ideation, and as if anybody who feels called, so to speak, is
    • are our feeling and our willing. Thus, one can already say in
    • is not only a thinking, but also a feeling and a willing being.
    • neither human feeling nor intentions, because thereby the
    • is correct that — if the human being brings his feeling,
    • feeling to accept the spiritual in the things as objective,
    • one objects concerning knowledge that the feeling and the will
    • shows but what the feeling, the will say to the human being?
    • initiation and development: that the average human feeling and
    • to the subjective needs of his feeling and will. However,
    • imagination, feeling and willing — in the development of
    • whereas feeling and will could not yet be developed to such
    • the feeling and the will the human beings are not yet so far
    • from the feeling, so that then also that of the things which
    • stimulates the feeling does no longer to do with person,
    • personal like thinking, so that the feeling provides such
    • feeling enlightenment in all esoteric schools.
    • to the idea, but only to the feeling, namely to the purified or
    • objective feeling.-
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture IV: Bible and Wisdom I
    Matching lines:
    • What single human beings experience, think and feel at first
    • their feeling of truth, in their thirst for knowledge. They say
    • he should have a piece of glowing iron in his nearness and feel
    • how it burns. Then he has to leave it and feel whether the mere
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture V: Bible and Wisdom II
    Matching lines:
    • certain ways. It teaches how one began to think and to feel
    • history, but is able to immerse with his thinking and feeling,
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture VI: Superstition from the Standpoint of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • consideration sufficiently, what it means for our feeling and
    • feeling in our time opens the doors to various new forms of
    • something that slips into the human thinking and feeling
    • brain. Everything that the human being can feel and want, all
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture VII: Issues of Nutrition in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • innermost feeling of spiritual science. We do not want to
    • feels. Because the human being provides to the alcohol what his
    • The human being can say, I just feel a stimulation of my ego
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture VIII: Issues of Health in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • that this single human being has the possibility to feel and to
    • inner being of the child is natured. What the child feels and
    • sick person will feel finer, and the migraine disappears.
    • take the feelings of disgust with which it rejects this or that
    • such a way that he feels no hunger but lack of appetite.
    • right way also has the right pleasant feeling to find the right
    • anybody has hunger, he cannot live on feelings and sensations.
    • appear before his soul at the right time, that he feels which
    • that also his feelings and sensations proceed harmoniously
    • feelings, sensations, will impulses, and desires in our souls,
    • at the supersensible, are a condition of health. Pure feelings
    • spiritual enable the human beings to feel healthy hunger. Even
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture IX: Tolstoy and Carnegie
    Matching lines:
    • soldier. However, we see now a more specified feeling taking
    • can say, life made his soul feel low, bringing it into heavy,
    • and he has the feeling, he must be devoured by it if he gets
    • there and what Tolstoy experienced in all thinking, feeling and
    • feel a goal. Nevertheless, again his thinking and feeling
    • to the point of a uniform way of feeling. However, he was not
    • which was based on brotherly feelings. This life in devoutness
    • should produce a unity of feelings, unity of thoughts. However,
    • believes now to feel in his soul, what Christ had thought and
    • felt, he feels strong enough to issue a challenge to all ways
    • of life, to all ways of feeling and thinking of the present. He
    • could see in the farther environment of his time. He feels
    • big heat. He feels that as a responsible post. The fear to turn
    • Perhaps, one can nowhere feel more impressively how he puts
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture X: The Practical Development of Thinking
    Matching lines:
    • However, spiritual science feels intimately related with the
    • think, act, and feel at every moment. Secondly, spiritual
    • feeling that any fact can tell us something particular, that we
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture XI: The Invisible Human Members and Practical Life
    Matching lines:
    • assessed and modified according to them by those who feel
    • us; the soul feels threatened. This expresses itself as
    • themselves. Any momentary imagining, judging and feeling
    • confess such a thing! Then he has the feeling, now it is no
    • longer lying on my heart like a stone, and this feeling of
    • soul. Health spreads out if the human being can feel the secret
    • exercise. Who has a living feeling, not only an abstract idea
    • of the physical body knows that one can have a living feeling
  • Title: Lecture: The Four Temperaments
    Matching lines:
    • In the nervous system and astral body, sensations and feelings
    • result, the melancholic feels he is not master over his body, that he
    • feeling of despondency. Pain continually wells up within him. This is
    • trials. The child must feel that the teacher has known real pain. Let
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture XII: The Secret of the Human Temperaments
    Matching lines:
    • other human beings and to himself. We all feel that at any
    • role. If the human being faces us, we feel something of this
    • nature of temperaments. We feel the temperaments of the human
    • densest part prevails, the person always feels in such a way
    • opposes to the other members. The human being feels this as
    • must feel that the educator has gone through real pains. Allow
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    •  Thou feelest
    • which he had poured the feelings, the degrees of knowledge and also
    • knowledge, striving to feel himself into life, experiencing every
    • Frankfort he had the feeling, ‘Away from the mere striving
    • other, for feeling in the deepest way the sorrow attached to an
    • feeling of guilt! He felt guilty in respect of the simple country
    • these feelings there grew within him a poetic figure, which had its
    • own sorrow and his own feelings with this figure of Faust?
    • and then added to these words a description of feeling, a kind of
    • place the fact before our souls so that any feeling for such things
    • deeply into Goethe's life. We see the echo of his feeling in
    • these words, but a shade of that feeling already lived in his soul,
    • depth of feeling on perceiving other signs closely connected
    • with man's life. This feeling is expressed by Faust: — The
    • feel himself and cannot feel himself as developed to what thus
    • grasp.’ If only people could once feel this sentence! That it
    •  With strength to feel it and to enjoy it. Not
    •  Their applause e'en makes my heart feel heavy,
    •  Feels an interest in him,
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture XIII: The Riddles in Goethe's Faust - Exoteric
    Matching lines:
    • on the other side to feel the deepest grief of a dissatisfied
    • knew what it means to feel guilty! He felt guilty towards the
    • What attaches itself like a portrayal of feelings to these
    • feeling of such things, may have infinitely more of it.
    • feel the mood Goethe himself could feel from the
    • that time; but at that time that already lived as feeling in
    • There he could hope to be able to feel more if he examined the
    • does not feel and cannot feel equal to that which appears
    • comprehend.” If only people could feel this sentence!
    • with power to feel and to enjoy it. You grant
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • at the sun, and feeling the world full of spirit, spoke the great
    • Faust now feels also that he has awakened in that world, into
    • beginning of the journey. He feels that he is at the gate of
    • facts — as well as with the perceptions and feeling which
    • — all that exists of this world of feeling when the seed for
    • he feels his soul to be the mother of what was born from the
    • already a feeling and an experience of the spiritual world, they
    • give him false feelings and sensations concerning what he
    • darker all round. Now his soul feels the last remnant of egoism
    • that is its original home; when it feels itself possessed, not of
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture XIV: Riddles in Goethe's Faust - Esoteric
    Matching lines:
    • Faust also feels awoken in that world in which he was placed
    • dawn. However, it is only the beginning of the way. He feels to
    • the sensations and feelings, which overcome him who does not
    • thrown out into the things of the sensuous world: he feels his
    • They are even valuable to someone who already has feeling and
    • one with the world, which is its original home. If it feels in
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture XV: Nietzsche in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • feeling, how can one live with that which the modern
    • can generally spin out. Thus, the feeling originated in him:
    • human life only from that which is palpable. Now I feel all
    • human, in the feeling and in the everyday. Nietzsche could
    • a feeling, which belonged to the tragedy of his soul, the
    • feeling: with all grief which now you experience you will
    • his whole feeling and thinking before the gate of the
    • Nietzsche in the feeling, and sounds lyrically from
    • century had to lead the deeper feeling personalities.
  • Title: Lecture: Isis and Madonna
    Matching lines:
    • behind it, can, free from all dogma and prejudice, again feel piety in
    • with art and give new birth to genuine free religious feeling —
    • methods for sinking deeply into the world of his conceptions, feelings
    • have a confused feeling of inter-weaving, hovering form, just as
    • Let us try to experience in our feeling what clairvoyant consciousness
    • definite feeling of the deeper truth of the Madonna problem. Very
    • nevertheless we feel it to be there in his pictures. We can, however,
    • in the inmost depths of the being, a feeling nature and a wisdom
    • world in order to acquire human knowledge, human feeling, human will.
    • permeated with deep feeling, the soul partakes in certain knowledge of
    • Hence we can feel it as something born out of the cosmos when the hazy
    • instilling in him a feeling for the wisdom echoing down from ancient
    • behind it, can, free from all dogma and prejudice, again feel piety in
    • wisdom with art and give new birth to genuine free religious feeling
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture XVI: Isis and Madonna
    Matching lines:
    • his thinking, feeling and willing — that he receives,
    • world and know a lot about this, we have a bewildering feeling
    • clear feeling of the deeper truth of the Madonna problem.
    • feeling nature and a wisdom nature. These are three soul
    • the human soul to gain human recognising, human feeling, and
    • dogma. Thereby we can feel it like something born out of the
    • spiritual can again feel devoutly without any dogmatism,
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture XVII: Old European Clairvoyance
    Matching lines:
    • thereby had to feel something that the oriental peoples did not
    • feel. In Europe, the desire prevailed to appear with the free
  • Title: Lecture: The European Mysteries and Their Initiates
    Matching lines:
    • thinking, feeling and willing can be so trained that he can set out on
    • sense-perception, he still feels, even to-day, that there is within
    • in Initiation, the senses — feeling, hearing and so on —
    • another the power of feeling, a third the power of will. Sub-divisions
    • faculties live within his soul: thinking, feeling and willing. He has
    • of man is interwoven with thinking feeling and willing because before
    • feelings, impulses and instincts in the astral body. Out of the
    • definite element of feeling so that each thought may be said to have
    • of the transformed ether-body (it is a transformation of feeling),
    • thinking, feeling and willing, man changes his astral body into
    • feeling and willing are not clearly separated, when a man sets out on
    • are not immediately tinged with feeling but are permeated with the
    • Ego. Feeling does not immediately attach itself to a thought, but the
    • man divides, as it were, into three: he is a man of feeling, a man of
    • men. He feels that by way of his astral body he experiences all those
    • as the element of feeling; through his physical body he experiences
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture XVIII: The European Mysteries and Their Initiates
    Matching lines:
    • initiation, how thinking, feeling and willing are trained to be
    • pointed to the fact that the human being still feels with a
    • that the senses, the feeling, hearing and so on are quiet, and
    • the ability of thinking, another the feeling force, a third one
    • Hebrew consciousness. There we have the feeling of security of
    • the ego if the human being feels one with his fathers and
    • ancestors. It was a significant feeling to the human being of
    • soul: thinking, feeling, and willing. He has these three soul
    • With his ego, he is interwoven in thinking, feeling, and
    • thought with a certain feeling, that any thought becomes cold
    • is the transformation of feeling, and there emerges
    • human being transforms his thinking, feeling, and willing and
    • spheres of thinking, feeling, and willing are normally not
    • brought immediately to feelings but are brought to sympathy and
    • antipathy by the ego by free choice. The feeling does not join
    • human being feels as an ego-king that sits enthroned above a
    • that penetrates the spiritual world as feelings, by the
    • spiritual world. One says, the human being feels as a king
    • material in the physical body. One feels the physical body as
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 5: Human Character
    Matching lines:
    • understands Goethe's feelings on this occasion will easily turn his mind to
    • Indeed, we feel that character is inseparable from a person's whole being,
    • and that something has gone wrong if their thinking, feeling and doing do not
    • passage shows clearly how unhappy Faust feels in that period under the
    • feelings, instincts, concepts, passions and ideals, but has three distinct
    • night, when a man falls asleep, his feelings, his pleasure and pain, his joys
    • a man feels tired, this means that he is no longer able to draw from his
    • forth, as it were, shaping everything in accord with itself, and we feel how
    • and influences received from our dealings with the outer world. We can feel
    • do to help the child to find joy in immediate physical life, and to feel that
    • out of the ordinary in spirit, to feel: here is a man who knows that in
    • qualities and feelings in order to impress them consciously on his soul. He
    • widest sense which in later life can lead through our thoughts and feelings
    • pats his stomach with a feeling of satisfaction, we can see how his character
    • into words their personal egoistic feelings and reinforcing them with this
    • his inner feelings to the point of reaching a decision, he will lay a finger
    • might sigh like a slave. He feels it to be more his own property, and this is
    • into Goethe's feelings when he held Schiller's skull in his hand and said: In
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 1: The Mission of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • those days and had retained certain qualities of feeling, knowing and willing
    • he did, mediaeval habits of thinking and feeling and wished to gain knowledge
    • But on reflection he comes to feel that these
    • works as a unity, if he feels himself within the world as in a great,
    • So man can feel
    • the senses. He feels that duty, the categorical imperative, conscience, speak
    • since the appropriate forces of reason and feeling are now existent in every
    • feel every confidence in him. But people are already in a different
    • researcher, for his part, should speak if he feels himself to be truly at one
    • everything in the light of healthy reason — will soon feel how
    • throw light on the great riddles of existence. He will come to feel that
    • deepest feeling: What Goethe divined and said in his youth is true, and so
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 3: The Mission of Truth
    Matching lines:
    • himself. His thoughts, feelings and will-impulses should spring from this
    • increasingly abolished. He must love truth and feel himself most intimately
    • way. A feeling prevails that in the circle where he taught, everything is
    • with a feeling for the matter will have no doubt as to which of the two spoke
    • down? We can feel that Harriman's reflections suffer from the fact that he
    • feel like an outcast, condemned to a mere savouring of truth and may come to
    • better and better, while our feeling of unity with the world and our interest
    • feeling for it.
    • Feelings of this
    • that anyone who responds to it must feel it to be an example of the purest,
    • deficient in feeling for scenes of natural beauty.
    • forth in the soul. He feels hardly any difference between day and night. In
    • thinking comes forth. Unlike Epimetheus, he is far from a dreamlike feeling
    • What is desirable, you feel down here;
    • and today should lead us to feel that, although the human being must stand
    • gained will endow him with a feeling for the right standards and for the
    • If we can feel
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 4: The Mission of Reverence
    Matching lines:
    • has risen to this height and feels itself to be at one with the
    • active agent. The soul must feel that, having developed to a certain point,
    • feelings of pleasure and pain, joy and grief, as come from these outer
    • feelings induced by thinking. In the Intellectual Soul, accordingly, we do
    • not find indefinite feelings arising from the depths, but feelings gradually
    • feelings and thoughts.
    • only from the other powers of his soul, feeling and willing. Unless his
    • is merely a feeling, but that feeling and willing must act as inner guides
    • towards its unknown realm. What qualities, then, must feeling and willing
    • then, must feeling and willing acquire in order to do this?
    • someone might object to the use of a feeling as a guide to knowledge. But a
    • simple consideration will show that in fact this is what feeling does. Anyone
    • by logic, it must be at least possible to grasp logic with our feeling.
    • feeling. Indeed, everything that constitutes logic is first proved through
    • feeling, by the infallible feeling for truth that dwells in the human soul.
    • From this classical example we can see how feeling is the foundation of logic
    • and of thinking. Feeling must give the impulse for the verification of
    • thought. What must feeling become if it is to provide an impulse not only for
    • Feeling of this
    • When the human soul seeks to encompass with feeling some other thing, we call
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 6: Asceticism and Illness
    Matching lines:
    • feelings gives us an image of human life raised to the level of a higher
    • are drawn from the external world, is based on certain feelings and ideas
    • live only in abstract pictures, but in a world of concepts and feelings which
    • to awaken. Very soon he feels that a change is going on within him, although
    • He feels too weak for it.
    • may feel too weak to call forth in himself the forces necessary for
    • right for him. He feels that to accept these communications would throw his
    • a true feeling for what is right. Lies and a proneness to error will beset a
    • real feeling for truth and reality. If we seriously practise the exercises
    • requires a person to cleanse and purify his thinking, feeling and willing, so
    • world; and especially if we tone down our thinking, feeling and willing and
    • person has this feeling about vegetarianism, it will not bring him the
    • what I feel about all meat.”
    • materialist with crude ideas. And for anyone with a feeling for such things,
    • feelings on the firm ground of reality, in order that we may rise to higher
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 7: Human Egoism
    Matching lines:
    • says: “When a man's healthy nature works as a whole, when he feels
    • in such a way that he can feel a living interest in everything that meets his
    • impressions that come to him from outside and the feelings of joy and
    • said — enjoys the feeling of living in the wide expanse of a great and
    • also to human feeling and to the entire content of the Intellectual Soul,
    • shall I think now? What shall I do? What's that pain I feel coming on
    • privations. In this way we strengthen the life-forces in the realm of feeling
    • always feel inwardly dissatisfied. Only when he can see his resolves
    • feeling, but fellow feeling, as far as we can. That is how the nature of
    • between dissatisfaction and joy, and these swings of feeling are evident
    • world; she no longer feels any interest in it. But she finds continual joy
    • inner life. Yet this beautiful soul cannot escape from the feeling that her
    • and incarnate himself in a man. And at that moment she feels that the outer
    • for now she feels that the outer world is permeated by the spirit and that
    • feels herself united not with an abstract divinity, but with a divine
  • Title: Lecture: Buddha and Christ
    Matching lines:
    • of thought causes him to feel the worthlessness and unreality of
    • about these things, there are souls who, feeling sympathy with
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 8: Buddha and Christ
    Matching lines:
    • projection of Buddhist feeling into the West, and we must recognise that it
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 2: The Mission of Anger
    Matching lines:
    • sense of truth; natural feeling unclouded by prejudice; natural good sense.
    • as something vague and nebulous in which feelings, thoughts and volitions are
    • antipathies, of the feelings that things arouse in us. When we call the rose
    • judgments, ideas and feelings with the external world. This principle we call
    • the feelings we experience, so that they enlighten us concerning the outer
    • world, our thoughts, judgments and feelings become knowledge of the outer
    • our emotions and impulses and of all the feelings that are aroused by direct
    • us along with them as an easy-going spectator; we would not feel the sting of
    • does not lapse into blind rage, its effect is to damp down Ego-feeling
    • world offends our inner feeling, we would not be selfless, but dependent and
    • what Aeschylus made of his material. We feel the soul's life-blood
    • pulsing through us; we feel it in the continuation of the legend and in the
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 9: Something about the Moon in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • natural scientist applies to his studies of external phenomena, will feel
    • the same feelings of satisfaction as does the man who was first in his own
    • science; for happily — he will feel — we are long past the days
    • all this laughable; but among men who have a feeling for life, be it on such
    • beings in whom a feeling for their homeland is particularly strong, who have
    • and a warmth of feeling are necessary, alternate in a remarkable way with
    • he can make observations: he feels particularly strong and communications
    • its physical body, with no evident signs of life or feeling or knowledge, its
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Science and Speech
    Matching lines:
    • feelings and will-impulses flow out from us, linking us to our
    • the inner life of some great individuality may feel that human speech
    • speech can only inadequately express the feelings, the thoughts, and
    • expressed in some way when we ‘feel again’ its tone in
    • and suffering, of all ebbing and flowing ideas, feelings and
    • life of consciousness, intelligence and feeling, and look back
    • the stage of thinking, feeling and willing as he does to-day. These
    • organ its own functions of intelligence, consciousness and feeling. A
    • child begins to translate something it feels into sound. When
    • feels satisfaction when the mother comes, occurs in innumerable
    • and so on, — can shed light on a work of art. Artistic feeling
    • living feeling for speech. To-day, if a man can speak at all, he
    • the artistic feeling for speech and language is necessary in every
    • artistic feeling for language. Nothing else is of any use. The
  • Title: Metamorphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 1: Spiritual Science and Language
    Matching lines:
    • human language, we feel sufficiently how all the significance, dignity and
    • Our innermost existence, all our thoughts, feelings and impulses of the will
    • language. Thus we feel the possibility of expanding our being infinitely, the
    • personalities will be able to feel particularly how language can also become
    • a tyrant, a force which exercises power over our inner life. We can feel how
    • our feelings and thoughts, those things of a special and intimate nature
    • the word, in language. And we can also feel how even the language within
    • of the imagination, feelings and perceptions, was created initially without
    • the time that he developed his present thinking, his feelings and his will,
    • what the ego developed in itself as reason, as consciousness, feeling,
    • how the child begins to transform a feeling into a sound. When the child
    • mother, for example, comes, the child notices how its inward feeling of
    • activity and feel that here there is something which created the human being
    • grasped with artistic feeling.
    • artist expresses by other means paint, sound, etc. Creative feeling alone can
    • comprehend the artist, and a creative feeling for language alone can
    • ourselves to make this creative feeling become active where we want to
    • express something of validity in language. But there is little feeling for
    • fostering a living feeling for language.
    • mouth feels that he is able to express all things. But it must be understood
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Metamorphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 2: Laughing and Weeping
    Matching lines:
    • own feelings and ideas. When Faust, despairing of all existence, comes near
    • entity pleases us and makes us feel that here we have something that warms
    • also an opposite effect, the blush of shame. When we feel that our
    • environment, results in certain consequences. In some cases we may feel that
    • being. Even if we have good reason for feeling fear of a being, our ego may
    • still feel that it has been in harmony with its environment, including fear
    • The ego feels
    • certain things in the outer world and finally succeeds. Then it feels united
    • them, and can feel itself rightly related to them. Or it may be that the ego
    • lives with other people in an affectionate relationship: then it feels happy
    • and satisfied and in harmony with its surroundings. These feelings of
    • nature; we feel that to do so would mean surrendering too much of our own
    • self-consciousness. The feeling that comes over us then is one of
    • is impoverished and feels its selfhood less strongly than usual, for the
    • strength of this feeling is related to the richness of its experiences in the
    • itself the forces it has lost. Because it feels impoverished, it tries to
    • enriched by the outer world; now it feels strengthened by itself producing
    • manifest in the flow of tears. The tears give the ego a subconscious feeling
    • person feels by way of love and hate, fear, sympathy or antipathy in relation
    • our understanding of the records is greatly enhanced. We feel that they must
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Metamorphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 3: What is Mysticism?
    Matching lines:
    • memories but its feelings of sympathy and antipathy, it still has some
    • content. The mystic feels that impressions of the outer world, with their
    • mystic feels that when he is open to the external world, its life is like a
    • mystic to feel that he must overcome and kill all his former experiences;
    • feelings and the rich variety of thoughts, to a simplification; for the ego,
    • ideas, feelings and sensations; he excels the plant in possessing human
    • feelings and images that the teacher can evoke in the pupil's mind and
    • feelings into the whole secret symbolised by this comparison, his soul will
    • opened his soul to all the feelings and images which can make the Rose Cross
    • indulge in those feelings of rapture, exaltation and liberation which flood
    • thinking, feeling and willing and permeates our inner and outer
  • Title: Lecture: Prayer
    Matching lines:
    • feeling that proves to him that, even when everything of the
    • he feels sure that it can be fanned to a mighty flame that
    • inmost feelings that are stirred in prayer teach even the
    • life of the soul will feel that there are two streams
    • tomorrow. Is that not a sort of feeling or perception that we
    • feelings that it reckons not only with the effects of the
    • us the legacy of our past doing, feeling and thinking. We are
    • transformed into a feeling, we shall be able to observe what
    • present. In short, we shall feel something projecting beyond
    • glimmer of the inner feeling of God within us, a feeling that
    • transformed into feeling and perception.
    • future, when we transform it into feeling and perception?
    • looking back over the past, our feelings assert themselves in
    • deal at once with the feelings of fear and anxiety, hope and
    • joy, but the actual events to which these feelings refer are
    • feeling, something the soul does of itself. As it can, in
    • relation to the future, give no more than the feeling of
    • reality, these feelings exist as something born from an
    • transform into a right feeling what comes so surely to us
    • above all, we feel how our souls can become richer and more
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Metamorphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 4: The Nature of Prayer
    Matching lines:
    • feelings stirred by prayer can give even the simplest person some inkling of
    • anxiety about it. Is that not a sort of feeling or perception concerned with
    • reality of its feelings that it is reckoning not only with the past but in a
    • within ourselves the legacy of our doing, feeling and thinking in the past.
    • present with our past in this way, we shall come to feel that within us there
    • If we transform this realisation into a feeling, we shall be able to look
    • we feel that we have within us something that extends beyond ourselves. This
    • intimation is the first awakening of a feeling of God within us; a feeling
    • feeling.
    • stream from the future say to us, again in terms of perceptive feeling? It
    • relevant events have not yet occurred; only the feelings connected with them
    • soul. We feel how in the future the soul can become far richer, wider in
    • scope, than it now is; we feel that we are already related to the approaching
    • towards the divine. And this reverence, which we can feel working upon us but
    • with God. For if the soul surrenders itself in innermost calm to the feelings
    • whether through a feeling, a word or an idea, we have the prayer directed to
    • to the divine light that shines in on us, and this feeling leads us to the
    • remember the feelings of fear and anxiety that gnaw at our soul-life in face
    • security in this situation? Yes, there is. It is what we may call a feeling
    • darkness of the future. But this feeling will be effective only if it has the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Metamorphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 5: Sickness and Healing
    Matching lines:
    • expression of the instincts, desires, passions, thoughts and feelings which
    • pleasure and pain, feelings, images, etc. We see how at night these
    • and feelings. But if the astral body is the bearer of all these things, why
    • experiences. The feeling of love for the other person has come about in such
    • essence, the feeling of love, from taking place. He would have to unravel
    • the seer is also artist. Today there is little feeling left for these things
    • development. However much we regard death with fear and shock and feel pain
    • penetrates into its smallest recesses. It feels disconnected from the
    • number of illnesses that the inner human being feels disconnected from the
  • Title: Metamorphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 6: Positive and Negative Man
    Matching lines:
    • been thinking or feeling and to take something different into his soul. In
    • showed that the soul is by no means a chaotic flux of concepts, feelings and
    • the past in such a way as to feel that dwelling within him is something
    • without any definite ideas or feelings; then he listens to a speaker who
    • relationship, can feel how he becomes more and more like the other: in cases
    • he will have imbued his soul with positive feelings. But now suppose that he
    • merely heard of them or read them. They will lack the feelings that he evoked
    • sympathise with others in their sorrows and feels their joys as his own, he
    • the feelings of other people.
    • from negative feelings into the harmonious contentment bestowed on us by a
    • life which comes to meet an unavoidably negative state of feeling and
  • Title: Metamorphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 7: Error and Mental Disorder
    Matching lines:
    • physical body which we can see and feel. Then there is another member which
    • undifferentiated intermingling of all kinds of will impulses, feelings,
    • demonstrates how we advance from the feelings and perceptions of our
    • body, to those things which affect not only pure feeling, pure perception,
    • thinking, feeling and willing and live with them between birth and death. The
    • and bad qualities is destroyed and we take with us in our thinking, feeling
    • it the errors and the chaos, our weaknesses in thinking, feeling and willing
    • on developing his feelings in such a way that they are in accord with his
    • trying to develop our feelings and emotions and our will in such a manner
    • that we do not feel affected by every minor inconvenience; for trying to
    • from an inner feeling of well-being. The impulses for the exercises should
    • himself in a position emotionally of experiencing how the soul feels one or
    • There it says that the child up to the seventh year of age primarily feels
    • development of a strong logic, a regulated soul-life harmonious in feeling
    • bodily mis-formation with the light of a healthy willing, a healthy feeling
    • belief in disciplined thinking, in harmonious feeling and willing will
    • harmonious feeling which can be developed, harmonious willing which can be
    • in reason a harmonious feeling, willing and disciplined thinking, a reasoned
  • Title: Metamorphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 8: Human Conscience
    Matching lines:
    • concerns, who has not formed some idea of what conscience is. Everyone feels
    • question that it reflected his feeling: that is conscience.
    • harmonious human feelings and generous breadth of mind must rank with the
    • to an association of certain feelings with particular actions, or even with
    • but a feeling became ingrained in the human soul that a harmful action must
    • idea of conscience that we have today, although we feel whenever we approach
    • and inward experiences which feel today as though they were innate, were in
    • idea of conscience and our feeling for it were not present in the same way in
    • into ourselves and encounter the experiences of thinking, feeling and
    • behind our thinking, feeling and willing, and thus behind our ordinary inner
    • stood before his clairvoyant vision. And to experience a feeling he had no
    • need to look into himself; his feeling radiated from him and united him with
    • confronting his soul. And when a feeling concerning his evil deed arose in
    • inner voice. If we study his work, we feel that he was at the stage when
    • Every word that he gives to Klytemnestra, for example, makes one feel
    • can see how human progress has been marked by ever-increasing feelings of
    • conscience, we feel that conscience is regarded as one of the most important
  • Title: Metamorphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 9: The Mission of Art
    Matching lines:
    • In their presence he experienced the feeling he had hoped in vain to draw
    • soul with convincing power and permeate our feeling with a conviction of
    • its instruments were an organ for revealing the feelings that went into the
    • any human heart was there to echo those feelings. Thus in the revelations of
    • of spiritual science, we feel that they communicate their own revelation
    • concerning man's search for truth, and the spiritual scientist feels
    • say that he feels more closely related to it than he does to many of the
    • while the spiritual scientist feels his heart so strongly drawn to these
    • takes hold of himself as an ego. This ego-feeling, as we now have it after
    • environment, as he came to do later on. He lived in his environment, feeling
    • that he belonged to it, whereas a modern man feels that he stands apart from
    • it. And just as man today can feel in his bodily organism the inflow and
    • place in my soul, when I think, feel or will, I am not a separate being. I am
    • their forces into me, they stimulate me to think and feel and will.
    • strong ego-feeling came to the fore while other soul-powers and faculties
    • were still relatively undeveloped. This ego-feeling emerged in the most
    • remained for a long time without an ego-feeling, in these regions of Europe
    • there were people in whom the ego-feeling was particularly strong because
    • world withdraws externally from man does his inward ego-feeling light
    • echo was always very weak, and in Aeschylus so weak that he came to feel a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Answers to Big Questions: Lecture I: The Nature of Spiritual Science and Its Significance for the Present
    Matching lines:
    • humanity also concerning thinking and feeling. The big progress
    • these research results no subjective feeling, sympathy or
    • science feels strictly obliged to inform logically and
    • that no one could get up to mischief? Should one not feel
    • tools of thinking, imagination, feeling, and will-impulses are
    • greater spirits did not yet feel the need of speaking of
    • to the science of that time feels if he takes up anything
    • sciences one will feel that it can position itself beside the
    • be talk of the fact only that, indeed, from a deep feeling of
  • Title: Lecture: Life and Death
    Matching lines:
    • natural science, and who, might feel himself moved to follow
    • which compose the human body. He might feel himself justified
    • called forth at that time a storm of anger. Those who feel
    • to a certain age, but only showed itself later as a feeling
    • of power, as a feeling of life, as a content of life which
    • in progress consists in feeling on awaking, enriched through
    • sleep; he feels that what he had taken up before going to
    • will often come near to developing certain feelings. The
    • nature or these feelings will also show the nature of the
    • conception, but must make it part of our innermost feeling.
    • into the Ego this absolute balance as regards feeling and
    • knowledge of the inner kernel of man's being, on the feelings
    • experience the future in our feelings and sensations and are
    • regards feelings and sensations towards the future life, but
  • Title: Lecture: The Human Soul and the Animal Soul
    Matching lines:
    • well understand this, one can feel with them and discern what is in
    • creative. And a feeling will dawn in us of why those who knew what
    • Now between a dim feeling of the kinship of what comes to expression
    • spiritual science, there is a long, long path. But this feeling is a
    • spirit, it has its greatest feelings of well being. In its soul, the
    • soul as it comes to expression in his willing, his feeling, his
    • So do we learn to feel that this grows in the human being,
    • feeling of the difference between man and animal if we contrast the
    • a feeling of the difference of soul experience in the animal and in
    • the human being, this feeling and perception will help us to
    • feel with greater and greater clarity how man's life of soul is
    • condition is always present as a certain feeling of well being in the
    • soul, a feeling of life, of comfort or discomfort; and this depends
    • expresses itself in the astral body in a feeling of discomfort. But
    • the physical organs, this engenders the feeling of general well being
    • spreads into the general feeling of life. This is particularly
    • expand,” or, “I feel as if a burning brand is being held
    • and this expresses itself in the astral body as a feeling of pain.
    • feeling of well being is an inner experience of health. On the other
    • feels pain with infinitely greater intensity than man. Those who
  • Title: Lecture: The Human Spirit and the Animal Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • through the soul, in gesture. Hence we feel ourselves really
    • have a feeling for this working from without inwards and from within
    • part of its life of feeling. On the other hand, it may be said of man
    • way he feels his existence in his own body; and on the other side,
    • the animal arrives even in its feeling life at reflecting into its
    • call forth the feeling: If the spirit would continue in material
  • Title: Answers to Big Questions: Lecture V: The Nature of Sleep
    Matching lines:
    • being should still feel that the sleep is something that
    • feelings that represent the soul drama of the human being, all
    • what we imagine what we want what we feel. Now the question
    • Someone who is able to observe life really can feel very clear,
    • pictures, the feelings becoming weaker, their brightness and
    • self-conscious ego. At the moment of falling asleep, we feel
    • human being feels the sense-perceptions becoming duller and
    • duller and he feels finally how the will impulses are
    • observe quite clearly. In addition, the human being feels that
    • feelings at certain places of the body: in the hands, in the
    • falls asleep can observe these feelings. This are — one
    • education of their soul life. Then they can feel something like
    • moment when the human beings feel something like waking up with
    • satisfied in their conscience. They feel this at this moment of
    • the same time, this feeling is completely contrary to the
    • feeling of the day. The human being falling asleep feels, as if
    • which primarily expresses itself as a feeling extending about
    • which the soul can agree and it is often a feeling of deep
    • day by the stronger sensory impressions expands and feels as
    • moral reflection, there it still feels; but the feeling stops
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Spirit in the Realm of Plants
    Matching lines:
    • such a contemplation a person may feel himself in a rather difficult
    • century have been absorbed. Yes, a person feels himself in a rather
    • discovery had a powerful influence on all thinking and feeling in
    • power is experienced by most people who feel fascinated by the
    • plant he feels just as he does regarding a finger, which he can
    • diminishing, we find that all thoughts and feelings that enter our
    • resistance, he again feels his ego, his self-consciousness.
    • approaches, the earth organ ism begins to think and to feel, because
    • the sun with its being lures out the thoughts and feelings. The
    • thinking and feeling can be in the realm of the sun activity. Just as
    • order to look at itself, to feel, to sense, to think by means of this
    • its thoughts and feelings. Just as we can see our nerves emanating
    • from the brain, developing our feeling and conceptual life through
    • thoughts, feelings, and sensations. The spiritual investigator finds
    • thoughts and feelings. For spiritual research the earth is a
    • spiritual being whose thoughts and feelings awaken every spring, and
    • organs through which our earth can think and feel. Woven into the
    • realm where it wants to begin to feel and think. Just as everything
    • not think of how all feelings, sensations, and mental images are
    • feelings of the earth, which recede when winter approaches so that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Answers to Big Questions: Lecture VII: How Does One Attain Knowledge of the Spiritual World?
    Matching lines:
    • cannot feel called to recognise something of it!
    • charming region between Weimar and Tiefurt I had a feeling with
    • greatest spirits of our time, a feeling, which I want to
    • feelings and sensations push to the spiritual world. However,
    • is not only impossible for the sensations and feeling but also
    • scientific circles is usual for the life of feeling and
    • feelings with materialistic views. With the best will in the
    • here, that someone who feels the urge to ascend to the
    • the soul to a feeling and a willing for the spiritual world
    • different from the feeling and willing in the soul normally.
    • Our soul has to become another organism of feeling and willing
    • feelings, on that what we carry in ourselves as will decisions,
    • will impulses, feelings and sensations only individually. Now,
    • sensations and feelings in motion. What is usually only a means
    • world of feelings and sensations revives in us; we feel a
    • ourselves. We feel the development as something quite different
    • letting subjective feelings and sensations speak. The soul
    • sensations and feelings are closely connected with our
    • ones, one notices that the sensations and feelings become quite
    • the “I am” immense, strong feelings develop which
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Answers to Big Questions: Lecture VIII: Predisposition, Talent and Education of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • sensations, will-impulses, and feelings — from something
    • himself. What we forget changes into moods, feelings,
    • feeling, of the affects, the interest that we take in our
    • the poet Hebbel, feels an echo of the fatherly inheritance in
    • feelings and will-impulses. -- Certainly, it is easier, more
    • animated in us transform themselves into feelings, then we live
    • feeling as an internally closed being. The intellectual soul
    • a way that we have the feeling: this can and should live on in
    • think, and that it feels us in the second epoch as a person on
    • and feeling nature, so that someone can understand your logical
    • ideas cannot intervene in the entire mental and feeling life.
    • before himself, he feels the current, and then it helps!
    • we are able to feel the pictorial well into the hands because
    • way that you feel the circle or the ellipse growing together
    • manual skill, but the feeling and learning to love the things
  • Title: Lecture: Zarathustra
    Matching lines:
    • man's thought, feeling and will, have undergone great changes in the
    • so deepen our feelings, ideas, and impulses that the powers of soul
    • world with understanding and to feel, behind the outer realm of
    • universe from mere doctrine into real feeling, real vision. And so he
    • in the feeling it called forth in
    • man — a feeling which taught him of his
    • time have a certain feeling for the Spiritual behind the physical
    • a tendency to the mystical way. Many feel drawn towards Indian
    • our thoughts and feelings and so unpleasantly accentuate the chief
  • Title: Turning Points: Lecture 1: Zarathustra
    Matching lines:
    • morality, the same general thoughts, feelings and conceptions as
    • through research in many directions, we can now feel certain that
    • deepening of all values of our spiritual feelings, conceptions
    • to Brahma, there to feel himself unified with that which ever
    • realize and to feel, that in truth each individual man is an
    • begins to gain spiritual experience, a feeling of awe may come
    • the same with Zarathustranism, when man feels that his spiritual
    • awaken bitter feeling, namely: — I assert that before long it
    • feelings, distorting the true significance of the phenomena of
    • perfection.’ Thus did Zarathustra feel himself to be the
    • there rings forth the inner impulse of his mission, and we feel
    • Thus spoke Zarathustra, and we can but feel that
  • Title: Lecture: Galileo, Giordano Bruno, and Goethe
    Matching lines:
    • survey of the lines of thought and feeling of the men of that
    • himself a child of his age. The feelings which possessed
    • existence man now learned to feel in Nature herself. In
  • Title: Lecture: What Has Geology to Say About the Origin of the World?
    Matching lines:
    • life today from morning till night, through thinking, feeling and
    • feel us “fatigue.” A world-conception based on natural
    • able to form thoughts and produce feelings which, as it were, repeat
    • being feels so firmly united.
  • Title: Lecture: Hermes
    Matching lines:
    • another is that man of the present day feels, whether he likes it or
    • did one of the greatest minds of modern times feel himself related to
    • Egyptian thought and feeling.
    • materialistic consciousness of to-day, but with a true feeling for
    • thought and feeling. And again — what a curious impression is
    • ask ourselves: of what nature was the life of feeling and ideas among
    • be used as a means whereby we are led into the whole world of feeling
    • must we go back to the feelings living in the ancient Egyptians and
    • male, active — filling the soul with thoughts and feelings. The
    • super-sensible forces I feel within my soul.
    • Such were the feelings in regard to this
    • higher world, feelings which had been handed down to the Egyptians by
    • one dominating feeling in the soul of the old Egyptian; it filled his
    • nature without feeling any need to concern himself at the same time
    • with problems of destiny. Now the feeling of kinship with Osiris and
    • dead man feels that in the spiritual world he may himself be called
    • instrument for the soul-activities of Feeling, Willing and Thinking
    • Only when the pupil reached this stage did he feel that he had really
    • Being to whom the old Egyptians looked up with feelings of deepest
    • Egyptians, but their souls were filled with a deep moral feeling, a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Turning Points: Lecture 2: Hermes
    Matching lines:
    • more general enlightenment has nevertheless a feeling, whether
    • feelings which came over him, while engaged in astronomical
    • Egyptian thought and feeling. But, as has been before stated,
    • with the greatest piety, thankfulness and religious feeling,
    • Egyptian thought and feeling. Again, how extraordinary do the
    • feeling and perception. It is far more important to do this than
    • the primeval feelings of the Egyptians, and from these as a
    • activity. Thus do I feel within me an Osiris power, which placed
    • feelings and perceptions of the old Egyptians concerning this
    • feelings of potency and vigour.
    • said: — That supersensible power which man feels as Osiris, can
    • ideas concerning all that I feel within my soul,’ he knew
    • Such were the feelings and perceptions which had
    • On the other hand, we cannot ponder upon feelings
    • be expressed in terms of feeling and sentiment in the following
    • thus that these old Egyptians visualized, with a certain feeling
    • [the three ultimate modes of consciousness], Feeling, Willing and
    • Egyptian found the true method of expressing those deep feelings
    • feelings of reverence and thankfulness, so that they cried out:
    • of animals in that by-gone age, and of the curious feeling of awe
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Buddha
    Matching lines:
    • age many people feel an inherent desire to understand what really
    • lives. “Is not all Eternity mine?” he exclaims, feeling
    • of primeval wisdom, but also to primeval feelings and perceptions in
    • the world of the senses. This feeling gradually extended into a
    • image of destruction, of corruption, and within his soul the feeling
    • the whole of human existence. Man feels that there are forces within
    • therefore he must overcome the world, but the Christian feels
    • And so the Christian feels
    • not feel it unjust that he should suffer from the faults of youthful
    • not feel it an injustice that he should atone in his present state
    • original sin of man, and he feels: If the influx of the spiritual
    • humanity. No longer feeling himself united with a Buddha who urges
    • the only driving forces in life, though many may feel more drawn to
    • impulses, perceptions and feelings as give meaning to human
    • souls, drawing them towards Buddhism. Goethe could not feel this
    • great and mighty results that the human mind did not feel able to
    • Buddhism, their longing for ease makes them feel more readily drawn
    • knowledge,” but rather feel that something within him can
    • feeling that we exist, and we know as we look towards the future that
    • is able to look back upon his earthly existence and feel: This bodily
  • Title: Turning Points: Lecture 3: Buddha
    Matching lines:
    • supersensible, he gained not knowledge alone but a feeling of
    • wisdom, but to a specific order of primordial feeling and
    • material world of sense perception.’ This feeling spread
    • clairvoyant state, a certain feeling of sadness at the thought of
    • It is in this way that the Christian feels that
    • himself concerned with an original sin, but feels that he has
    • thought, for while the Christian feels that his present existence
    • has a similar feeling, with regard to the life and example of
    • ‘I already feel that the beams (“Balken”) are
    • extends to the entire human race with which we feel ourselves so
    • element of life lies in our impulses, emotions and feelings, and
    • There may be some who feel themselves more drawn
    • feeling, however, did not exist with Goethe, who sought to free
    • in scientific research; and it feels ever more and more helpless
    • and inertia, he feels himself more ‘at home’ with
    • knowledge’, but feel that there is within him a something
  • Title: Answers to Big Questions: Lecture XIV: Moses
    Matching lines:
    • beings, in so far as we feel that we have a share of the entire
    • name of Moses, we feel that infinite of it still lives on
    • our own soul. We still feel as it were in our limbs that the
    • feel that he still lives in our thoughts and sensations, and
    • learns to feel how in such points where an outer portrayal of
    • highest, most important to humanity. If we feel that we still
    • and its forces, thinking, feeling, and willing in the way that
    • the influence of his clairvoyant talent. He did not feel such
    • uniform being and not such forces in his thinking, feeling and
    • feeling and our will. Hence, different streams, different
    • feeling and willing. We are related to them — in such a
    • way the ancient human being did not feel the soul as something
    • life received its first impulse from Moses, hence, the feeling
    • human soul realises its centre. If the human soul feels
    • their being in the spiritual world forces, the soul feels that
    • this centre, he feels that in the wonderful words “I
    • does not know to say feels uneasy if one asks him everywhere:
    • weather could be forecast, but it had a feeling, was determined
    • This old, instinctive natural feeling had decayed with them,
    • development, this causes the feeling of the real connection of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Turning Points: Lecture 4: Moses
    Matching lines:
    • feel that our whole soul life plays a part in the collective
    • aspect; for here we have the feeling that there is no limit to
    • our souls. We still feel, in our very bones, as it were, the
    • living force in our thoughts and feelings, and as if when we
    • admiration and reverence, as do these investigations; and I feel
    • within our souls, then do we feel that a full and clear
    • days of man’s soul and its powers of thinking, feeling and
    • powers of thought, feeling and will, as forces whose mid-point of
    • feeling and will. We would thus picture separate currents of
    • activating our powers of thought, feeling and willing. Although
    • When the human soul feels that the Ego is linked
    • feels uncomfortable when people come to him and say: —
    • was first led to realize that the most positive feeling which man
    • may weaken, and lose his feeling of unity with the vital source
    • history of the world in this manner, we feel anew the beauty of
  • Title: Answers to Big Questions: Lecture XV: What Has Astronomy to Say about the Origin of the World?
    Matching lines:
    • facts: I feel pain, I feel desire, I taste sweet, smell rose
    • feeling against the omnipotence and the infinite wisdom of the
    • There are also serious people who feel urged to get the
    • feeling are mental processes which cause material processes
    • Someone who feels sense of shame to whom the blush rises in his
  • Title: Turning Points: Lecture 5: Elijah
    Matching lines:
    • the profoundest impression upon the hearts and feelings of
    • matters, but nevertheless he experienced a peculiar feeling of
    • a strange and peculiar feeling of fear and dismay. For it was
    • the activity of this potent influence manifested in feelings of
    • throughout the community, and whom he regarded with feelings of
    • case in Palestine, but when on every side there is a feeling of
    • than ever did the King experience that feeling of awe and dread
    • foreboding. Then Elijah, whom he had ever regarded with feelings
    • step by step, to a stage where he would first feel himself
    • however, those among my audience who may still feel that they
    • obtained through the medium of external science, I should feel
    • thought by engendering feelings of awe and wonder, and by so
  • Title: Lecture: Christ and the Twentieth Century
    Matching lines:
    • the like, in the light of those habits of thought, feeling and
    • point of time when the soul of a chosen human being was able to feel
    • moments when such men feel themselves at a turning-point of their
    • feelings that have arisen among men towards this loving Saviour,
    • senses as a kind of ‘Natural Law.’ Science did not feel
    • the feeling of the Jew: ‘When I, as an individual member of the
    • rings forth the word of Christianity: All such feeling of the Divine,
  • Title: Turning Points: Lecture 6: Christ and the Twentieth Century
    Matching lines:
    • epoch-making events, when they feel that they stand at a
    • still far from experiencing the feeling of greater satisfaction
    • loving Saviour. And it is in that holy sense and feeling evoked
    • governed by natural laws. It did not feel itself called upon to
    • feels itself upon a firm and truly Christian foundation, hardly
    • feeling that everything which is Divine and of that Holy
    • Moral-Redemption comes about when man feels that
  • Title: Human History: Lecture I: The Relation of the Human Being to the Supersensible Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • it feels already constrained to admit a certain knowledge of
    • practitioner in life and feels attracted by that what life
    • gives directly feels easily repelled from the sobriety and
    • satisfaction one can feel about the solution of the world
    • one cannot deny one thing which, but someone does not feel who
    • such a thinker feels, I would like to bring to mind at the
    • that appears sober to us. There we get the feeling: how do you
    • thinker may feel satisfied in a way, but somebody who stands in
    • supersensible world. One must say that everybody can feel if he
    • spiritually that he feels in such a way as if he had not
    • However, one has to feel something else,
    • Indeed, a thinker who only thinks and cannot feel
    • feel if one wants to set up relations with the supersensible.
    • you feel, as if you has lost the firm ground under your feet
    • the thoughts and you feel firm in the thoughts, you cannot
    • ascend to the supersensible world. Not before you feel
    • you have to ask, where is a firm point? Not before you feel
    • and then imagine this sensation increased, you can feel
    • something of that which someone has to feel strongly who
    • penetrate through them into the living feeling of spiritual
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Human History: Lecture II: Death and Immortality
    Matching lines:
    • commit this strange mistake. — Thus, every little spirit feels
    • nebulous, into blurred forms. Then the falling asleep feels, as
    • feeling of bliss. Then a strange moment occurs in which the
    • human being can feel everything like in a brief vision that he
    • feels being in them. Then a jerk happens as it were, and the
    • human being still feels: oh, this moment could last
    • role, because the daily strain tires him. One feels as if the
    • in the way that you feel more and more enlarged. You get to
    • free of the body, as much we feel chained in this world to our
    • feel as an ego. The reason is that
    • certain degree. That expresses itself by the fact that we feel
    • a theory, we feel such a truth only as a truth of life. Since
    • joys or pains of life and feel: joy strengthens us for the
  • Title: Lecture: Prophecy -- Its Nature and Meaning
    Matching lines:
    • surely feel surprise when he hears the following. Keeping to
    • self, with no feeling of his own personality, his soul knew the truth
  • Title: Human History: Lecture IV: From Paracelsus to Goethe
    Matching lines:
    • feel something particular by the peculiar of nature as you can
    • with nature, by feeling his soul forces related to that what
    • similar nature, he could also feel related with the spirit of
    • in the next time. Someone who knows Goethe's life feels that
    • feeling related with nature, it is different than it was with
    • Paracelsus. We feel this, when Faust speaks to the spirit of
    • with power to feel and to enjoy it. You grant
    • feelers reach nature. It had really to happen that Faust could
    • observations, it can feel intimately related with Goethe, but
    • can also feel intimately related with Paracelsus in another
  • Title: Lecture: The Hidden Depths of Soul Life
    Matching lines:
    • world and people feel the earth stirring under their feet, as a rule
    • they experience a feeling of terror, a shudder runs through them.
    • causes of this feeling of terror, we must turn our attention not only
    • This feeling —
    • thoughts and feelings in the depths of the soul-life, and which
    • connection with what we consciously think, feel or will. In speaking
    • as of his thinking, feeling and willing. Among things that point to the
    • feeling would rise to a very high pitch, and once it had re-occurred it
    • feels the value and joy of life. In the same context I indicated that
    • offers — he feels himself leaving his every day world and
    • excitements and so on, including all other feelings, we are left with
    • cosmic space. It works upon him from cosmic space formatively; he feels
    • behind him, but he senses resistance and feels powerless to use the
    • feel something of the activity of these inner soul forces which are
  • Title: Lecture: Good Fortune Its Reality and Its Semblance
    Matching lines:
    • comes to life. We feel that to be justified in speaking of good or bad
    • life may be directly hindered, frustrated, destroyed. We feel that we cannot
    • Giordano Bruno, for instance, who perished at the stake? We feel that here
    • Now when it comes to man himself, to what he feels with regard to fortune
    • feelings, his whole inner being, but to be in harmony with all that works
    • of knowledge. For acquiring knowledge evokes in us the feeling that in our
    • thinking, in our soul-life, we are in harmony with the world. We feel that
    • contact, definite connection, with it. And the unhappiness a gambler feels
    • gives him a feeling of being shut out from the world, as if the contact with
    • the stirrings of his feelings, becomes a power living its own life in his soul
    • man, tossed to and fro in his life between good and bad fortune, feels like a
  • Title: Human History: Lecture VII: The Prophet Elijah
    Matching lines:
    • say that his name caused certain feelings of thrill in many
    • particular feeling of thrill if this person was mentioned.
    • of the Prophet Elijah with a particular feeling of thrill.
    • from level to level where he only feels united with the spirit
  • Title: Human History: Lecture VIII: The Origin of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • that the human thinking, feeling and willing only turn out as a
    • researchers who feel urged by that what they realise to assert
    • interesting now that a researcher like Klaatsch feels pressured
    • a meditative life if he puts certain images, feelings, and will
    • the feeling in the first stadia of such an advance if he has
    • he feels his brain first like a block that he has to
    • feels, it is related to your whole innermost nature what you
    • feel as the innermost impact; you yourself are this as
    • There one feels that one faces the whole
    • child. It feels shaken by what expresses itself in crying. The
    • specialises in a particular organ. Pursue how you feel
    • quiet feeling in the larynx that the human being can notice if
    • experiences the same process. There he feels the second human
    • being developing in himself. He feels that this inner human
    • eternity of the spirit, he feels protected in the
    • we cannot appropriate somewhere else, we feel the material
    • human soul lives in the spirit that feels powerful in it. It
  • Title: Human History: Lecture X: Christ and the Twentieth Century
    Matching lines:
    • ways of thinking and feeling which prevail in an age in other
    • this time in which the soul of a choice human being could feel
    • such epoch-making events where they feel like in a turning
    • life. — Since people are still far away today to feel the
    • to say that beside all the sensations and feelings that the
    • science did not feel called to penetrate into those impulses
    • now strongly stresses: such a feeling of the divine, even if it
    • in his complete figure, but only if one feels something that is
  • Title: Human History: Lecture XI: Human History, Present, and Future in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • animals and see, for example, that animals feel treacherous
    • monistic interpretation of the world. One feels in the thoughts
    • penetrating me, but I feel penetrated with an isolated ego.
    • the ancient Indian did not yet generally feel the difference of
    • spiritual science wonderfully as the poet especially feels, for
  • Title: Human History: Lecture XII: Copernicus and His Time in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • and feel intertwined into it with their lives on earth, then
    • the human habitual ways of thinking, feeling, and willing were
    • with the Faust figure seems to be from the feeling that the
    • confess that one feels it as something quite peculiar if one
    • the feeling together with the spiritual of the universe:
    • Within your feeling cosmic forces play,
  • Title: Lecture: Death in Man, Animal, and Plant
    Matching lines:
    • scientists — find ourselves with reference to the feeling of
    • as spiritual scientist one feels peculiarly placed with regard to
    • matter. Here, one feels that, sincerely as we may agree concerning
    • who believe they are on the sure ground of natural science feel bound
    • made by those who feel they are standing on its firm ground between
    • whoever is in real earnest feels in the depths of his thinking how
    • processes taking place in man. We may indeed sometimes feel obliged
    • the fading of our thoughts and ideas, our feelings and the impulses
    • processes of our soul — our life of ideas, of feeling and of
    • of our ideas, feeling, and will. We know quite well that if we give
    • we are feeling most pleasure in what is springing out of the earth,
    • have experienced as feelings, impulses, or passions. What we have
    • experienced in the way of feeling remains submerged, detached from
    • feeling experiences separated from the ideas which could only be
    • organism the so-called higher feelings and emotions emerge again in
    • higher moral feelings and those moods in a man which develop into
    • that, in our spiritual feelings, in our spiritual enthusiasm, we
    • his higher moral and aesthetic feelings. Here we see that which lives
    • spiritual feelings, and with them the disposition of his heart and
    • down of such disposition for the whole earth. All that is feeling and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Human History: Lecture XIV: The Self-Education of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • Everybody certainly feels already with the
    • strive and have the feeling any time, in particular as young
    • being is on his own more and more if he feels confronted to
    • turned back, it turns out that the human being has to feel
    • educator when he does no longer feel the urge to submit to
    • experience a feeling of well-being or inner satisfaction or
    • sufferings of the other in us. Where we feel his joy, his grief
    • soul of the other when we feel compassion or shared joy in the
    • feeling which is filled more or less with sympathy or
    • sympathy, with love, with the feeling that the things are lofty
    • one week. But if these or those feelings of friendship occur,
    • have to turn to our feelings and sensations and to investigate
    • in wise self-knowledge how we can work on our feelings and
    • feelings, pains, and sufferings. How do these working on? They
    • human beings have the weakest will who feel at any opportunity
    • that argues tremendously against the feelings of devotion of
  • Title: Lecture: The Nature of Eternity
    Matching lines:
    • feelings and impulses of will, might simply arise and then
    • those thoughts, feelings and will-impulses belong? It is this
    • our conceptions, feelings and will-impulses, yet there is
    • feelings and will impulses, no ego can be found. From nothing
    • of feeling and impulses of will and is always to be found
    • whether our thinking, feeling, willing or acting is concerned
    • I say expressly that in this survey neither feeling nor
    • willingly, although today in this sphere his kindly feeling
    • feelings and sensations, and in the exertion of our will. Who
    • feeling over again the pain itself? Many other things there
    • leaving thought empty of feeling.
    • relationship between feeling and will on the one hand, and
    • certain time of life a man will repress the feelings and
    • on the subconscious, and our feelings and will impulses come
    • genuine self-knowledge a man observes life, he feels, as he
    • moods of feeling, so that they live on in the make-up of his
    • feel that our blood will no longer be, is no longer in
    • methods of education this feeling is now to some extent
    • approaching the winter of life, the feelings and impulses
    • the body. In a case of this kind, feeling and will-impulses
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Human History: Lecture XVI: Darwin and the Supersensible Research
    Matching lines:
    • could also get to the same results, nay, could also feel the
    • disembodied, while we feel attracted to them, and get the
    • become aware of that which produces thoughts, feelings and will
    • what lives only in my thoughts, feelings, and mental pictures
    • which thinks, feels and wants at the age of thirty years and
    • become bigger and bigger who feel this longing who feel that
  • Title: Lecture Series: Jacob Boehme
    Matching lines:
    • of existence in a way which can occupy our thinking and feeling
    • thinking and feeling of human beings for a long time to
    • condition of his soul. And he feels that, in his
    • feels that there is not only something rational in the act of
    • our soul which rest otherwise in the subconscious, then we feel
    • year 1600 he experiences a re-birth, feels himself transported
    • arises again in our thoughts, then we feel how thought is
    • soul of the present time no longer has any feeling for the
    • one can only slowly struggle through to the feeling that in all
    • also, in feeling also, as it were, he is carried back to
    • brings about in the human soul is only a feeling by means of
    • in thought, and his whole philosophy is more a feeling with, a
    • really have its effect on him, he feels as if the thought were
    • also feels contact with nature.
    • Thus, does Jacob Boehme feel the contact with nature. He feels
    • participates, so that one feels what he perceived vibrating in
    • feels especially to be like that which is the “How”
    • organ; but one can have this organ which feels admiration when,
    • sees him thus in his loneliness and feels as if a
    • feels in him, who enters into the multiplicity of phenomena,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture Series: The Mission of Raphael in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • figures stand there, making us feel that they emerge suddenly out of the
    • pictures we feel that something would be lacking if the creative, formative
    • We feel the desire to
    • in a work by Raphael, we feel the scene as described by the historian
    • Himself. Feelings arise which, when we permeate them with the soul,
    • but in order to characterize as fully as may be the feelings that arise
    • feel how something wafts towards the Earthly when, for instance, we
    • Above all in Perugia we may feel that the eye is beholding the very
    • only proceed from the Earthly. Our perception may feel itself raised
    • natural feeling may arise before the world-famous picture in Dresden.
    • of man. And then we feel the uniqueness of the soul of Raphael, realizing
    • into the kind of feelings and perceptions which Raphael himself must
    • the feelings of a soul able to create like this? We cannot compare them
    • to the feelings of a Savonarola, who when he uttered his words of scorn
    • different Christian feeling must have flowed into the soul. And yet
    • already feels the existence of something that in an earlier life might
    • again to feel in the Greek sense of the material is the manifestation
    • of the Spiritual. They began to feel all that Plato and Aristotle had
    • urge of the human soul may signify, cannot but feel security and hope that
    • of the feeling living in the soul of a man of our own time, — I mean
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Poetry/Fairy Tales: The Poetry of Fairy Tales
    Matching lines:
    • to feel strongly about fairy tales; studying them or trying to
    • soul. A tragedy, we feel, shows us how an individual is entangled in
    • than the complexities of tragedy. For one thing, we can feel that
    • is altogether different, we feel, when we come knowingly to fairy
    • try to get a feeling for it, however, we can find that what a fairy
    • feeling of utter helplessness in the face of the eternal opposition
    • feeling that I am going to describe, which today we arrive at only in
    • is at this moment that one feels urged either to come to a fairy tale
    • depths. But still one can feel that there is a connection between the
    • child's feeling-life. A child will grieve for his soul-comrade and if
    • this tale we can feel an echo of certain moods that really and truly
    • one of us can feel reverberating in us how this something we
    • other work of art gives us the feeling of utmost inner joy as the
    • The soul feels (but unconsciously) the great antithesis she has to
    • experiences — this is truly different. If you feel this, you
    • will also feel, vibrating like an echo of this folk tale, just what
    • abstract way, a certain feeling comes over me when I look at the evolution
    • of the world, a feeling that is twin-brother to the one I get from immersing
    • the experience but nevertheless we can feel them echoing in the
    • feeling completely inadequate in the face of the powers of nature;
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Leonardo da Vinci
    Matching lines:
    • preserved to us, we feel that just so much does there still
    • which Leonardo had to feel towards the world and towards all he had
    • the picture within us, the following feeling may perhaps arise: Did
    • may quite naturally arrive at this feeling. Why?
    • of Leonardo's life, we must admit that the feeling just
    • are impressed with the feeling that year after year he went about
    • Moreover, we have the feeling that this man lived in the fullness of
    • to a conclusion but within himself Leonardo did not feel happy. For
    • Supper”? One has the feeling: he went away from this “Last
    • feeling animated his soul, we may say that this is apparent
    • which still did not satisfy him, and the question as to the feelings
    • with a feeling of bitterness, realizing that in his most important
    • was a feeling that the human soul was connected with the spiritual
    • could still feel, and although this feeling had already become weak,
    • the inner thought, inner feeling, and inner power of execution which
    • of feeling do we get when we contemplate the statue of Marcus
    • We feel in these that the artist imitated nature because he was
    • soul with the spirit of nature. This feeling of being one with the
    • Leonardo's fate with very sad feelings when we see how in the
    • life of feeling and experience, and must itself become an elixir of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Errors in Spiritual Investigation
    Matching lines:
    • feels himself so connected, so bound, to what he himself brings forth
    • spiritual investigator when he feels as if the ground is gone from
    • offered there, one comes step by step to a point at which one feels
    • what has just been described; one feels oneself as if over an abyss.
    • in ordinary life has disappeared, and the soul feels itself as if
    • ease of thinking, the love of ease of feeling. Fear is closely akin
    • of himself. He has become free of himself, however, only by feeling
    • order to warm one's own self with what feels good. One thereby
    • feelings and sensations. Many presentations of such mystics appear
    • genuine feeling for truthfulness. All fanaticism, all inaccuracy,
    • feel himself obliged to hold firmly to the truth, to mix nothing with
    • he feels little obligation to test what he says, speaking rather of
    • feeling, he has no choice but to acknowledge repeated lives on earth.
    • what today's lecture was to offer on the level of feeling, I
    • results of spiritual scientific. investigation feel and sense that
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture I: The Spiritual World and Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual researcher experiences. He feels like in the vicinity
    • spiritual-mental element and to feel the brain beyond this
    • nay, to feel it even like something that offers
    • lightning striking in the space that you feel penetrating
    • feel thinking and imagining attracted by the spiritual world
    • if you have not developed the right feelings during the
    • beyond his earthly body. He feels submerged in an abyss. Hence,
    • but you have also to feel involuntary movements as something
    • human being learns to feel himself with these exercises. Then
    • you may easily believe if you feel anything as painful and if
    • this painful feeling does not correspond to any wish, not even
    • life. However, this is not the case. The feeling in the
    • spiritual world in which the soul feels so strong that it
    • itself like with an elixir of life, will feel the sense of its
    • to cause a feeling of that only what the spiritual researcher
    • feeling of truth to realise the material connections of nature
    • spiritual science as a goal of the present feels this.
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture II: Theosophy and Antisophy
    Matching lines:
    • that its feeling and position in the world are different from
    • into existence, and that by which we feel, actually, as human
    • truth. They look at life; they feel transferred as from a
    • which we feel in the usual life consciously can also be in the
    • antisophical mood to the theosophically feeling human being who
    • to the theosophical feeling human being
    • theosophical feeling human being only by the fact that that who
    • being feels his determination, his value in theosophy, however,
    • he feels his tasks and duties in the world too because he finds
    • have. Since it gives the soul that by which it really feels as
    • become a monistic mood, a feeling one with the spirit living
    • must be modified by those who feel the strength in themselves.
    • One feels united in the theosophical mood,
    • one feels united with these human beings who had this
    • theosophical mood. Therefore, I feel always in harmony with
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture III: Spiritual Science and Denomination
    Matching lines:
    • pictures, religious feeling, and religious thinking correspond
    • existence. Then it feels that it carries internally, as a
    • religious truth, then such a school of thought feels
    • feeling intends to pronounce as thought how the soul is
    • feeling.
    • spiritual world, feeling one with the beings and processes of
    • must feel a piece of hot iron of 500° C which he only
    • piece of this world process, feels, experiences himself, and
    • it appears in the artistic creating or in the artistic feeling
    • aesthetic feeling is an inner experience compared with the mere
    • about the enjoyment of art, about the aesthetic feeling knows
    • that the aesthetic feeling is substantially more internal than
    • Hence, it is not sufficient for the aesthetic feeling that we
    • time is the time of materialism, of naturalism. It feels it
    • feel that the artist separates himself from the outer nature
    • feeling of his determination that he is not bound only to the
    • human being feels as a part of the extrasensory, spiritual
    • which it would have appeared as absurd to say: I feel
    • something, but this feeling is not stimulated by a
    • absurd that he feels warmth putting out his hand and does not
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture IV: On Death
    Matching lines:
    • moment can appear also in sleep. Then one feels it suddenly, or
    • one feels an Inspiration or Intuition during the day life
    • express it with words only imperfectly. One feels, as if one is
    • rudely awakened, and one has the feeling that something asks:
    • not only feel something sneaking that destroys the outer
    • physical body, but you feel almost filled with that what
    • destroys the physical body. You feel that you can only maintain
    • sense and feel his self. However, if the human being sees
    • he thinks, feels, and perceives in the usual life is like a
    • the point that he senses and feels his independent
    • beside our ego and feel united with all our conscious
    • experiences. Our egoity is warranted only because we feel
    • Indeed, you feel a transformation taking
    • extremely depressing by which he feels apart from everything to
    • get to know the inner work, the inner feeling, the inner
    • feels imprisoned in his body, his wondrous tool of thinking. He
    • feels so touched with it that he says to himself, now you could
    • impulse of will stirs. We feel impulses of will always
    • thinking, imagining, feeling and perceiving, from walking, from
    • You feel the will as self-contained, but as
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture V: The Meaning of Immortality of the Human Soul
    Matching lines:
    • not the thinking, not the feeling, not the will, also not that
    • now I feel combined in my thoughts, sensations and feelings
    • — you feel this now
    • feel that enlarged what comes out of you in which the
    • You feel like being soaked up from the
    • spiritual universe. You feel if you have gone through the
    • that one feels the forces evoked by the self-inspection, which
    • self-knowledge that you feel the germinal forces in yourself,
    • wrong, the imperfections; however, I feel the forces that can
    • this existence, the soul feels as a part of a spiritual world,
    • and thereby it feels it like heavenly bliss, after it has felt
    • Indeed, all pains that we feel in the
    • life in the body appear an inhuman one if it could not feel
    • earth again and lives in his body, he is a feeling human being,
    • fact that we can feel spiritual science in harmony with the
  • Title: Lecture: Michelangelo
    Matching lines:
    • not in abstract theory but appealing to the feelings — is to
    • especially Greek sculpture work on us, we shall certainly feel that
    • themselves an inner feeling-knowledge of the way in which the human
    • with the arm; or they could feel the particular muscle extended by
    • their hand or foot. The Greeks could feel this sort of thing —
    • they could feel and experience how the organic and the soul were
    • Zeus feeling. He then knew what inner tensions this feeling could
    • the present day we should have no feeling for the very different mode
    • ourselves feel withdrawn when we experience in the organic process of
    • their purpose is to make us feel something of a world of soul. Around
    • shall feel compelled to say that no sculptor has ever given
    • not feel at all surprised if we saw David actually using his sling.
    • receive from the form of the hard stone the feeling that what lies
    • still have some immediate feeling of what Goethe called the spirit of
    • weaving of imagination, we shall feel when we see a block of marble
    • was merely the first expression of his ideas, his feelings; as he
    • means. In the end we feel that the block was presented us with what
    • it. We shall feel, for instance, that the foreshortening of the legs,
    • done a good deal of painting, he did not feel himself really to be a
    • really do feel as if God the Father were surging through the still
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture VI: The Evil
    Matching lines:
    • human being feels pressured into putting it repeatedly. Since
    • that it is also modest. Just in such a question, we can feel
    • one puts no winter coat on, when it is cold, one feels this
    • feel, even if he stood alone, because he was the wise man
    • of the evil. I have often said that one feels in harmony with
    • some centuries. However, more and more one will feel it not
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture VII: The Moral Basis of Human Life
    Matching lines:
    • They do not expand all basic feelings that result from the
    • feels morally connected with a matter which concerns only
    • activity, the imagining activity, and the feeling activity is
    • One feels at home with that which arises
    • spiritual world, it can be that you feel sympathetic or
    • or that you feel as a moral attitude all that founds processes,
    • thinking, acting or feeling. Everything that is undertaken, for
    • self-feeling takes place in a decreased measure. Since it means
    • escape from oneself; and this feeling appears only while
    • must dive in such a way that you feel poured out about
    • have then to be in the spiritual world and to feel the
    • unconscionable spiritual researchers absolutely. They feel the
    • gives us a firm centre of gravity feel their consciousness
    • feel in yourself, but in such a way that that what you produce
    • reason. Then you feel what such deep spirits felt like Johann
    • to fight against it. One feels isolated, nevertheless, with
    • spiritual science. One feels the modern time interfering into
    • feels in harmony with that what the most significant spirits of
    • they properly pronounced nevertheless from their souls, feeling
    • the truth. Thus, one feels in harmony with many spirits, while
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture VIII: Voltaire
    Matching lines:
    • feel as a part of the organism if it could have consciousness.
    • quite different feeling and imagination of those times with the
    • being became a riddle to himself, while he started now feeling
    • nature in such a way that the human soul feels, I must be able
    • itself still in the intellectual or mind soul, did not yet feel
    • appears to us in the following way. Locke feels, so to
    • world experience, by this soul feeling, and in his so worried
    • on the other side that he feels restricted in his action
    • out this prayer, so that you get the feeling for that what
    • which he hates because he feels unable to portray the secret
    • feel which face the pulse of time in such a way that they do
    • not hear it beating, but feel in the pulse of their own blood
    • One feels the tragic of this soul that asks, how do I
    • nature overpowers Voltaire so that he has no feeling for the
    • 1786), could feel attracted to Voltaire, could push off
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture IX: Between Death and Rebirth of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • this expression in an ascetic or other sense — you feel
    • live really with truth, with knowledge. You feel knowledge like
    • yourself to receive truth worthily. You feel as unworthy if one
    • knowledge. One feels often in such a way
    • thinking, of feeling and willing in itself. This division of
    • feels the thoughts detached from himself that they are as it
    • usual life. However, we have the feeling with our memories that
    • world of feeling change different from the world of thoughts.
    • willing and feeling after death as one can do it in the life
    • desiring feeling, or like a will completely filled with
    • feeling. The expressions that we have for feeling and willing
    • do not match after death. At this time, the feeling is similar
    • will is penetrated much more with feeling than in the life
    • the willed feeling and the felt will that these are closer
    • strengthened willing and a willed feeling except the specified
    • lives in the body. The human being feels when the thoughts have
    • felt willing and willed feeling. This felt willing and willed
    • feeling looks back at the past life on earth for years. The
    • human soul feels something like a longing for the felt willing
    • and willed feeling, and with it for that, what the last life
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture X: Homunculus
    Matching lines:
    • scientifically possible, how the human thinking, feeling, and
    • also emphasised here repeatedly that it feels in harmony with
    • thorough inkling of truth from their deepest feeling, they
    • spiritual-scientific feeling, but poetically, while I want to
    • he feels “life's pulses beating with fresh
    • to show it, and spiritual science completely feels in harmony
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture XI: Spiritual Science as a Treasure for Life
    Matching lines:
    • has, actually, always the feeling: what you have applied
    • it, it has to be given to me! One feels insecure if one shall
    • soul. One feels, so to speak, that one has no inner power to
    • to any dogmatism of facts, but feels the light of truth shining
    • this feeling is necessary if the human beings should check and
    • brings to light; one has to think, to feel, and often to want
    • immediate mood from sleep and can feel immediately
    • living beings; one feels penetrated with living existence by
    • remedial method, take me, and then you feel my curative forces!
    • people cannot act out of their feeling concerning health or
    • from those who have experienced another education. They feel
    • one, but goes into the feelings that it is good to begin this
    • they must decide. They will feel in such a way that their
    • science subjectively, and that one feels the urge to inform
  • Title: Lecture: The Spirit of Fichte Present in Our Midst
    Matching lines:
    • by his innermost feelings, the thought: “Have you done right?
    • peculiar feelings with which Frau Ott read this epistle. However, the
    • deep religious feeling and acute intellect with the new ideas of
    • meditation and feeling and with man's whole philosophy. Moreover, in
    • in particular felt deep satisfaction — a feeling which Goethe
    • development. It would be, I feel, a failure to do justice to Karl
    • true reality, that we can only grasp reality when the Ego feels
    • ideals and must be modified by those who feel in themselves the
    • right in the feeling he expressed in a letter to Goethe on 21st June,
    • spirituality of feeling at the point so far reached by human
    • progress. Philosophy rightly turns towards you, for your feeling is
    • of the pure spirituality of feeling with which he sought for a
    • himself, is typical of German national feeling. For when he delivered his
    • “As long as there beats in Germany a heart capable of feeling the shame
    • should feel the German spirit which pervades his productions,
    • The main thing is that we should feel this as
    • draw quite close to him. The result is that we can feel his
    • — can we not feel it already in the incident when he so
    • spiritual divination, can we not feel this spirit very near to us
    • not feel how fortitude of soul, moral energy stream out from this
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spirit and Matter: Lecture I: Spirit and Matter, Life and Death
    Matching lines:
    • science. One can say, only the basic feeling of his soul
    • feeling thinker and scientist felt the peculiar kind of the
    • soul, the feeling of abandonment. Karl Rosenkranz expresses
    • this feeling of a real thinker striving for living cognition
    • thinker feels like standing before an abyss; he stands, so to
    • last reality in the usual life as we feel our dream world as a
    • everything that the human being thinks and feels that he enjoys
    • the brain changes into a reflecting being. The soul feels this
    • that he really feels to be at the starting point, not at the
  • Title: Spirit and Matter: Lecture II: Destiny and Soul
    Matching lines:
    • destiny feels that this being only approaches the human
    • so that it lives in our souls often as a feeling of happiness,
    • perfection to the other. A deep feeling of the sense of living
  • Title: Spirit and Matter: Lecture III: Immortality, the Forces of Destiny, and the Course of Life
    Matching lines:
    • refined, or we say, spiritualised passions, affects, feelings
    • able to feel in quite different directions as it is the case
    • feeling of the union with the spirit, within this usual
    • being can feel, think, and will in the usual life does not lead
    • developed his thinking, his imagining, his feeling with the
    • following way: is the soul with its usual thinking, feeling,
    • immortal? Thinking, feeling, and willing in the usual life are
    • feeling, and willing also stops, of course. Against that lives
    • feel the outer destinies, not only those of him, but also those
    • world it can still be that a time enters at which he feels this
    • that affects, sensations, feelings of joy, feelings of grief
    • carries us forward. It is true what single persons feel about
    • not really belong to spiritual science, the feeling, living in
  • Title: Spirit and Matter: Lecture IV: Human Soul and Human Body Considered Scientifically and Spiritual-Scientifically
    Matching lines:
    • operations or soul abilities, namely feeling and willing.
    • Theodor Ziehen speaks in such a way, as if feeling is,
    • not speak of the real feeling, but of the emotional aspect of
    • that one may say, concerning feeling such a researcher has to
    • reach the feeling. Therefore, he ignores the feeling, actually,
    • nothing happens but that I see or feel myself, that means that
    • pursuit of the nervous mechanisms one does not get to feeling
    • feeling” with his attempt to examine the soul
    • feeling. So a psychologist does not get to willing. Franz
    • feeling. Since only a feeling is expressed indeed, if I say, I
    • will is, actually, something that belongs to the feeling. You
    • similar way to the outside world, also feeling and willing. If
    • not find such relations. Hence, they deny the feeling
    • fact, which I have only indicated, is just this: the feeling
    • completely right if he does not find the feeling and the will
    • in the nervous mechanism, so that he says, feelings are only
    • feeling; but one does not draw this consequence, even if it is
    • included. If the human feeling expresses itself in the body,
    • what is connected with it? Which is the relation of feeling to
    • that feeling is connected in a similar way as imagining with
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spirit and Matter: Lecture V: The Riddles of Soul and World in the German Cultural Life
    Matching lines:
    • feelings are connected with the respiratory organism; since
    • feelings very obviously. However, someone may say, yes, how do
    • which appear in our consciousness; the feeling of aesthetic
    • the fact that the feeling is also associated with the
    • perception that leads to mental pictures, and the feeling and
    • natural sciences feel pressured into putting up the ether
    • Mechthild of Magdeburg (1212-1285, nun) that the erotic feeling
    • generally. One feels still embarrassed today to deny the
  • Title: Spirit and Matter: Lecture VI: Life, Death, and Immortality in the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • nicely how one feels completely different then because the
    • feels the thoughts about gravitation having a lasting effect in
    • these words, then he really is with his feeling in a relation
  • Title: Spirit and Matter: Lecture VII: The Beyond of the Senses and the Beyond of the Soul
    Matching lines:
    • higher degree. Someone who wants to observe own tender feelings
    • turns the attention to a tender feeling, it disappears in the
    • “Strong feelings or even affects, like fear and rage,
    • to observe, for example, a tender feeling really?
    • tender feeling would remain completely the same what it is if
    • what the tender feeling is by observation. Nothing about the
    • tender feeling is extinguished if I turn a strong thought to
    • its observation. This cooperation of the tender feeling and the
    • there. I did not feel embarrassed to answer to the man
    • as thinking, feeling, and willing what one has there as
    • behind thinking, feeling, and willing is the unconscious that
    • feelings, and will impulses are surging up. However, what is
    • feeling, and willing. Talking about the fact that in these
    • you have to imagine that which you feel connected as thoughts
    • there you feel embedded in a surging substantial sea in which
    • goes outward, inwards. That is, you feel once connected with
    • it, then you feel that the power of thought is outdoors and
    • that you do not only realise that a thought goes down, and feel
    • life thinking, feeling and willing is caused by the body, while
    • real nature. I think that today one can already feel that we
  • Title: Eternal Human Soul: Lecture I: Aim and Being of Spiritual Research
    Matching lines:
    • humanely feeling heart and of humanity, of the human quest for
    • hatred work, how the feelings surge up and down; however,
    • feeling, a clearer willing which are able then to look at the
    • being behaves in such a way, as for example tender feelings
    • to feeling the riddles of life deeply with all possible
    • usual life. The human cognitive feeling is deepened immensely
    • Some dissatisfied feelings, unsatisfied aspirations that can
    • of the Spirit, one has the feeling: the concepts are weak,
  • Title: Eternal Human Soul: Lecture II: The Human Being as Being of Soul and Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • worldview on scientific ground, it feels forced to ascend from
    • scientific worldview says, if the human being feels hunger and
    • experienced by imagining, feeling and willing in the soul.
    • feeling, with will impulses or the like. One does not attain
    • If you have a feeling for the inner soul life, you can ask
    • feeling. If you are confronted, for example, with the thinker
    • know the mental experience of such limits really, you feel that
    • recognise something second in the human being to which we feel
    • as we feel towards our body in the usual life. We get to know
    • not feel the inner activity of a central being in his soul
    • human being has hunger or thirst or feels saturation.
    • feeling, and will impulses changes are which go from the
    • either as a perceptual image or also as an image of feeling
    • life so that we feel that which I have called “body of
    • formative forces,” as we feel the physical body usually
    • we feel the body of formative forces in ourselves as we feel
    • Only if one feels obliged in certain sense to the knowledge of
    • become conscious in our real ego, while we feel the body of
    • formative forces, as we feel, otherwise, the physical body.
  • Title: Eternal Human Soul: Lecture III: Goethe as Father of Spiritual Research
    Matching lines:
    • first the philosophers feel called because of their ability of
    • and vice versa, that someone who feels nature as little filled
    • any other world. He already regarded the feeling that one must
    • dorsal vertebrae. However, one can just have the feeling that
    • had this feeling when I received the task in the end of 1889 to
    • could have the feeling that they must have been there,
    • if the human being creates or feels artistically if he puts
    • appears which enables the human being to create or feel the
    • relation of imagination, thinking, feeling, and percipience?
    • then that becomes what appears as thinking, feeling, willing,
    • feeling, the feeling a metamorphosis of imagining, the
    • only in pictures. The will and the feeling that one can imagine
    • announce itself if one looks only at thinking, at feeling and
    • recognise how imagining changes into feeling and the will
    • whole if he feels in the world as in a big nice and worthy
    • its own being and becoming if it could feel itself because it
  • Title: Eternal Human Soul: Lecture IV: Mind, Soul and Body of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • this case also on the body — if the human being feels
    • internally-emotionally in his thinking, feeling and willing.
    • Mental pictures, feelings, will impulses are the contents of
    • observe tender feelings because they escape from you if you
    • want to observe them. One points out rightly that we feel
    • impulses, of feelings really so that he is present like his own
    • says what you would feel according to his opinion if you met
    • Raphael today, and how you would feel quite different if you
    • investigations. The one is that you feel in the inner life at
    • thoughts, feelings, and will impulses are proceeding.
    • a way that one envisages thinking, feeling, and willing.
    • thinking, feeling and willing. I would like to express myself
    • of the human being in thinking, feeling, and willing in such a
    • go into the contents of thinking, feeling, and willing.
    • undercurrent in thinking, feeling, and willing.
    • of thinking, feeling and willing, as you have it in the usual
  • Title: Eternal Human Soul: Lecture V: Nature and Her Riddles in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • activity over and over again, and feel the soul as it were in
    • Then he feels that he cannot advance, he feels that the brain
    • feelers” grew in the head; downwards
    • feelers grew, downwards feet. Now Loeb turned the substance, so
    • feelers and downwards feet. There you have the quite
    • memory and feelings which the Hungarian researcher
    • imagining, secondly into feeling and thirdly into will impulses
    • system has the expression “feeling tone” for the
    • generally possible that we also imagine our feelings. While we
    • imagine our feelings, a direct relation of the emotional life
    • could say, look at the musical-aesthetic feeling, it comes
    • musical-aesthetic feeling is that that which happens in the
    • thinking, feeling and willing — to the three life
    • there on one side head and feelers form, on the other side the
    • sound feeling cannot defer to such scientific thinking, I would
    • Careful, serious naturalists already feel what spiritual
  • Title: Eternal Human Soul: Lecture VI: The Historical Life of Humanity and Its Riddles
    Matching lines:
    • which one can feel from his monumental German History
    • the feeling that something like a second personality, a second
    • calls it the conventional time in which one judges and feels
    • where people really feel as individuals within a community.
    • associating, the feelings ascending, the will impulses
    • how the feelings of the human beings
    • how new feelings form,
    • has the feeling that the man misses the trees for the forest. I
    • to go far away to see the forest. One has the strange feeling
    • how the feelings are experienced. Someone who gradually learns
    • to observe how feelings arise in the human soul, — I will
    • The visions differ indeed from the feelings from the passions
    • our feelings, save that we accompany our feelings with mental
    • with our emotional life. We integrate our feelings into life by
    • feelings are with similar intensity as the dreams, so that the
    • world of feelings. You can easily realise that, however, also
    • life. Even if our feelings, our affects, our passions are only
    • However, the connections of the contents of feelings and will
    • world in which our feelings submerge just with that part of our
    • which the world of human feelings is connected, which is only
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Manifestations of the Unconscious: Dreams, Hallucinations, Visions, Somnambulism, Mediumship
    Matching lines:
    • is of paramount importance in man's life of feeling is always
    • little puppies which he feels he want to pat. — This is
    • feels a certain inner satisfaction; we are inwardly gratified
    • of dispute. People feel therefore that this book makes it
  • Title: Eternal Human Soul: Lecture VIII: The Animal and Human Realms. Their Origin and Development
    Matching lines:
    • balance. Since the human being has a vague feeling of this
    • equilibrium position that is similar to dream. This feeling is
    • not intervene there, but seizes itself in the feeling at first
    • percipience, of feeling, so the anterior parts of the animal
    • to deal with imagining, perceiving and feeling, and that the
    • intimately connected with imagining with the animal, it feels
    • “immortal” as a thought or as a feeling in himself?
    • thereby has the feeling: his being lives after death and birth,
  • Title: Eternal Human Soul: Lecture IX: The Supersensible Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • even feel as a rather nice preparation: looking at a
    • a feeling of such things. You experience that you have reached
    • to feel, to experience what can be just experienced resting in
    • have shown last time from which vague feeling this ego-idea
    • observe a feeling it is disturbed and changes.
    • pictures for meditation, which evoke feelings and emotions.
    • peculiar feeling. Start reading any article, read it to the
  • Title: Eternal Human Soul: Lecture X: The Questions of Free Will and Immortality
    Matching lines:
    • feel, without realising it clearly, that in the human being a
    • thinking, feeling and willing in such a way that you can enter
    • into the soul so that you do not feel involved in its
    • nuance of the consciousness life that the consciousness feels
    • internally strengthened and feels in an activity perpetually
    • is not a mere feeling or sensation. There it concerns that you
    • to the matter because he approaches it with feeling.
    • feel being without consciousness.
    • This feeling is a significant knowledge. One notices that that
    • “it must happen,” and, nevertheless, only feels as
    • feel the reflection of it in your conscience; the reflection of
    • Someone who is in it feels that. Therefore, he says it, not as
  • Title: Lecture: The Bible and Wisdom.
    Matching lines:
    • has extended to the life of feeling and also to the life of will. The
    • things, that the very arguments of men who to-day feel bound to attack the
    • by modern thought, feeling and perception, has for some time past changed
    • undervalue in any sense the standpoint of many modern thinking men who feel
    • to-day feel themselves compelled to attack the Bible because of their desire
    • inspiration and infused it with wisdom. This was a feeling of reverent
    • the same degree as from the Old Testament. Men who feel compelled to hold fast
    • feel united with what streamed into spiritual culture through those who
    • to investigate the spiritual world. Looking back to the past we feel
  • Title: Lecture: Problems of Nutrition.
    Matching lines:
    • “when you feel the same disgust for meat, you should stop
    • Through it are expressed the instinctive feelings and in certain
    • The astral body is the carrier of feelings, instincts,
  • Title: Truths and Errors: Lecture I: Spiritual Science and the Future of Humanity
    Matching lines:
    • outer impressions stop, that the soul feels its own being and
    • opens himself to particular contents of thought and feeling, he
    • can also feel as a being if all outer impressions are quiet.
    • feeling of compassion. Now we try to forget everything that
    • just now by which he feels moved into a new world. The real
    • at the processes of human imagining and feeling, at the human
    • our mood, and from it, a feeling of the position of the human
    • is powerful, it pours sensations and feelings in our souls, it
    • the supersensible knowledge without changing it into feeling
    • a feeling of inner courage. Thus, we see despondence,
    • science, which gives the powerful feeling of the coherence with
    • science will again give sensation and feeling in the most
    • will feel that spiritual science copes with any outer science
    • of life security in our souls. Any soul will feel the high
  • Title: Truths and Errors: Lecture II: How Does One Disprove Spiritual Science?
    Matching lines:
    • of feelings and sensations cannot take place in the soul, which
    • reality and feel fine only if they do no longer want anything
    • numerous theosophists with a more lax scientific truth feeling
    • thinking and feeling and our science give us. Today I wanted to
    • individualities, different thinking, and feeling. As long as we
  • Title: Truths and Errors: Lecture III: How Does One Defend Spiritual Science?
    Matching lines:
    • show a part of those thoughts, sensations, and feelings that
    • difficulties. However, from it I feel justified to speak in
    • feelings, and sensations. Unless we consider that only which
    • feeling that expresses itself in the tears even if we have
    • We have made a start with a “feeling meditation.”
    • you let such a feeling meditation be active in yourself not
    • such a meditation conjures up forces into such feelings from
    • life as you only feel, otherwise, if you have impressed the
    • available in our consciousness as an immediate feeling: Now you
    • can be understood with the natural feeling of truth and with
    • unprejudiced person can understand them with natural feeling of
    • one has the immediate feeling, one has penetrated into the
    • entered into objectivity. We feel in the things, we are inside
    • feeling as an ego, the clairvoyant consciousness beholds the
    • — which the really religious human being feels in the
    • demand such a religious feeling that consists only of the mere
    • the human being feels to be put into such living and holy
  • Title: Truths and Errors: Lecture IV: Truths of Spiritual Research
    Matching lines:
    • concentration of thinking, of imagining, of feeling or also
    • the soul is quite empty, thinks nothing, feels nothing,
    • feel this or that, even if nothing at all is there. Thus, there
    • are, for example, persons who feel the taste of a lemonade if
    • Here one has to start. This development of feeling of truth is
    • We feel by spiritual science that we rest on the whole world.
    • effective outdoors all over the world. Then we feel what such
  • Title: Truths and Errors: Lecture V: Errors of Spiritual Research - 1
    Matching lines:
    • able to feel the supersensible facts and beings
    • the medium the usual thinking and feeling stop and an
    • another person who feels pressured into alleging all logical
    • yourself that it is never quite entitled, actually, to feel as
    • get a feeling of this fact, often say, truth is between the
    • first. If you do such exercises of self-knowledge, you feel a
    • up to now as opinions, feelings and sensations, you hardly are
    • external to you; you feel empty, as nothing compared to that
    • These feelings can be experienced so subtly that your soul life
    • his soul is transformed quite considerably and he feels as if
    • and, hence, feels as if he faces an abyss. What he had up to
    • If you have intensely done such an experience, you feel another
    • Briefly, you feel your being as it were allocated to other
    • Question: Some persons get a peculiar feeling sometimes,
    • only force himself to feel again as a body, as with E.T.A.
    • concentrated thinking, feeling, maybe also of willing. Hence,
  • Title: Truths and Errors: Lecture VII: The Questions of Life and the Riddle of Death - 1
    Matching lines:
    • questions. Perhaps you can feel not in the thirst for
    • not completely feel this scientificity today. If we practise
    • services, the soul feels maladjusted to the senses, to the
    • then a particular result will arise: the human being feels now
    • like to give an example only, you feel something new that
    • drives through you like a lightning or you feel as if your body
    • is dissolved and still remains. You feel incapable to use your
    • body. This is a very important moment. You have the feeling as
    • disagreeable, and he can feel it as something extremely bad.
    • to ruin, we feel the inner ones concentrating. The seed of the
    • plant could not feel different compared with the wilted leaves
    • those who feel the inner strengthening of the soul and how it
    • adapts itself in life feel something similar as Goethe felt
  • Title: Truths and Errors: Lecture VI: Errors of Spiritual Research - 2
    Matching lines:
    • gain something new. The soul sometimes feels that darkly in the
    • has to get into the habit of feeling quite different compared
    • feel it as wonderful and marvellous how the sunlight falls on
    • feels induced to compare such a representation with the
    • beings. We experience the world and we feel it then, while we
    • to us. We feel it as an invigorating element that turns out to
    • pilgrimage. We feel the world, while it arises in us and for us
    • be effective. If you can feel in such a way, you can be sure
    • ourselves with the error, the more we can feel: if you want to
    • Perhaps I could cause a feeling with these two talks how real
    • evoke a feeling that these things may not be taken at all
    • this feeling we can summarise, maybe not so much what I have
  • Title: Truths and Errors: Lecture IX: Spiritual Science and Natural Sciences - their Relationship to the Riddles of Life - 1
    Matching lines:
    • feelings, and the like are quiet. We consider what is outwardly
    • sensations, and feelings —, to a vivid existence, as in
    • first the spiritual researcher takes the feelings and
    • not use concepts, sensations, and feelings so that they depict
    • that the feelings and mental pictures of the usual life are as
    • self-education to forming his images and feelings gradually in
    • When the human being feels spring and summer approaching, and
    • life, then the soul feels at first attracted and given away to
    • produces new feelings from those feelings, which outlive the
    • universe, he can feel secure in the universal spiritual which
    • inner strength. He will feel this strength in himself vividly.
    • He will feel if his hair turns grey if his skin wrinkles up if
    • we approach death. We feel it more and more distinctly; we
  • Title: Truths and Errors: Lecture X: Spiritual Science and Natural Sciences - their Relationship to the Riddles of Life - 2
    Matching lines:
    • soul life proceeds in such a way that we think and feel certain
    • sleep, or, one feels tempted to pause in the middle of the day
    • you have the feeling that something goes forward, as if a
    • human being thinks possibly that way: now you feel what you
    • such an experience. One feels that which one has always called
    • that which appears at death. Indeed, now changed feelings and
    • you feel the soul transformed so that you know, it is not dark
    • them, we can at least feel that we could change them. Compared
    • feeling that we can change it. If we entered without
    • because they have a dark feeling of the fact that they lose
    • this usual soul life beside himself; he feels it as something
    • — has reached this special point which he learns to feel
    • has to set aside it from himself; he feels, it is that which he
    • spiritual-scientific concepts live in him, he will also feel
    • about this essence, one will feel it as a force that goes
  • Title: Truths and Errors: Lecture VIII: The Questions of Life and the Riddle of Death - 2
    Matching lines:
    • you feel enclosed in your skin in the day consciousness, you
    • the outside world. You feel, so to speak, that you belong to
    • You learn to recognise the forces with which you feel attracted
    • that which was unpleasant to us at that time that we feel now
    • feels attracted to something that brings ill luck into life;
    • in the soul the forces appear to which we feel attracted. The
    • released from the body through the gate of death, it feels: I
    • can only feel perfect in future, if I try to balance out what I
    • did wrong. Committed crime changes into a feeling: my soul is
    • However, we can set our thoughts aglow with feelings, we can
    • feel our soul life in that light which becomes a symbol of the
    • flowing wisdom to us. Then we feel that we retain the forces
    • feels it in the following way: I want to move through time in
    • sum of our experiences, imagining, willing and feeling as they
    • feeling and willing and — it is strange — this can
    • become moral feeling and willing. He performs a miracle
    • summed up, they get to moral feeling and willing. The child
    • 1909: every human being has to feel as an independent soul.
  • Title: Freedom/Immortality/Social: Lecture I: The Human Soul in the Supersensible Realm and Its Relationship to the Body
    Matching lines:
    • again with his feeling, thinking and willing. The human being
    • has to feel: if he does not take a position to these questions,
    • of bodily illness. The soul life becomes banal; it feels
    • feel out of the pain of a person longing for knowledge how such
    • gladly believe that today those people who feel the urge to
    • This portrayal is very strange. Friedrich Theodor Vischer feels
    • mental picture if a feeling emerges in us. Yes, only because
    • usual imagining, feeling and willing intervenes already in such
    • think, feel, and will in our usual life.
    • not serve the forming of mental pictures, of feelings and will
    • produce the tracks that originate from imagining, feeling, and
    • these nervous ramifications for thinking, feeling, or
    • the same soul, which thinks, feels and wills in the time from
    • thinking, feeling, and willing his whole life through, beside
    • something living. If one clusters imagining, feeling, willing
    • other, one must not only leave thinking, feeling, and willing
    • externally beside the feeling and the imagining, but the
    • feeling has simply originated as a metamorphosis of the will in
    • imagining develops from feeling. At the end the anthroposophist
    • which if it becomes older changes into feeling, and if it
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Freedom/Immortality/Social: Lecture II: Anthroposophy Does not Disturb Any Religious Confession
    Matching lines:
    • religious feeling and experience wanted to understand its task
    • religious feeling and confessing would consider anthroposophy
    • Human opinions and worldviews feel contented only if they can
    • feel a need to maintain it. From that desire everything has
    • human being with his whole soul: feeling, thinking, and
    • something astonishing, but it often evokes feelings of fright
    • as one drops an ember if one has burnt himself, and he feels
    • of thinking, feeling and experiencing are there to criticise
    • who want to feel united with the whole development of humanity.
    • the way of the warm religious feeling.
    • would have just to feel as benefit. Because anthroposophy does
    • can be compared with the feeling of love. Thus, anthroposophy
    • the religions feel weak, their value for humanity is
    • progress, but on the contrary, the religious truth will feel
    • feel the signs of time. Then they even demand that another way
    • being for the spiritual world and how he can thereby feel that
  • Title: Freedom/Immortality/Social: Lecture III: What Spiritual Science Has to Say About the Eternal Aspect of the Human Soul and the Nature of Freedom
    Matching lines:
    • knowledge. Most certainly, the human beings who feel this
    • their scientific field, and they feel deeply contented if they
    • mental pictures feels such a thing as a closed line of thought.
    • Another peculiarity is the following: you feel, while you
    • feeling, which is connected with a musical impression, is not a
    • tripartite soul life, imagining, feeling, and willing, is
    • science that thinking, feeling, and willing have their
  • Title: Freedom/Immortality/Social: Lecture IV: The Science of the Supersensible and the Moral-Social Ideas
    Matching lines:
    • However, while we feel our wake day consciousness flowing in
    • feelings, affects, or passions to the clear mental pictures. I
    • feelings, affects and passions appears with the same degree of
    • the feelings, affects, and passions lives also what lives in
    • feeling, a passion, we do not become aware of the pictures that
    • become dreamily aware of the feeling, of the passion.
    • that what one has to feel under the influence of the tragic
    • instinctive social-political feeling of the old time as it
    • the feelings, in the affects, and passions, and in the will
  • Title: Freedom/Immortality/Social: Lecture V: The Activities of the Human Soul Forces and Their Connection with Man's Eternal Being
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness feels as if standing before an abyss. Hence, he
    • and gives the feelings and the will another direction than they
    • exercises of thinking, of feeling while he concentrates, for
    • there during the last two to three days in which you will feel
    • his emotional life, so that the feelings that appear in the
    • years. One can feel that consonous what is experienced in time
    • contrary, one can feel everything much subtler that can raise
  • Title: Freedom/Immortality/Social: Lecture VI: Spiritual-Scientific Results about the Ideas of Immortality and the Social Life
    Matching lines:
    • Someone who has a feeling for such things will realise that all
    • affects, passions and feelings generally. Why is that? Since
    • active in the feelings, affects, and passions. We dream in
    • wake day life in all human feelings. Spiritual research shows
    • dream in our feelings while being awake. We are not more aware
    • respect also that which corresponds to our feeling which lives
    • but also the feeling life and willing life, the world is
    • consciously enter into our feeling life and willing life, we
    • history is the enthusiasm which it excites”, a feeling
  • Title: Freedom/Immortality/Social: Lecture VII: The Nature of the Human Soul and the Nature of the Human Body
    Matching lines:
    • solely considered imagining, feeling, willing, memory,
    • with feelings and will impulses, nevertheless, it is impossible
    • human being. You receive a feeling if you open yourself to the
    • pictures, feelings, will impulses, memory, attention, even love
    • and hatred: indeed, one can feel that they are realities in our
    • calls thinking, feeling, and willing in psychological books
    • one looks at the feeling which psychology wants to observe, one
    • feeling, observed with usual means, appears confused. There the
    • unreality of thinking, here the confusion of feeling.
    • Unreality of thinking, confusion of feeling,
    • that one can understand something of thinking. Feeling is to
    • starting point from the feeling, not from the thinking, also
    • understand the feeling if you envisage one single moment of the
    • human life only. One can never understand that which I feel now
    • if one considers this present feeling only. One can understand
    • Somebody sets himself the task to understand Goethe's feeling,
    • puts the question to himself: yes, how does this feeling of
    • 1790 relate to his feeling 15 years ago, to his feeling after
    • from such a viewpoint, as I characterised it. Goethe's feeling
    • what he experienced before 1790, then the special feeling
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Freedom/Immortality/Social: Lecture VIII: How Natural Sciences Justify the Supersensible Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • all kinds of what they call a feeling of being one with the
  • Title: Freedom/Immortality/Social: Lecture IX: How Does One Justify the Anthroposophical Psychology?
    Matching lines:
    • picture, a feeling, or a will impulse. One wants to take this
    • the point where one can have the feeling: here you stand at the
    • dismembering physical processes that then he feels compelled,
    • could not simply feel love or sympathy from person to person if
    • feel it instinctively. Then they turn in another direction to
    • feeling — the epistemologists may argue against that
    • supersensible consciousness. If you investigate the feeling of
    • ascertain this, for example, with Goethe. One takes his feeling
    • colouring of the feelings. Thus, you get to know the inside of
    • the course of life, which consists mainly of flowing feelings.
    • Then you can ascend, after you have investigated the feeling in
  • Title: Freedom/Immortality/Social: Lecture X: Moral, Social Life and Religion from the Viewpoint of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • accomplishes if it feels morally. It is not identical, but it
    • life in a certain area, while it feels morally, it is just
    • area while it feels love morally. The state of the soul is the
    • related to the moral feeling. Spiritual science will raise that
    • moral feeling of the soul.
    • feeling changes into the social feeling from which then the
    • supersensible world, reacts upon the social feeling and wakes
    • human beings could obtain as answer. This ability to feel
    • feeling as that which we feel in the retrospect today. At that
    • This feeling that this has to be overcome expresses itself
  • Title: Redemption of Thinking: Lecture I:
    Matching lines:
    • However, on the other side the feeling to
    • feeling: this border surrounds the element in which we
    • beings who do no longer feel that in the world of ideas a
    • one said this, and he could still develop a feeling of the fact
    • that which had become accessible to his feeling by
    • as something impossible to Augustine at certain moments to feel
    • Augustine is one of the first to feel the individual existence
    • you can feel the whole depth of this scholastic question: only
  • Title: Redemption of Thinking: Lecture II:
    Matching lines:
    • this individual feeling had already advanced far in the
    • for feeling the inner individuality.
    • characterised yesterday will feel different. He will feel that
    • the whole humanity as a whole and to feel in it like a member,
    • ism, in which, however, still the individual feeling
    • have that individual feeling which prevailed then during the
    • later centuries. With individualised feeling, one said to
    • Plotinism it does not appear from the mere individual feeling
    • above all that in its time the feeling of the human
    • I believe that one could get a feeling for historical
  • Title: Redemption of Thinking: Lecture III:
    Matching lines:
    • Duns Scotus feels confronted with the
    • feel the Christ problem in intellectualism. The Christ problem
    • knowledge. I mean, one should even feel this if one deals with
    • with feeling, how metabolism is associated with the will.
    • Stuttgart. In this talk, I did not feel compelled to point to
  • Title: Fruits/Anthroposophy: Lecture 1 (Summary): Effects of Modern Agnosticism
    Matching lines:
    • the case in the world today. The realm of feeling also becomes unsatisfied;
    • that thinking is lax, feeling is dulled, and willing is made void through
    • In the religious life also men feel a void, and seek support in organized
  • Title: Fruits/Anthroposophy: Lecture 3 (Summary): The Tragedy of F. Nietzsche
    Matching lines:
    • What weighed on Nietzsche's soul penetrated his whole manhood. Feeling and
  • Title: Fruits/Anthroposophy: Lecture 4 (Summary): The Relationship between Goethe and Hegel
    Matching lines:
    • his studies in any outward way but, like Goethe, from a latent feeling
  • Title: Fruits/Anthroposophy: Lecture 5: From Sense Perception to Spirit Imaging
    Matching lines:
    • not feel the least temptation to take such reduced levels of consciousness
    • to have a true feeling for Anthroposophy. Sensory perception brings
    • of a person who feels driven by his life impulses to become an idealist
    • and when a certain culmination has been reached to feel this ego flow
    • were kept a deep secret, because of a certain feeling of power. They
    • This is based on the feeling that while Haeckel expressed his
  • Title: Fruits/Anthroposophy: Lecture 6: From Imaginative Knowledge to Inspirational Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • of feeling and emotion. We also know that the processes involved in
    • forming ideas, then our feeling with regard to such thinking processes
    • I have tried to show how this feeling we have towards
    • our ordinary thinking processes is the very source of our feeling of
    • This feeling of deliberate
    • our ordinary consciousness. Very gradually, we get the feeling that
    • as individual concepts we must link up ourselves. The feeling we gradually
    • awareness is concerned, he feels a touch of fear, a hesitation, when
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy's Contribution to the Most Urgent Needs of Our Time
    Matching lines:
    • man's feeling life to some extent. Yet its answer can only be found
    • that which seems to be an ethical, moral impulse. We feel that it is
    • separation gives a certain comfort, a feeling of security in life.
    • also through experience. And a man who has a feeling for such
    • discrepant feelings, disorder, producing a framework for what
    • so powerful in Spirit, with the human feeling and rhythmic system. In
    • the feeling life is psychically connected, as is the thinking life
    • process of breathing and feeling. When the soul-feeling events unite
    • recognise the whole connection between the feeling and the rhythmic
    • feeling life of man and see what can only be there through the fact
    • value of man in the cosmos, through which we also can feel the
    • feeling for human dignity, willing in love for humanity: These are the
    • recognise as a law because it feels itself unfree against every law
  • Title: Fruits/Anthroposophy: Lecture 7: The Gulf Between a Causal Explanation of Nature and the Moral World Order
    Matching lines:
    • one that really everybody is aware of today in their feelings; yet it can
    • question is one every human being feels to be a burning question.
    • conscious mind. We feel that a form of existence which is really worth
    • that we enter into and imbue with religious feeling. We cannot call
    • feel reassured when they have neatly separated the things one is able
    • provides a certain reassurance in life, a feeling of certainty in life.
    • The feeling this engenders
    • it must have an effect on his deepest feelings. In the realm of man's
    • deepest feelings, processes that are deeply unconscious will then have
    • his relationship to the world as one that holds firm, but also to feel
    • of conscience, arises. There, the conflict is transformed into feelings
    • that are at odds with the order existing on earth, feelings that give
    • that pertains to the spirit, to the sphere of human feelings, to the
    • is the rhythmical system. At the level of the soul, man's feeling life
    • soul process of feeling. We perceive the unity of this feeling process,
    • the whole way in which the world of feelings and man's rhythmical
    • through man. We look at the feeling life of man and see something there
    • gain a feeling for man's rank and dignity within the cosmos.
    • experience in freedom in our mind. The feeling, the attitude of mind
    • in. He will be richer within himself. We are able to feel how he is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fruits/Anthroposophy: Lecture 8: The Social Question
    Matching lines:
    • feel a certain aversion when it comes to the usual academic studies.
    • gained through Anthroposophy also has to do with deeper religious feeling.
    • who base themselves on some particular confession may feel afraid that
    • represents our religious awareness and feeling. And we do not take anything
    • is to be found in the truly religious feelings of mankind.
    • the spiritual world, perhaps in mere certainty of feeling — I spoke
    • with the modern point of view, the modern way of thinking and feeling
  • Title: Lecture: On the Reality of Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • reach into a void. The intellect feels that it is dependent upon what
    • Men of deep feeling, who try to justify their needs of soul and
    • feel that the powers of our soul are being strengthened and enhanced.
    • within us is being worked upon, elaborated. But we feel, too, that
    • in the child — we feel that this is something super-sensible,
    • which transcends the physical body. After a time we feel that the
    • one also feels that little by little these boundaries of knowledge
    • When a man has reached this stage, when he actually feels: now I no
    • subjective. The object is outside. A man feels that his thoughts are
    • into the very tissue of which the tableau is woven; he feels himself
    • to be in and part of it. He feels: now for the first time I am
    • To begin with, this tableau of life causes us to feel our innermost
    • in other circumstances, thoughts, ideas, feelings, impulses of will,
    • wishes and the like, arise, seems to have departed and we feel our
    • fashion but the oppression makes us feel the reality — because
    • speculation or nebulous, mystical feeling, but through a strictly
    • within the life of thought, of feeling, of will. In laying hold of
    • super-sensible assumes the form of indefinite, inchoate feelings and
    • involved, including his feeling and willing, this pain is an
    • manhood to quickening in the soul all his faculties of good feeling,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Paths to Knowledge of Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • scientific conscientiousness, from inner scientific feeling. It is
    • whole way of thinking, its whole life of representation and feeling,
    • memory, more sharply outlined feelings, and they will know that these
    • courage is generally connected with the life of feeling and resembles
    • human being in the direction of thinking, feeling and will, which
    • The whole human being, with his feeling and his will, flows into the
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • so he inquired the next day how the patient was feeling and he
    • it is possible to observe the soul, living in thoughts, feelings,
    • book, we immediately feel that it is written by a man who does
    • in you a feeling for the conscientiousness and for the critical
    • appear in the forces of cognition, of the will and of feeling.
    • feelers of the soul. We then live completely within our own
    • reverence, for I have a deep feeling for all the beauty
    • then notice that we abandoned our body only with our feeling and
    • these bodies with our will and with our feeling. In ordinary life
    • the body as mere feeling and will, we ordinarily become
    • and that he can really experience the organism of feeling and of
    • feeling, which left the body when we fell asleep. Even as the
    • soul now perceives through feeling something which is outside;
    • the moment of waking up is a perception through feeling; we take
    • the body every night with its feeling and with its will, and the
    • but that we can at will draw out of the body our feeling and our
    • with the feeling is above all the physical body. Tomorrow we
    • ceases to exist for us. We feel as if this world had vanished and
    • abandon the body with the feeling and willing part of our soul.
    • But in abandoning our body we feel at the same time that the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Foundations of Anthroposophy: Lecture I: Foundations of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • the patient was feeling and he was told that the man had
    • in thoughts, feelings, sensations and will-impulses, and that
    • reading this book, we immediately feel that it is written by a
    • order to awaken in you a feeling for the conscientiousness and
    • in the forces of cognition, of the will and of feeling.
    • have desires, this is like drawing back the feelers of the
    • ideal through lack of reverence, for I have a deep feeling for
    • only with our feeling and with our will. But by perceiving with
    • with our feeling. In ordinary life our constitution does not
    • as mere feeling and will, we ordinarily become unconscious.
    • the organism of feeling and of the will; that is to say, he
    • this stimulus works upon our feeling, which left the body when
    • feeling something which is outside; the moment of waking up is
    • a perception through feeling; we take hold of the body when we
    • which leaves the body every night with its feeling and with its
    • of the body our feeling and our will and really look back upon
    • the will and with the feeling is above all the physical body.
    • outside the body, now ceases to exist for us. We feel as if
    • with the body, and how we abandon the body with the feeling and
    • willing part of our soul. But in abandoning our body we feel at
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Foundations of Anthroposophy: Lecture II: Man in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • learned to know as his feeling and volitional being, or are
    • regard to man's feeling and volitional part, which resembles
    • feeling and volitional parts are outside the physical body as
    • thinking, feeling and willing, so that he can judge his
    • super-sensible experiences with his everyday thinking, feeling
    • of feeling and will, through the portal of death. Thus eternity
    • participation of our feelings and of our will, purely in
    • thoughts, feelings and will-impulses. We keep pace with the
    • inner reflections of our thoughts, feelings and will-impulses,
    • were, gives our ordinary thinking and feeling a kind of
    • thinking and feeling must be overcome. By forcefully thinking
  • Title: Question/Economic Life: Lecture: The Central Question of Economic Life
    Matching lines:
    • gets to know how the people think, how they feel. And when one
    • stood with his whole disposition, his whole human feeling on
    • this regard troubles the deepest feelings of people, if one has
  • Title: Lecture: The World Development in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • ordinary life, man's true inner being, woven out of feeling and
    • instance, how different are the inner feelings with which we
    • our feeling and our will must be drawn in through special
    • circumstances; we must include the feeling and the will which
    • world, the fact that we feel induced to do certain things for
    • feelings and of everything which constitutes our inner being,
    • that in life itself feeling and will must first be drawn into the
    • warmth, through the awakening of feeling and of a subjective
    • worlds with inner feelings, far stronger than those which usually
    • always experience it unconsciously) is therefore the feeling of
    • consciousness we never have the feeling that by dwelling only
    • The feeling of
    • as a reflection of the real feeling, though it is painful enough
    • We grow aware, on the one hand, of a complete feeling of
    • if loneliness would not give us this Ego-feeling in the spiritual
    • gives us our Ego feeling here on earth. To this loneliness we owe
    • know as our physical world, through our feeling and will, the
    • accustomed to a certain feeling of certainty through the gradual
    • sciences of earlier times, based more on feeling. This
    • spiritual-scientific investigator must therefore feel
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Foundations of Anthroposophy: Lecture III: World Development in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • woven out of feeling and will, is not in a position to attain
    • different are the inner feelings with which we consider
    • feeling and our will must first be drawn in through special
    • circumstances. Feeling will indeed always dive down into the
    • we feel induced to do certain things for them out of
    • compassion, all this demands the inclusion of our feelings and
    • so we recognise that in life itself feeling and will must first
    • feeling and of a subjective sense. But this objection is only
    • ourselves with these worlds with inner feelings, far stronger
    • unconsciously) is a feeling of absolute loneliness.
    • our ordinary consciousness we never have the feeling that by
    • feeling of loneliness which sometimes arises in the physical
    • world, but only as a reflection of the real feeling, though it
    • hand, of a complete feeling of loneliness, which alone enables
    • us this Ego-feeling in the spiritual world, in the same way in
    • which our body, our bodily sensation, gives us our Ego-feeling
    • feeling and will, the world in which we experienced ourselves
    • People have grown accustomed to a certain feeling of certainty
    • earlier times, based more on intuitive feeling. This
    • serious spiritual-scientific investigator must therefore feel
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture IV: Nature of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • outer impression has been received by all kinds of feelings and
    • beings, lies the whole realm of our feelings. For
    • ordinary life, then the power of feeling, which is the
    • and tones and one feels oneself strongly within it. And at a
    • of thinking, feeling and willing, which we have to distinguish
    • can feel in thought the last lines of a poem, or of a melody in
    • feel the necessity of building of Anthroposophy its own
    • reveal her most intimate mysteries, feels a deep longing for
    • her most worthy interpretress, Art.” One feels this
    • intimate and important feelings and impulses of the human soul,
    • feel deep satisfaction if a spiritual stream appears in our
  • Title: Lecture: The Position of Anthroposophy among the Sciences
    Matching lines:
    • impulses also, it encounters many persons who feel drawn towards such
    • scientific criteria that one feels entitled to impose to-day.
    • formed geometrically within space; we feel thereby that we are on
    • this feeling of himself. (As I have said, the history of language can
    • Why did man in this former disposition of soul feel the human being as a
    • breathing being? Because he did actually feel life in the respiratory
    • felt breathing as one feels hunger and thirst to-day. But this was a
    • continuous feeling in the waking state. When he looked with his eyes,
    • came to feel this in the constitution of their souls, that we can
    • feel this to-day — that is the result of the training in
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy and the Visual Arts
    Matching lines:
    • not visible. And so on. And precisely as one can “feel
    • In addition, one must, of course, feel how the cosmos finds
    • limb-system, that we feel: This is not related to the external
    • We feel this
    • then that feelings (Empfindungen), developed by the
    • art. One must re-acquire cosmic feelings; one must be again able to
    • feel the universe and see in man a microcosm — a world in
    • mode of feeling, in cognition and artistic expression, must be able
    • from fundamentally artistic feelings. If, as sculptors, we were striving
    • to form human, human legs, we should feel persistent inhibition. One
    • straight. And if one can only feel how a man breathes through his
    • forces and inner forces. One must have such a feeling towards all
    • needs a feeling for one's material and should know for what this or that
    • the head that one must feel the form pressing from without inwards.
    • forehead, I am constrained to feel that I am pressing it in from
    • build from without inwards. I cannot but feel that I am inside. Already
    • feels: here I must only give indications; here we pass over
    • of the “body of formative forces”. Then one will feel the
    • artistic feeling only if, in this way, one can place oneself with all
    • the inner feeling of one's soul — with one's inner “total
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 1: Natural Science
    Matching lines:
    • pointing to what is noblest in our human nature, we feel
    • true; but they flow down into the feelings. Anyone who is able
    • Whether the doubt is driven down into our feelings or not
    • feel themselves linked, as the men of earlier epochs did, to
    • thinking to a vital thinking which we clearly feel is capable
    • the feeling of self.
    • faculty. Science today seeks exactness and feels particularly
    • with what we see outside. In this way we feel satisfied.
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 2: Psychology
    Matching lines:
    • feel it informing our senses, feel too that our psychic
    • physiological. We feel the spiritual element descending further
    • mental life and by the darkness into which we feel our spirit
    • characteristics of thinking and feeling (volition is
    • will as of thinking and feeling) — anyone who looks at
    • thinking and feeling with the tools of psychology finds them
    • feeling. But the disputes of philosophers and the changing
    • from the soul those powers of thinking, feeling and volition
    • life does he feel his thinking, in contrast to abstract
    • do we have the right attitude to this experience and feel
    • ourselves as spiritual beings outside the body, and yet feel
    • here on this earth as thinking, feeling, willing beings, but in
    • such a way that thinking, feeling and willing now densify and
    • where we feel our spiritual element flowing into our body. In
    • willing and in what lies between, feeling. In an imaginally
    • true psychology culminates in this religious feeling and
    • to be a painter to feel the beauty of a picture, so too one
    • feel the beauty of a picture without being a painter oneself,
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 3: East and West in History
    Matching lines:
    • thoughts, together with his feelings and impulses of will; and
    • thinking, too, you feel equipped to comprehend, in what I will
    • things. With vital thinking you feel yourself equipped to
    • feel entirely at home in it, indeed that the artistic tradition
    • together. And the feeling when we do look at them
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 4: Spiritual Geography
    Matching lines:
    • down to the present), we feel a spiritual need to go beyond
    • outside world. Europeans may feel that such things cannot be
    • “It is,” because he feels its existence as if it
    • temper to the life of the soul in the East: the soul feels a
    • that expresses many unconscious feelings, unconscious
    • we do not just take it at its face value, but can feel what
    • When man feels closely linked to the spiritual world, he feels
    • civilization. It was necessary that man should first feel
    • prevails here; Burckhardt describes how men feel, what their
    • and feels.
    • feels; in the East, as he preaches and sacrifices. In this
    • Centre, where man is presented as he thinks and feels, the two
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 5: Cosmic Memory
    Matching lines:
    • subconscious depths, is permeated by feeling and will and
    • consciousness, we feel, in a super-sensible act of cognition of
    • the ego is repulsed. We feel surrounded on all sides by
    • with this feeling of something like confinement, there is
    • us when we visualize our thinking, feeling and volition, and we
    • our memory is well ordered, we shall not, in feeling some
    • with our thinking, feeling and volition, are moral
    • soul. And in their unconscious minds, serious people today feel
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 6: Individual and Society
    Matching lines:
    • really mean something different; they mean man's feeling that
    • life, but are instincts, unconscious feelings. And if we were
    • of feeling. To perceive something as clearly as is possible
    • feel, if only instinctively, as if our life still had to
    • sense; but we came to feel at home in what we thus
    • take up a position in social life in line with our feelings,
    • certain dryness of feeling and yet call forth, for all its
    • gifted; we can say this without hurting anyone's feelings. But
    • Sometimes, today, people feel that the immediate distress of
    • feeling and experience, simply by continuing the old
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 7: The Individual Spirit and the Social Structure
    Matching lines:
    • impulse: men therefore feel that what they do on earth is
    • feelings.
    • man with his whole thinking and feeling is bound up in the
    • religious feelings appropriate to this relationship were more
    • linked at the same time, however, to a particular feeling that
    • permeates religious feeling with a legal element —
    • he later absorbed from juridical thinking and feeling. Even so,
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 8: The Problem (Asia-Europe)
    Matching lines:
    • conflicts, then we feel ready to set a date for mass suicide,
    • civilization was dominated by a feeling of universal
    • human guilt. This feeling introduces something pathological
    • feeling that takes him out of himself; that he is
    • conclusion: We have certainly managed to develop the feeling of
    • everywhere we feel a need to find a way out of the self into
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 9: Prospects of its Solution (Europe-America)
    Matching lines:
    • particularly in circles where they feel the social
    • feel you are saying something to them that reaches into their
    • today a feeling that enlightenment — not in any party
    • that makes men feel: This touches my humanity.
    • atavistically, many of the feelings that developed under
    • the feelings that spring from this current in human
    • too, he feels in his own being, which has not advanced to a
    • indefinite in man's feelings and expressions of will. People
    • the spiritual sphere — instinctively feels: Don't talk to
    • you have a feeling for society, you will rejoice over
    • drily, in abstract concepts, they may feel: There's nothing
    • their eyes light up, because they feel that here is something
    • instincts and the like become spiritualized, and you feel
    • feel and will together, so as to establish, in the present,
    • is still the feeling: Your machines do not impress us! With
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 10: From Monolithic to Threefold Unity
    Matching lines:
    • feeling and a social will, I gave as an example the way the
    • democratic feeling that something is really valuable in the
    • alongside the prejudices, feelings and impulses of class
    • derive from certain dogmatic teachings and feelings about life.
    • powerlessness to reach a concept or feeling of law from within
    • into men's habits of thought and feeling a kind of abstraction.
    • You must have a feeling for these personalities. You will need
    • contemporary abstraction; for that is how men do feel. Men
  • Title: Lecture Series: What was the Purpose of the Goetheanum
    Matching lines:
    • because the anthroposophical world-view feels the deepest
    • of dissatisfactions with life. People feel a certain
    • inner unrest and perplexity. With the concepts and feelings
    • no judgment whatever about the reality, except the feeling of
    • being in the sense-world, the feeling of union with this
    • feels as his own being, in his thinking and feeling, his
    • numberless others that spring up. For one will soon feel how
    • we can, of course, have a feeling about it, but exact
    • dreaming we feel that our whole soul-life is laid hold of by
    • vague powers. At the moment of waking, we feel that we now have
    • control of our physical body. We feel that the extravagant
    • the reason we feel that these dream-concepts are
    • life we feel that we are filled with the breath, with the
    • space-body; but he feels himself within all that he has
    • experienced, and he feels at the same time that it is all a
    • feels that he is enclosed within his skin. He feels other things
    • as outer things. He feels a strong contrast between subject and
    • simultaneously of his whole previous life, and he feels this
    • is only because one feels himself to be a spirit-soul being in
    • feeling and willing, otherwise in the soul, is silenced —
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Development: Lecture I: The Inner Experience of the Activity of Thinking
    Matching lines:
    • sense-perceptions but he does not actually feel or
    • But simultaneously with this experience one feels oneself
    • part of the whole universe, one no longer feels enclosed within
    • one's skin, but one feels that one is actually in this
    • the feeling that at one point, as it were, one is
    • ordinary artistic feeling, you cannot reach the
    • and in these forms one feels the
  • Title: Spiritual Development: Lecture II: The Physical World and the Moral-Spiritual Impulses
    Matching lines:
    • — one feels oneself living in one's Second Man and
    • the etheric, one does not feel that shadowy, inner dimness
    • of the soul. Nor does one feel so separated from the world as
    • the skin. One feels the outer world streaming into one,
    • feels a member of the whole etheric universe, caught up in a
    • Whereas in his physical body man is accustomed to feel
    • experience he feels a certain insecurity in regard to his own
    • existence. He has the feeling of being lifted out of the
    • called the unreal thoughts and unreal feelings, those thoughts
    • and feelings about which, as regards their relationship to
    • ages. Whenever thoughts and feelings
    • feelings, we lead a life which is not immediately
    • thoughts and feelings which contain the moral impulses —
    • feelings as the moral World-Order appears to be
    • flow from the thoughts and feelings, whose reality is in
    • feels that as long as he lives, his own being
    • consciousness makes him long for when he feels the
    • feels caught up in the stream of this weaving world of flowing
    • Now we feel a Fourth Man within
    • destructive processes take place, we feel
  • Title: Spiritual Development: Lecture III: Man's Faculty of Cognition in the Etheric World
    Matching lines:
    • feeling and willing. These are functions of
    • also grasped the meaning of thinking, feeling and
  • Title: Esoteric Development: Lecture III: Supersensible Knowledge: Anthroposophy as a Demand of the Age
    Matching lines:
    • the human heart, of human feeling, during the present age.
    • human life of feeling. In modem research, human feeling is not
    • within this human feeling forces useful in gaining knowledge of the
    • role in feelings, in human subjectivity, and that feeling is
    • feeling can certainly play no distinct role as it exists chiefly in
    • may exist, even within the life of subjective feeling, something that
    • observe the withdrawal of human feeling in connection with
    • higher sense unfold within feeling itself, if feeling were
    • nature.” For this reason, even a person who simply feels in a
    • who is able to feel this conflict in its full intensity, who can feel
    • of our times. It observes what has become of thinking, feeling, and
    • achievements of contemporary humanity in thinking, feeling, and
    • feels himself to be involved not only in picture-thinking, which
    • process of forming a thought, it is as if we were extending a feeler
    • — not, in this case, as the snail extends a feeler into the
    • physical world, but as if a feeler were extended into a
    • spiritual world, which is as yet present only for our feelings
    • expecting. For one has the feeling: “Your thinking has been
    • through fifteen years earlier, but we feel ourselves to be in
    • only when we feel that a certain state, linked with the picture
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture I: Supersensible Knowledge: Anthroposophy as a Demand of the Age
    Matching lines:
    • human being as a demand of the human heart, of human feeling,
    • sentiment, the human life of feeling. In this modern research, human
    • feeling is not permitted to participate; the human being must remain
    • possible to acquire within this human feeling forces useful in
    • that inner human willfulness plays a role in feelings, human
    • subjectivity, and that feeling is the source of fantasy, it must be
    • answered on the other hand that, although human feeling can certainly
    • life of subjective feeling something that might be evolved
    • observe the withdrawal of human feeling in connection with
    • sort of higher sense might unfold within feeling itself if this were
    • who simply feels in a natural way about himself, who looks into
    • feel this conflict in its full intensity, who can feel it
    • observes the form that has been taken on by thinking, feeling,
    • thinking, feeling, and willing to penetrate further into the
    • feels himself to be involved not only in picture-thinking,
    • of forming a thought, it is as if we were stretching out a feeler
    • — not, in this case, as when the snail stretches a feeler into
    • the physical world, but as if a feeler were stretched out into a
    • present only for our feelings if we have succeeded to this stage, but
    • which we are justified in expecting. For one has the feeling:
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture II: Anthroposophy and the Ethical-Religious Conduct of Life
    Matching lines:
    • But, just as a person feels himself in ordinary life to be in
    • strengthened in one's feelings by that very thing which now comes
    • reflect about something in ordinary life — feel, sense,
    • already in every human being. Thus every one can feel: “I
    • In this way, feelings, sentiments, experiences of the soul are
    • especially that feeling of intense pain at a certain level on the way
    • pointing out to you very briefly that what we so generally feel today
    • environment because the soul is not yet awake, then we feel inclined
    • naturalness of the child's feeling for the world! If our spirit can
    • awaken in a super-sensible world wherein alone he may feel himself to
  • Title: Theosophic/Esoteric Cosmology: Spiritual Cosmology
    Matching lines:
    • They feel they have the right to ridicule whatever is said from the
    • periphery. One feels that they have no idea of how to arrive at the
  • Title: Theosophic/Esoteric Cosmology: Esoteric Cosmology - 3
    Matching lines:
    • man and animal, in which the human being did not feel completely
  • Title: (On) Apocalyptic Writings - I
    Matching lines:
    • Man will then feel happy only when happiness is not acquired, at the
    • of “feeling.” The members of our present race (Aryan) are
    • thinking was a kind of feeling, and what he thought comes to
    • in a wonder-world of feeling. In civilisations where memory comes more
    • also most easily succumb to error. Feeling was not yet strong enough
  • Title: (On) Apocalyptic Writings - II
    Matching lines:
    • to read the Apocalypse with true insight, with right feeling, must
    • and feeling of a deeply initiated Christian who has himself
  • Title: (On) Apocalyptic Writings - III
    Matching lines:
    • nature of theosophical thought and feeling is essential if what is
    • Today I only wanted to call forth a feeling that by steeping oneself
    • to their heights. This gives the esotericist a feeling of the truth of
    • feeling is filled with the wisdom which it contains: The Highest
  • Title: Signs/Symbols: The Birth of the Light
    Matching lines:
    • This age has left a record of the feelings and deeds that occurred
    • belong, was founded. An entirely new mode of thought and feeling arose
    • thinking, feeling and willing lies in the individual personality of
    • radiance of spiritual light and concordance of feelings. In the glory
  • Title: Richard Wagner: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • religious feeling of that period, so that the legend contained
    • feeling, and also Hölderlin, who said: “There are
    • contained the deepest feelings of the folk-soul. Only those who
  • Title: Richard Wagner: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • feelings which fill our soul when we penetrate into Richard Wagner's
  • Title: Richard Wagner: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • to a new feeling, high above everything that is entangled in the physical
    • the feeling of renunciation.
    • was aware of all these things, but he possessed an unerring feeling for the
    • These were the feelings which lived particularly in the strong
    • the new period. Imagine this feeling rising up anew in a period of decadence,
    • the act of killing made man feel his own strength. This may be said
    • The feeling that
    • A powerful spiritual direction made him feel that something new must
    • and finally attains spiritual power, the feeling of the great oneness of
    • sensual feelings).
    • Hans Sachs' feelings toward Eve undergo a purification when he seeks to
    • the same feeling about this art. He saw in it the prologue introducing
    • music, expressing Wagner's own Good Friday feelings, re-echoes in our ear
  • Title: Lecture: Richard Wagner and Mysticism
    Matching lines:
    • blindly among the secrets of Nature with vague feelings, and Mysticism
    • the sun. And when people speak of obscure feelings and premonitions
    • within him and he expresses in action what he feels and experiences in
    • into this kind of dramatic art. Again, when human feeling would fain
    • direction, and out of this feeling was born his idea of a
    • he feels it necessary to express much more than the physical part of
    • one of Wagner's earliest works. Do we not feel that something is
    • evolution we feel how the new Gods who rule over mankind have come
    • the long E flat on the organ? Do we not feel here that individual
    • intervening period but the feeling remained in him and out of it he
    • sublimated to feeling, the figure who having suffered for others,
    • feeling and let the ideas in their totality stand before our souls.
    • full of mystical feeling was his realisation of his mission that he
    • feeling which though mystical in essence is yet clear as daylight and
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 1: Whitsuntide. Festival of the Liberation of the Human Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • Asura adherents there then developed a strange undertone of feeling.
    • importance — he would have lacked a feeling of freedom, a capacity to
    • of that feeling of dread of the Devas which I characterised — this is
    • feeling of freedom. The rebellion of the Lucifer Spirit, the Deva
    • to a feeling of freedom and — although it is dangerous to develop
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 3: The Mysteries of the Druids and the 'Drottes'
    Matching lines:
    • lifted out of Kama (feelings, passions, desires) and endowed with a
    • that he had transcended what was human. That was the feeling which
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 7: The Essence and Task of Freemasonry from the Point of View of Spiritual Science - 1
    Matching lines:
    • that he flies through the frame with the worst of feelings. In
    • in the street, but his feelings are quite different. Feelings are
    • indifference whether or no a feeling of this kind is aroused, because
    • feeling for this is necessary for anyone who has had his attention
    • meaning of this kind — particularly in the case of the eerie feeling
    • his breast. That is a feeling which persists for a long time and
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 10: Evolution and Involution as they are Interpreted by Occult Societies [The Atom as Congealed Electricity]
    Matching lines:
    • to subsist on the knowledge of this immortality and the feeling of
    • feeling of survival, but to impart a clear, fully conscious knowledge
    • when, for instance. it creates a feeling of comfort. Good deeds
    • among us has no roast meat at Christmas, and I feel the need to give
    • him some in order that I may feel justified in [eating] my own roast
  • Title: Lecture: The Work of Secret Societies in the World. The Atom as Coagulated Electricity
    Matching lines:
    • real experience, to have the feeling that one belongs in very truth to the
    • feeling of survival but to impart a clear, fully conscious knowledge of
    • comforting feeling. Charity very often springs from selfish motives. If a
    • poor man living among us has no meat at Christmas and we feel bound to give
    • him some in order that we may feel justified in eating our own Christmas
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 11: Concerning the Lost Temple and How It Is To Be Restored - 1
    Matching lines:
    • society should best be shaped, and feel themselves called to found
    • practical life can feel himself called as able to be active in social
    • feel, think and perceive! How very different it was in the Middle
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 13: Concerning the Lost Temple and How It Is To Be Restored - 3
    Matching lines:
    • appropriate dwelling place and feel at home here on earth. That had
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 15: Atoms and the Logos in the Light of Occultism
    Matching lines:
    • stream we receive a widening of the soul, we feel the heart broadened
    • still had a feeling for occultism knew something about the connection
    • atom of the next planet. This feeling gives us first a full
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 16: The Relationship of Occultism to the Theosophical Movement
    Matching lines:
    • became his own — as he reached out beyond himself in his feelings and
    • meaning of Raphael's Sistine Madonna to anyone who has no feeling for
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 18: Freemasonry and Human Evolution II
    Matching lines:
    • female wisdom, since it feels that it must subdue and remodel
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 19: The Relationship Between Occult Knowledge and Everyday Life
    Matching lines:
    • cultivated by the way he feels and thinks and decides remain
    • else for whom he feels reverence. How does this reverence reveal
    • feeling engenders a thought form which is blue in
    • feeling of reverence. If a dark place is surrounded by a feeling of
    • other hand it is with a feeling of jealousy that you encounter
    • nothing else can enter. It is ringed around by a feeling of coldness
    • not only through what he says but also through what he feels,
    • consequence of thoughts and feelings, will surely grasp that it is
    • groups such as the theosophical groups, will feel and experience it.
    • responsible for what he thinks and feels about other people. You take
    • this feeling of responsibility out into the world as the finest fruit
    • apparent in Greek art, because it developed the feeling for outward
    • [correct] balance between his own feelings and the national feelings.
    • between the feelings of the individual and the nation is more quickly
    • be taken up. It sometimes also happens that the feelings of a
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 20: The Royal Art in a New Form
    Matching lines:
    • feelings to greater heights than we experience in front of an
    • of art through the labour of his hands. What he feels he impresses
    • involving what one feels or senses. That force which is common to all
    • one in their intellect, but also in their perceptions and feelings,
    • in perception and feeling — with all humanity really embracing in
    • inherent in the symbol of the Holy Grail. Whoever has a feeling for the
  • Title: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • such a creature feels a flower as being within itself. In the earth
    • feeling-content. Moses also was forearmed by such an experience when
    • exist. This consciousness fills us not only with the feeling that we
    • feeling they are prepared for understanding. In the first centuries
    • after Christ, for example, through these narratives, our feeling life
  • Title: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • higher worlds. The plants are, as it were, only the feelers which are
    • comes the moment when we have the feeling that the centre of
    • The three parts of the brain (thinking, feeling, willing) must later
    • understand their truths in his feeling life. An example of this
  • Title: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • thinking, and then one will develop in oneself a feeling that nothing
    • feeling and thinking become separated in the case of the esoteric
    • esoteric pupil must then out of himself connect a definite feeling
    • pity, he must consciously add this feeling to it. To the front of the
    • head lies the thinking part, above, the part of feeling, to the back
  • Title: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • landscape, then one feels in oneself that one's own life is altered,
    • one feels life rippling through one. One is not there with
  • Title: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • The brain is divided into three actual parts: into thinking, feeling
    • that feeling, warmth, passes outwards. Then the word will be the
    • Related to this is: ‘I think, I feel, I am’ (will). The word in this
    • into feeling and then into willing. This is a threefold process. First
  • Title: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • thoughts, feelings and will impulses of present-day man. Materialism,
    • example as crystals. At the next stage feeling will also be involved
    • will externalise what he wills. The expression of feeling is merely a
    • feels. This will be imparted to the fluid element. The entire fluid
    • be an expression of what people feel. Today man sends out words; they
    • will also send out his feelings; the conditions of the fluids on
    • Jupiter will be a result of feelings on the Earth. What man speaks
    • today will give Jupiter its form; what he feels will engender its
    • Jupiter, will arise out of the feelings of present-day humanity. The
    • All wisdom, feeling and will, in the next evolution, will actually be
  • Title: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • of crossing the Rubicon and this roused in him certain feelings and
  • Title: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • with interest, approach it with feeling, we are already partly in the
    • feelings are involved. Nevertheless, this selfless living in physical
    • self and cloud it. When feelings play into it, it is the astral world;
    • him externally, but a feeling of sympathy would have arisen within
  • Title: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • can neither live, think nor feel. There then remains a very wisely
  • Title: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • the inner being of man a picture of his environment. Feelings of
  • Title: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • praises of the moon. All poetical feelings are faint echoes of living
    • feeling
  • Title: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XV
    Matching lines:
    • what at the same time stirs inwardly as feeling. Now I myself come
    • into action: I connect my feeling with one thing or another. That is a
    • new element. Man becomes more involved. It is called Vedana: Feeling.
  • Title: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XVI
    Matching lines:
    • feelings, belong also to his past, become his Karma. We look into a
    • And now let us imagine a person whose actions, thoughts and feelings
    • are conditioned by Karma; through deeds, thoughts ... feelings rising
  • Title: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XVII
    Matching lines:
    • into our feeling life; this is why we must pay such heed to our words.
    • impression we call abstract thought. We can say when we think: ‘I feel
    • working? The Spirit of the Race is active in man's feeling, permeates
    • the entire world of feeling. This resounds into what a human being has
    • What works in a much wider sense on Karma is feeling (Vedana). Thus
    • firstly: Rupa, the corporality; secondly: Vedana, feeling. For those
    • people who have not yet become Chelas, feeling has great importance
    • advanced beyond the stage of comprehending life with feeling. It is
    • Through all words we make an impact on the World of Creative Feelings
    • What comes forth from feeling, that is essentially connected with our
    • reappeared in the entire feeling-world of the human being. Either he
    • our entire life of feeling: this is the case with the occult pupil.
    • His feelings are subject to his own control; the rest of humanity is
    • the feeling-world of future races; outwardly therefore it can be
    • Vedana: Feeling.
  • Title: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XIX
    Matching lines:
    • what man in the first place experiences only as feeling. Pleasure,
    • feeling when the astral substance of which it is composed is still
    • number 563 is there 365. A feeling of hatred also appears as if it
    • everything on the astral plane. Feelings of the soul appearing on the
    • opposites. For instance if feelings of soul-warmth press in from the
    • their reflection; that is as a peculiar feeling of cold. These are
    • the astral plane have as their substance what we call feeling. They
    • find their expression in this feeling. If these beings are not yet
    • Such feelings bring about a lowering of the human astral body. When a
    • suicide. It deceives the other person and creates in him a feeling
    • you direct his feeling to something that does not exist, and you
  • Title: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXI
    Matching lines:
    • in relation to actions, feelings and thoughts. The necessity for
    • expression on the physical plane. A feeling does not show itself
    • feeling known outwardly by means of an action and yet we can feel
    • affection for one another. A feeling can have its direct effect on the
    • astral plane. It is only when feeling passes over into action that it
    • feelings. All the feelings which man expresses have their
    • counter-effect, just as deeds have, only the feelings do not reach up
    • outside what inwardly we know well, that is, human feeling; pleasure
    • Feeling has its counter-image on the Lower Devachanic plane. Man has
    • warm feeling. An educator of children can observe this. If during a
    • life-giving power feeling has. In other ways too we can observe the
    • effect of feeling in the world. There, where a beginning may be made
    • in influencing growth, demands are also made upon feeling. Through art
    • connection with human feelings which, if more intensively developed,
    • first to work upon the astral body. Now feeling should also influence
    • After the world of feelings, we ascend into the world of thought. When
    • different from those brought about through his feelings and actions.
    • people everywhere wish to exercise their feeling and critical faculty
    • astral plane, on his feeling, and reduced him to tears. This was the
    • counter-effect of action and feeling goes upwards; here it descends.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXVI
    Matching lines:
    • Man will have achieved a conscious life of feeling and perception, and
    • filled with feeling and perception to go out from himself as pure
  • Title: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXVII
    Matching lines:
    • tiger is affected. When the tiger feels pain this goes over on to the
  • Title: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXIX
    Matching lines:
    • feeling engendered would have no special effect upon others in the
    • feeling of hatred in the lower classes — an astral life projected
    • a particular illness is connected with particular feelings and
    • emotions, he knows that by calling up these feelings he can also call
  • Title: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXXI
    Matching lines:
    • certainly feels that the old
  • Title: First Lecture: The Gospel of St. John
    Matching lines:
    • person portraying his feelings, his intimate religious life
    • outer confirmation. There is a feeling that comes over one
  • Title: Second Lecture: The Gospel of St. John
    Matching lines:
    • the effort not to be swayed to and fro by every feeling, be
    • be.” One must completely fill oneself with this feeling
    • achieved this deep feeling that Lazarus had, he experiences
    • initiation. In his body, this is expressed by the feeling
    • become steeled after the feeling of humiliation, this
    • as scourging and real blows. Then one day one feels a sort of
    • fellow men. One has to win the fortitude to bear the feeling
    • learns to feel his own body as a foreign object, something
    • value. While a person feels himself thus lost in darkness,
    • Christian mystic. He feels as though the whole earth was part
  • Title: Third Lecture: The Gospel of St. John
    Matching lines:
    • wider. What people around him are, what they feel and what
    • they will, becomes his own feeling and his own will. The
    • this, man's whole life of feeling must be directed towards
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture I: The Birth of the Intellect and the Mission of Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • deeper feelings and intuitions. He lived more in the world beyond —
    • symbols reminded men of their faith, their inner feelings, their
    • an astral body in which feelings and sentiments, the power of
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture V: Yoga In East and West
    Matching lines:
    • control of feelings and their purification.
    • soul. Thought must be permeated with feeling; otherwise it will not
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture VI: Yoga In East and West (Conclusion)
    Matching lines:
    • and determined by his feelings — that is to say, by impulses from
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture VIII: The Christian Mystery
    Matching lines:
    • you, for I have feeling, desires, the capacity for voluntary movement
    • There is an intensification of the life of feeling, a wider sense of
    • feeling of love for all beings and this gives him a sense of living in
    • in man, are united: the faculties of willing, feeling and thinking.
    • way to reach freedom. The dissociation of feeling, thinking and
    • shoulders, may be called a feeling of indentification with the whole
    • feeling of separateness.
    • The Entombment, — Man feels that he is freed from his own
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture IX: The Astral World
    Matching lines:
    • world is that it teaches man to know himself. Feelings and passions
    • in the animal forms which hurl, themselves upon him. A feeling of
    • destroyed. In the astral world, every feeling, every idea is a visible
    • What on the Earth we call feeling comes back again to Earth in
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture X: The Astral World (continued)
    Matching lines:
    • of feelings, passions, emotions and impulses of the soul. To inner
    • ordinary life we feel from within. Feelings, desires and
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XI: The Devachanic World (Heaven)
    Matching lines:
    • is, on the one hand, to train and develop such feelings and thoughts
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XIII: The Logos and the Word
    Matching lines:
    • feelings of attraction or repulsion. He had no reasoning faculty and
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XIV: The Logos and Man
    Matching lines:
    • pictures, feeling at the same time as if we were part of them.
    • Why does man, who is conscious in the physical world, feel himself
    • faculties of thinking and feeling, a man becomes as pure and free from
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XV: The Evolution of Planets and Earth
    Matching lines:
    • member that is chiefly dominated by the forces of feeling (the
    • and feeling, and the growth of plants. He simply sees their physical
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XVI: Earthquakes, Volcanoes, and Human Will
    Matching lines:
    • substance, composed of vapors, is related to our feelings in the same
    • transformation of feelings in the third.
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XVII: Redemption and Liberation
    Matching lines:
    • to feeling and perception. That is why the Serpent in Genesis
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XVIII: The Apocalypse
    Matching lines:
    • feelings were quite different from ours. Whereas modern astronomy is
    • feelings, will find expression in the outer world and become his
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture I: The Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • body. But man can move, feel and think; he grows, takes nourishment,
    • faculties as well. He can feel pleasure and pain, which the plant cannot
    • identify himself with the plant. Animals can feel pleasure and pain,
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture II: The Three Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • feeling.” Only one thing could be given to her, deprived as she
    • people say: “Oh, that is only a thought or a feeling; it exists
    • and every feeling is a reality, and if I let myself think that someone
    • would. I repeat: every thought and every feeling is a reality, and for
    • “Atmosphere”, we encounter feelings and emotions, pleasure
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture III: Life of the Soul in Kamaloka
    Matching lines:
    • peculiar tingling feeling we have when a limb “goes to sleep”.
    • our ears, absolute silence; and no feeling of heat or cold without the
    • does a dead man feel? To take a simple example, suppose a man eats avidly
    • or instrument for satisfying it. It has to feel deprived of everything,
    • instructive. Among the various feelings a man can have as part of his
    • body. Hence he feels the lack of physical body as one of his worst
    • healthy and firmly bound together, then immediately after death he feels
    • This is a ghastly fate: the suicide feels as though he had been plucked
    • loss, he takes refuge in death. And that is why his feeling of deprivation
    • pain to another being. At that time he made someone else feel pain;
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture IV: Devachan
    Matching lines:
    • If today we were able to understand the powerful feelings and the exalted
    • Devachan, a man is surrounded by all the passions and feelings of his
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture V: Human Tasks in the Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • Let us observe the feeling
    • this feeling to the spiritual level and you will have some conception
    • feels the bliss of creation.
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture VI: The Upbringing of Children. Karma.
    Matching lines:
    • and in feeling is the best means of education at this stage. It is not
    • immoral thoughts and feelings.
    • difficult after this age. It is at this time also that a feeling for
    • beings. A young person's feelings towards the world in general develop
    • in company with his feelings towards other people, and now he is at
    • Anyone who really takes this law into his thinking and feeling will
    • of years, the law will of its own accord become part of our feelings.
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture VII: Workings of the Law of Karma in Human Life
    Matching lines:
    • ideas, experiences, feelings, and all this produces great changes in
    • The ideas, feelings and
    • you will realise that habits and feelings, which first belong to the
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture VIII: Good and Evil. Individual Karmic Questions.
    Matching lines:
    • incarnation he brought a dim feeling that what he had been doing was not
    • quite right. This feeling became more and more definite in the course of
    • further incarnations; he also came to take heed of the feelings of others,
    • incarnations the feeling became still more definite and gradually the
    • pain he caused. He has to feel it in and through the very self of his
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture IX: Evolution of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • really a sort of “plant-animal”: they were able to feel
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture XI: The Post-Atlantean Culture-Epochs
    Matching lines:
    • feeling quite different from our own. The Atlantean, too, was still
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture XII: Occult Development
    Matching lines:
    • from yesterday's study how important it is to develop a feeling
    • of your heart or a feeling of being hot may be represented in a dream
    • more frequent, until you come to feel that you have been dreaming all
    • Jesus Himself, for everyone. The feeling of belonging to Christ Jesus,
    • Christian way is best suited to those whose feelings are most strongly
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture XIII: Oriental and Christian Training
    Matching lines:
    • any feeling of pleasure at doing good to someone; he must be moved to
    • help not by any such feeling but simply by the sight of suffering. And
    • this, a feeling of union with Him is impossible. Further, we must recognise
    • down in perfect humility. This is a feeling that everyone committed
    • inner, that he has gone thus far. The outer sign is that he feels as
    • feeling. He must learn to stand firm under the heavy strokes of life,
    • come to me.” The outer sign of this is that the pupil feels a
    • feeling: he learns to stand firm even when he is scorned and ridiculed
    • of the Crucifixion. A new and quite definite feeling must be developed.
    • his own body objectively, so now he has to develop the feeling that
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture XIV: Rosicrucian Training - The Interior of the Earth - Earthquakes and Volcanoes
    Matching lines:
    • a person has outgrown this idea, not only in theory but in feeling,
    • it, then draw forth the inner feeling of your soul and lay it as it
    • of the organ and so out into the Macrocosm. He then feels his body
    • “Air-Earth”. This is a substance which annuls feelings:
    • converted into pleasure, and vice versa. The original form of a feeling
    • Its substance is essentially feeling and will. It is sensitive to pain
    • moment when we think and feel, we are working on the great structure of
    • theosophical conception of the world must pass over into feeling —
  • Title: Esoteric Development: Lecture VIII: The Path of Knowledge and Its Stages
    Matching lines:
    • a sign. The pupil learns to connect certain sensations and feelings
    • his self flows out over all things, when he feels the blossom that
    • grows before him as he feels his finger moving, when he knows that
    • path: Godliness. This represents the element of feeling which
    • merely think about the higher worlds, but learn to feel in them. Then
  • Title: Esoteric Development: Lecture IX: Imaginative Knowledge and Artistic Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • animal. Seek rather to have a living feeling for whole animal groups.
    • the pupil just as someone may tremble and feel moved at the tears of
    • mineral world. These feelings vary as the mineral world shows itself
    • by the feeling of what the precious stone has to say to us, then one
    • in his tale, “The Mines of Falun.” One will feel many
  • Title: Festivals: Christmas: Lecture II: Signs and Symbols of the Christmas Festival
    Matching lines:
    • And so in the whole content of the Christmas Festival we feel
    • deepens our conception of the Christmas Mystery too. We feel how in
    • understood it, feeling that Tao pervaded the whole universe.
  • Title: Signs/Symbols: Signs and Symbols of the Christmas Festival
    Matching lines:
    • Thus, in the meaning of the Christmas Festival, we feel something
    • also deepens our Christmas mood. We feel in it how the Christ Idea
  • Title: Lecture: The Lords Prayer
    Matching lines:
    • feeling. Originally, Christian prayer was not essentially different from
    • Through feeling, prayer accomplishes the same result.
    • of which man is capable today with his puny present feelings and will
    • your existence, your feeling and thought, your very being, to inject life
    • to a family or nation, stirring one to feel relationships with individual
    • upward to its God, attain expression in the seven different feelings of
  • Title: Lecture: Parsifal
    Matching lines:
    • feeling for these truths, and so had his friend Graf
  • Title: Lecture Series: The Mystery of Golgotha
    Matching lines:
    • and as a result, all those who feel united with Christ Jesus
  • Title: Lecture: The Structure of the Lords Prayer
    Matching lines:
    • concentrate upon these formulae they feel that divine spiritual life
    • feeling part of man. The Christian merges with the all-pervasive
    • divine Being more through his emotions and feelings.
  • Title: Lecture: Adept-School of the Past
    Matching lines:
    • ancient Atlantis, for man's faculties of thought and feeling were
    • Harmony-Feelings, were trained in these schools.
    • possess a fine feeling for the inner, spiritual and occult power of words.
  • Title: Lecture: The Animal Soul
    Matching lines:
    • lion. You feel the same towards the lion-grandfather, father, son,
    • physical plane, feels death as the loss of one member, and birth as
    • advanced much further than man. Man thinks, feels, wills, in fixed
    • insecure. With the Chela, will, idea, and feeling are torn asunder,
  • Title: Lecture: Man's Relationship with the Surrounding World
    Matching lines:
    • connection with the surrounding world, of man's feelings towards this
    • world, and how these feelings can be deepened through a
    • you the feeling that a man with an average modern education does not
    • soul, purifying and ennobling all our feelings, if it is to be
    • before, if we have feelings that differ from those which we had
    • consciousness. What ensues from this, is literally true. You feel
    • Similarly the whole earth may feel pain under certain conditions. But
    • the earth does not feel pain when you pick a flower or cut off a
    • experiences a feeling of well-being. The whole earth has this feeling
    • Now try to feel, and not merely to think
    • such a truth. We can feel it in the following way: When we go out in
    • those who know how matters stand can feel what is taking place, they
    • can feel the feelings of well-being and of joy which pass through the
    • experiences joy. These kinds of feelings are experienced, when
    • migrating flock of birds we can feel the wisdom; the wise influence
    • of the astral Beings who control them. We can even feel the wind of
    • plants we confront the soul of the earth, we experience feelings and
    • feel the cosmic Spirit in the environment of the earth, when we
    • observe the ego of the animals; and we feel the cosmic Soul, we
    • experience the feelings of Nature, when we regard the ego of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Elementary Kingdoms
    Matching lines:
    • feels pain when we hammer it and break it into pieces. When
    • a feeling of pleasure upon the Devachanic plane — it is
    • merely by the etheric body; for this reason they feel no
    • flower, the earth will have a feeling of well-being, as a cow
    • has a feeling of well-being when her calf sucks her milk. It
    • gives us pictures which we should unite with our feelings.
    • feelings for the profundity of the world around us. All the
  • Title: Lecture: The Mysteries (Die Geheimnisse)
    Matching lines:
    • imbue his feeling, thinking and his will-impulses in gazing
    • penetrated and convinced by the feelings and ideas that I have
    • these ideas live, transformed into feeling. It is not easy to
    • thoughts and conceptions are transformed into feelings and
    • feeling are in accord with our earlier incarnations.
    • transformed this knowledge into feeling and experience and is
    • which has transformed into direct feeling and experience much
    • He feels anew the faith of all on earth,
    • But as he looks, he feels his very soul
    • They feel by a mysterious power stirred,
    • And if thou feelst the call, O friend, prevail!
  • Title: Lecture: The Group Souls of Animals, Plants and Minerals
    Matching lines:
    • learn to think, feel, perceive, differently about everything around
    • theosophical impulses. He must learn to feel with, and live with,
    • feel for the rest of the world. A man gradually gets to know the
    • walking through them. He realizes this through his feeling, his
    • what we begin to feel with regard to these unsuspected beings, so it
    • into what the plants themselves feel. The part of the plant that
    • plant soul a feeling of well-being, of pleasure, just as it gives
    • breathe out a feeling of bliss. It is an intensely significant moment
    • perceive the feeling of contentment sweeping over the earth as the
    • pleasure. It is possible that, impelled by a feeling for beauty,
    • feel pain and pleasure. Only spiritual science can teach us about
    • feeling of pleasure. Out of the quarry from which the blocks are
    • feeling of pleasure flows through the water. We see this pleasure
    • all religious documents, quite arbitrarily, with a feeling of pride
    • capable of feeling — is affected by the uprooting of the
    • sense of being blessed. It is only when we learn to feel with the
    • feeling of being at rest within the whole vast universe.
    • existence. It is something which transforms our feeling and our will
    • feels himself to be “I”. When at death he loses his
    • physical body it is a perceptible process, and he feels he is losing
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Ascension/Pentecost V: WHITSUN: The Festival of united Soul-Endeavour
    Matching lines:
    • entirely lost that overwhelming richness in the life of feeling which
    • which involves his own feelings, his own concern of soul. A shepherd,
    • man, they in no way feel they are doing anything amiss. They are the
    • feels that this or that element of soul is streaming towards him, this
    • feeling: “Thou art a single being.” When he returned into
    • the spiritual world in the evening, however, the feeling came over
    • feeling of fervent love and devotion, were met together for a common
    • feeling they provided what was needed for the incarnation of a common
  • Title: Theosophy/Rosicrucian: Lecture I: The New Form of Wisdom
    Matching lines:
    • attitude that is always only willing to feel and not to know.
  • Title: Theosophy/Rosicrucian: Lecture II: The Ninefold Constitution of Man
    Matching lines:
    • the bearer of feeling, of happiness and suffering, joy and pain,
  • Title: Theosophy/Rosicrucian: Lecture III: The Elemental World and the Heaven World. Waking Life, Sleep and Death.
    Matching lines:
    • through his activity in the physical world. Feelings and experiences,
    • astral body. This constitutes the actual feeling and thinking part of
    • astral body expresses itself in the feeling of refreshed vigour in the
    • physical world; hence the feeling of greatest vigour does not arise
    • Our experiences are always accompanied by feelings either of joy or
    • feelings, of happiness and suffering, joy, pain and the like, is
    • are mutual feelings of revenge, pain, passions; the two armies
    • as our earth is surrounded by air, so all the feelings that break out
  • Title: Theosophy/Rosicrucian: Lecture IV: The Descent to a New Birth
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual pictures; the impulses of will, the feelings, the thoughts,
    • All the man's earlier experiences in his life of thought and feeling,
    • other evil feelings towards his fellow men on earth they confront him
    • developed here on earth in the way of good and reprehensible feelings
  • Title: Theosophy/Rosicrucian: Lecture V: Mans Communal Life Between Death and a New Birth. Birth into the Physical World.
    Matching lines:
    • natural, animal instincts must have been outlived. The feelings and
    • strengthen the feeling of community with them.
    • nature in which he is enclosed here, brings with it a feeling of
    • — this in itself brings a feeling of beatitude. Devachan is thus
    • with this passage through the zodiac. With feelings of awe and
    • knife; he had harboured an old feeling of revenge against him. One
    • person will say that the cause of the wound was the feeling of
    • feelings of bitter revenge against those who had been the cause of
    • their death. These feelings of revenge were lived out in their
    • realised how terrible and how unworthy such feelings are. — Thus
  • Title: Theosophy/Rosicrucian: Lecture VI: The Law of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • if we think of the consequences of human deeds, thoughts and feelings.
    • stone. Everything that a man thinks and feels has its effects in the
    • clairvoyant sees that everything a man thinks, feels and experiences
    • thoughts, feelings and sensations of human beings.
    • attaches it to himself All his thoughts and feelings and experiences
    • into it corresponding feelings and a characteristic life of thought.
    • feels in the way of happiness, sorrow and so on — this works down
    • many good deeds, will, as a result of the feelings evoked, have a
    • physical body, you feel the workings of other beings; all that you do
    • life in such a way that you can feel the “demons” created by
  • Title: Theosophy/Rosicrucian: Lecture VII: The Technique of Karma
    Matching lines:
    • a strange feeling that arises during the experience of this great
    • tableau. It is the feeling of expansion, growing out of oneself. This
    • feeling becomes stronger and stronger as long as the human being is
    • individuality, where he feels: I am myself all these pictures. He
    • feels his etheric body growing and expanding as if it embraced the
    • remarkable feeling arises. It is really difficult to describe this
    • feeling in words drawn from the physical world. It is a feeling of
    • described. The individual feels as though with one part of his being
    • in the Moon. He feels as though he were dismembered, as though he were
    • picture how the law of Karma works. The individual feels, at the
    • your astral body after your death feels as if it were in Mainz,
    • the meantime, you feel yourself at the place in Kamaloca where he now
    • everywhere and this gives rise to the feeling of dismemberment of the
    • feel your head, then nothing at all between head and heart, then the
    • time before birth; it is rooted in mutual feelings of love.
    • of the earth. Such are the feelings into which knowledge of the law of
    • studies this bone not only with the intellect but also with feeling
    • our lives were given by the Initiates. Men have no inner feeling today
  • Title: Theosophy/Rosicrucian: Lecture VIII: Human Consciousness in the Seven Planetary Conditions
    Matching lines:
    • resound. With his sense of touch he feels objects, finds them warm and
    • You dream that you are running after a tree-frog to catch it, you feel
    • obnoxious spiders creep about him; he wakes up and feels a headache;
    • that the other had an unsympathetic feeling towards him, the
  • Title: Theosophy/Rosicrucian: Lecture IX: Planetary Evolution I
    Matching lines:
    • definite feeling of warmth. Saturn was thus a reflecting planet. The
  • Title: Theosophy/Rosicrucian: Lecture X: Planetary Evolution II
    Matching lines:
    • undergone evolution. Only a being still at the Moon-stage and feeling
  • Title: Theosophy/Rosicrucian: Lecture XI: Evolution of Mankind on the Earth. I
    Matching lines:
    • prevailed than here on Earth. On Earth a man feels himself as an
    • feel your hand to be a member of your organism. This feeling of
  • Title: Theosophy/Rosicrucian: Lecture XII: Evolution of Mankind on the Earth. II
    Matching lines:
    • of another race; the common blood caused the feeling of connection, of
    • you. As occultist a peculiar feeling emerges in your soul. You say
  • Title: Theosophy/Rosicrucian: Lecture XIII: The Future of Man
    Matching lines:
    • selflessness, their feeling of sympathy for one another, becoming
    • external expression and a man of noble feelings displays them in
    • feelings of the soul which give rise to the movement of the blood; the
    • when he feels anxiety, it beats faster, since the feeling acts on the
  • Title: Theosophy/Rosicrucian: Lecture XIV: The Nature of Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • feeling that all that surrounded them was a dream, an illusion; how
    • unique nature, otherwise one has not the right basic feeling that
    • definite feelings. The Christian path is more an inner one, whereas in
    • The Christian path is pursued by an awakening of the feelings. There
    • are seven stages of feeling which must be aroused. In addition are
    • develop quite definite feelings. Imagine the following: the plant
    • without the lower, to which it must feel gratitude. So even Christ,
    • the very highest, could not exist without the twelve, and the feeling
    • If this is thought of in full wakefulness as a basic feeling in the
    • contemplation which deepen this fundamental feeling — the
    • feeling. The pupil will have entered deeply enough into the experience
    • The external symptom is that one feels the feet to be laved by water;
    • himself thus far in his life of feeling, nor does this sign fail to
    • feeling-life.
    • fundamental feeling which must be experienced. The outer feeling of it
    • week-long, month-long one must live in the feeling: How would it fare
    • life of feeling to be able to make this experience.
    • develop a quite definite feeling. Today man identifies his body with
    • feeling, there is revealed to him what is called the “Ordeal of
    • pupil by his depth of feeling is able to develop in himself the Blood
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Theosophy and Rosicrucianism: Lecture I: Theosophy and Rosicrucianism
    Matching lines:
    • and feeling, and for man' s will and actions.
    • feeling which existed throughout thousands of years. The
    • your feeling, for otherwise you cannot understand what lived
    • in mind this feeling of the sages of ancient times; we should
    • spaces. Those who immerse themselves in this feeling, know
  • Title: Theosophy and Rosicrucianism: Lecture II: Introductory Explanations Concerning the Nature of Man
    Matching lines:
    • feelings and no consciousness, such as we have. To a
    • nails: it has no feeling, no consciousness, nevertheless the
  • Title: Theosophy and Rosicrucianism: Lecture III: Man's Self-consciousness
    Matching lines:
    • whole past life, without any sensations or feelings, as if it
    • body still feels the desire for certain enjoyments, in the
    • same measure in which it was accustomed to feel this during
    • desiring enjoyments. The more needs the astral body feels
    • good and pleasant. The astral body will, for instance, feel
  • Title: Theosophy and Rosicrucianism: Lecture IV: Man's Further Destinies in the Spiritual Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • you may be dreaming that you have caught a frog. You feel its
    • the passions, instincts, feelings, etc. You have all these
    • experienced on earth. Every passion, every feeling of hatred
    • 3. The prototypes of all soul-life, feelings, etc., as
    • experiences. The human being feels strongly that he has
    • so this feeling of blissfulness becomes a fundamental
    • transfigures the other feelings which were once experienced
    • in an earthly manner, for instance, feelings of friendship,
    • viceversa. The originally animal feeling of belonging to one
  • Title: Theosophy and Rosicrucianism: Lecture V: Metamorphoses of Our Earthly Experiences in the Spiritual World
    Matching lines:
    • feelings concerning the world, pleasure, pain, etc. —
    • external world. We need not feel sad that there our
    • bliss-giving feeling in Devachan. In Devachan we hatch out
    • with this is the feeling which we have during the whole
    • intermediary time of our Devachan existence: This feeling,
    • we often feel pain, but in Devachan even pain is bliss, for
    • the feeling of producing this is one of untold bliss.
    • immensely you obtain the feeling of incessant infinite bliss
  • Title: Theosophy and Rosicrucianism: Lecture VI: Man's Descent into an Earthly Incarnation
    Matching lines:
    • This feeling does not vanish until he is born again. Man
    • feels that he is as large as the whole world to which he
    • has the strange feeling of being spread out over the whole
    • whole time of Kamaloka man feels as if he were really split
    • someone's face it is he who now feels the slap, for he feels
    • person whom you slapped lives in Paris, then you feel as if
    • one part of your being were in Paris. Thus you feel as if you
    • should understand this in such away that you cannot feel
    • bear in mind all the events of your life, you really feel
    • have just described: You feel that you consist of single
    • the human being enters Devachan, he once more feels as he did
    • talents and capacities, the Ego once more feels attracted
    • the Ego, which possesses more volitional forces, feels more
    • now to develop your feelings,” was the instruction
    • “continue to develop, your feelings. and if you can
    • humanity was able to feel the spiritual forces contained in
  • Title: Theosophy and Rosicrucianism: Lecture VII: The Law of Karma
    Matching lines:
    • that the human being does not weep because he feels sad, but
    • that he feels sad because he weeps!
    • feeling and willing has gradually penetrated into the whole
  • Title: Theosophy and Rosicrucianism: Lecture VIII: Supplementary Thoughts on the Law of Reincarnation and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • case. Ancient peoples always connected a definite feeling
    • this feeling may be described as follows: “From the
    • Sacred feelings of a definate kind were connected with the
  • Title: Lecture: The Earths Passage Through Its Former Planetary Conditions
    Matching lines:
    • may give you a feeling for what took place upon Saturn; for example,
    • feeling of independence, of Ego-consciousness and of Ego-feeling. You
    • the Ego-feeling. There have always been Beings who followed an evil
  • Title: Theosophy and Rosicrucianism: Lecture IX: The Earth's Passage Through its Former Planetary Conditions
    Matching lines:
    • present day may give you a feeling for what took place upon
    • body the feeling of independence, of Ego-consciousness, and
    • of Ego-feeling. You could not use your eye in the service of
    • these Spirits of Egoism implanted in him the Ego-feeling.
  • Title: Theosophy and Rosicrucianism: Lecture X: Further Stages of the Development of Our Earth
    Matching lines:
    • Atlantean even had a certain feeling for the Ego, but only
    • rose up before their souls, they could see the feelings of
  • Title: Theosophy and Rosicrucianism: Lecture XI: Progressive Development Through the Different Cycles of Culture
    Matching lines:
    • feelings, the soul emerged more and more. Essentially
    • Ego-feeling, a first foundation of such a feeling, developed
    • more or less quickly according to our feelings, and it is the
  • Title: Theosophy and Rosicrucianism: Lecture XII: The Stages of Christian Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • interesting to see that these people: did not feel that they
    • feeling, you must think the following: Transfer yourself into
    • plant were endowed with feeling it would say: I am indeed
    • the pupil had to pass through a scale of all these feelings.
    • This feeling had to become more and more alive and then he
    • consists therein that the pupil really feels for a time as if
    • you must develop a feeling that you do not only withstand
    • symptom is to feel a certain pain in the head and the inner
    • feelings, all external objects appear as if they belonged to
    • ourselves with the feeling that everything belongs to us, we
  • Title: Theosophy and Rosicrucianism: Lecture XIII: The Rosicrucian Training
    Matching lines:
    • their feeling life within them, in the manner described to
    • inner mood. The Rosicrucian pupil learns to feel that
  • Title: Theosophy and Rosicrucianism: Lecture XIV: Further Stages of Rosicrucian Training
    Matching lines:
    • soul-impressions and feelings. No knowledge which we attain
    • does not mean to touch your feelings, and to tell you all
    • appeal to your feelings in a direct way. But he knows that
    • your feelings. A Rosicrucian therefore never takes into
    • through feeling, instead of judging objectively, we might
    • it, if we refuse to take it. Spiritual science feels that it
  • Title: Gospel of John (Basle): Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • feeling, and consequently also and thought; for as a man
    • feels, so does the judge. Materialism is not confined to the
    • way. And as the theologians have materialistic feelings, the
  • Title: Gospel of John (Basle): Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • muscles, nerves, etc., namely, his feelings of joy and
    • world. When an animal is injured it feels pain. In the plant
    • earth the same pleasant feeling that a cow experiences when
  • Title: Gospel of John (Basle): Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • with the feeling of belonging together. But if love had only
  • Title: Gospel of John (Basle): Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • patriarchs. Gradually this feeling of the Ego became limited
    • who feel themselves united with the historical Christ.
  • Title: Gospel of John (Basle): Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • post-Atlantean civilisation, the Indian had little feeling
    • feelings form the basis of the conditions of the body, and a
    • spreads materialistic thought and feeling among the people is
    • thought and feeling. Christianity brings health and healing,
  • Title: Gospel of John (Basle): Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
  • Title: Gospel of John (Basle): Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • divine ego-consciousness; the other feels in himself
    • two trees. Man only feels the ego by bearing about within him
  • Title: Lecture I: Occult Signs and Symbols
    Matching lines:
    • for instance, have seen the feeling of revenge in the other and fled
    • from it. In an up-surging red picture, the feeling of revenge
  • Title: Lecture II: Occult Signs and Symbols
    Matching lines:
    • human feeling life because these preachers did not stand alone but
    • feeling life of the soul that later appeared in their
    • in accordance with what you think and feel is your body formed. What
  • Title: Lecture III: Occult Signs and Symbols
    Matching lines:
    • when his body falls apart, he feels the suspension of his ego because
    • deep inwardness of this man's feeling life. When we advance further,
    • end of the Middle Ages. Always we find that depth of feeling, that
    • the Middle Ages. Feeling steadily declines and inwardness disappears.
    • 1: We feel this mathematical expression to be a
    • Spirit. Symbolised with 1. However, as a man feels he is a
    • truth-feeling is satisfied: it was very alarmed with the
    • myself did not take a look in the book, but I feel completely
  • Title: Lecture IV: Occult Signs and Symbols
    Matching lines:
    • divine artistic skill fashioned the heart from it. You may feel that
    • speak “feeling beings.” On the highest stage of their
  • Title: Festivals/Easter VI: Easter: The Mystery of the Future
    Matching lines:
    • memories of ancient times is verily a symptom. One can also feel it as
    • kindle the feeling of what Christianity can be for mankind in times to
    • should feel the Easter Miracle, then, as a mighty Deed, a
    • significance of these things feel the necessity of a spiritual
    • These are the feelings that should inspire us in the days when we
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture I: The Doctrine of the Logos
    Matching lines:
    • which the author wrote out of a religiously poetical feeling
    • spirit into the entire feeling-life of all those who have
    • the important thing is that the feelings of our hearts and
    • see the capacity developed for expressing the inner feelings
    • standpoint of feeling and of inward sensing — how
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture II: Esoteric Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • feelings, and passions which originally had been given to
    • the inner feelings of the soul in words was only bestowed
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture III: The Mission of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • human being did not feel himself as an independent entity,
    • divine ego, just as the hand feels itself a part of the
    • possessing a feeling, thinking and willing soul would be such
    • capable of experiencing the Logos, of feeling the force of
    • feel the “I AM” in himself. He still possessed a
    • those ancient times when he did not feel himself as a
    • of the Old Testament did not feel himself as much enclosed
    • a follower of the Old Testament. The Christian feels the
    • “I AM” and gradually will learn to feel it more
    • and more, but the follower of the Old Testament did not feel
    • feel myself safe within the spiritual substantiality of the
    • world when I feel myself resting within the whole
    • should experience; then will one feel the forward bound made
    • this way we feel the power which justifies us in acting as
    • self-conscious beings. We feel ourselves strong when we
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture IV: The Raising of Lazarus
    Matching lines:
    • longer have the right feeling for such things. Authors of the
    • not feel himself limited by birth and death, but he felt
    • individuals right within their race to feel their own
    • human beings what they needed in order that they might feel
    • But it means that every one should feel that he is an
    • feeling of oneness with the Spiritual Father-Substance had to
    • make them feel themselves forever within their own separate,
    • the feeling of an ego that has become so matured that it no
    • longer feels the connection with the other individual
    • feelings of the individualized ego in a period in which it
    • nourishment.” This separate ego had to feel itself
    • say: I am an ego that has broken away, that feels itself
    • alone, and just because I have learned to feel solitary, I
    • feel like a prophet to whom the ego gives real spiritual
    • Since they did not yet feel themselves as separate entities,
    • feeling for all this, that they make the Christ utter the
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture V: The Seven Degrees of Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • ego should feel itself fully independent and separate,
    • capacity to feel themselves at one with the whole in the
    • many persons today already feel that something which once had
    • only of the lower ego which feels nothing of the Eternal) he
    • feels the ego, reveals even in his stammering words the Word
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture VI: The "I AM"
    Matching lines:
    • ego and astral body did not yet feel themselves as separate
    • spiritual beings. They did not yet feel themselves severed
    • they do not yet feel themselves individualized.
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture VII: The Mystery of Golgotha
    Matching lines:
    • sanctified. What powerful feelings can be engendered in our
    • learn to feel that in the Last Supper the flowing of the
    • will feel not only united through his physical body with the
    • will feel united with the psycho-spiritual being of the earth
    • which is the Christ Himself, and then he will feel how the
    • are just such extremes. For the thought and feelings of the
    • have the feeling that the spirit and soul which once belonged
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture VIII: Human Evolution in its Relation to the Christ Principle
    Matching lines:
    • feelings of the people themselves of that time. When the
    • mood, in its feeling-content from the primeval Indian period.
    • importance to his own personality, thus causing him to feel
    • was it that prepared him for this strong feeling of self in
    • incarnation as the feeling of personality. That this feeling
    • progressed far enough in their feeling of personality to step
    • feeling of himself as a personality. He could comprehend as a
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture IX: The Prophetical Documents and the Origin of Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • feeling oneself spiritually sheltered within the
    • third cultural epoch to feel themselves as individuals, yet,
    • enough of their own personality to feel themselves for the
    • did the Greeks. There is an artistic sense which feels the
    • feeling-with-the-lines-of-space means,
    • feeling the living Spirit in the act of
    • decorative motif, was for the Greek feeling no column at all.
    • whole Christian feeling grew into these thought forms. We
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture X: The Effect of the Christ Impulse Within Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • the laws, a science of perception, a science of feeling, not
    • Wisdom. This will be the beginning of the feeling that the
    • might feel that those who stand outside are right when they
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture XI: Christian Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • is, he lifts himself above the feelings and sensations which
    • feelings and sensations which are of value here in the
    • the one hand, he has to spiritualize his feelings, he must,
    • on the other, strengthen much more those feelings which are
    • significance, that by acquiring the corresponding feelings in
    • the spiritual world, the feelings for the physical world will
    • here. If, however, he wished to employ these feelings in the
    • toward every thing in the feelings he had developed within
    • thought, Contemplation. 2. One can work more upon the feeling
    • of feeling and will. This is the Christian-Rosicrucian
    • initiation has to do exclusively with the feelings, and I
    • feeling-life; seven stages of feeling, through the
    • plant were able to translate this into feeling, it would then
    • "For weeks must thou surrender thyself to this cosmic feeling
    • thou hast thoroughly developed this feeling within thee, then
    • him by an external symptom in which he feels as though water
    • were lapping over his feet. That is a very real feeling! And
    • he has another very real feeling in which the “Washing
    • yet another feeling. Thou must picture how it would be were
    • upon thee; thou must feel how it would be wert thou exposed
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture XII: The Nature of the Virgin Sophia and of the Holy Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • and feels that this book was for him a stimulation and that now
    • feelings and experiences, his astral body had been so
    • feeling the true spirit and later of perceiving it. This
    • into a feeling, into an experience, what we can learn from
    • lectures have aroused in you the feeling that this Gospel
    • condense into feelings and inner experiences, and these
    • feelings and experiences should be a result of the facts that
  • Title: Astral World: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • science, to seek first to create a fundamental feeling, and we have
    • will feel that he can listen to things as actual facts, as self-evident
    • the most manifold feelings, perceptions, ideas, concepts, and impulses
    • first thoughts formed in the morning, the first feelings moving through
    • you, the first will-impulses arising. Observe how feeling is linked
    • to feeling, will-impulse to will-impulse, until the evening when the
    • stream, for through our thoughts, feelings and perceptions, we stand
    • feeling, when joy or terror flashes through our soul, that, to begin with,
    • concept, every feeling. From the whole stream that flows away before
    • That is not the case. From all these different thoughts, feelings and
    • But think what other and differing sensations, feelings, thoughts are
    • slacken and give up, it could come about that a person would cease to feel
    • the self as a unity; they would feel as if they were distributed in all
    • Under the influence of these friendships, quite definite feelings and
    • would reach the state of no longer feeling himself as ego, as enclosed
    • if you like, that has to do with the concept and feeling of courage.
    • form of anxiety or a feeling of love are connected with another being
    • are at most of etheric substance. They stretch out their feelers into
    • stretches out the corresponding “feelers” that have the
    • interpenetration of the most varying opinions, thoughts, and feelings.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Astral World: Lecture II: Some Characteristics of the Astral World
    Matching lines:
    • though they have a different form from the other leaves. Yet, you feel
    • extend its feelers towards the interior; it works from outside.”
    • being of the plant also feels joy and pain, pleasure and sadness through
    • We can really see an exchange of feeling between the plant-covering
    • “touchers”, “feelers”. These are fine, mobile,
    • and very sensitive organs of feeling and touch — a kind of
    • sense-organ. The sense of feeling, which in a human being is spread over
    • our ego, and when they no longer work together as a being, feeling itself
    • of insanity, where people can no longer hold fast to their ego and feel
  • Title: Lecture: History of the Physical Plane and Occult History
    Matching lines:
    • of saying “I” to oneself, of feeling oneself as a
    • self-conscious being, of feeling oneself as an
    • instead of the feeling: “I am a self-conscious being, I
    • hither beings and in this feeling of oneness with them he
    • time between death and re-birth. That blissful feeling of
    • of their civilisation. How did the latter feel in the
    • world increased did the Greek heroes feel themselves lost in
    • kings in the realm of shades — now began to feel more
  • Title: Astral World: Lecture III: The Law of the Astral Plane: Renunciation
    Matching lines:
    • of feeling as such, and of willing as such — depends our ascent on
    • proportion by means of exercises. Willing, feeling and thinking must
    • for example, must step back, while feeling must come more strongly to the
    • feeling. All these soul forces must be perfected
    • higher worlds is connected with the development of thinking, feeling
    • feeling and the will can become forces of knowledge. In ordinary life,
    • directed to sense-observation, but how can people admit that feeling
    • can become a source of knowledge when they see how one person feels
    • so, and another feels so, about the same things?
    • and it arouses a feeling in us, this feeling can be of such a nature
    • that not personal sympathy or antipathy speaks, but that feeling itself
    • too, can feeling and willing become objective. Yet, there must be no
    • misunderstanding. Feeling, as it exists in the ordinary life of modern
    • man—in its direct content of feeling, does not become a means
    • of expression of a higher world. This type of feeling is personal. The
    • object of the occult exercises received by the student is to train feeling,
    • on the occult path through the development of feeling, one must not
    • and I feel something of this being — not that what one has there
    • in feeling is a truth, a piece of knowledge.
    • feeling by way of occult exercises is a much more intimate and inward
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Concerning the Nature of Pain, Suffering, Joy, and Bliss
    Matching lines:
    • its elementary forms. When we cut our finger and feel pain, or when
    • we bruise it, or cut it off completely and feel pain, this is the simplest,
    • through his eyes and sounds through his ears. They say that man feels
    • feeling of pain really arise? In what manner does the experience of
    • is also there. When we have a sensation in our finger, when we feel
    • astral body, for sensation, feelings, live in the astral body.
    • etheric hand is then unable to work; the astral body feels this tremendous
    • no longer be active in it. The astral, body feels that the whole can no
    • in such a way that he begins to feel these surplus forces in his astral
    • forces will feel this as blissfulness. For even as suppressed activity
    • produces pain, so accumulated activity produces a feeling of bliss. It is
    • in our body. In the course of life we change; our feelings change, our
    • body, so the feeling of bliss is connected with a diminution of the
    • crown of thorns”. It is meant to give man the feeling: Through
    • though I stand alone! If someone practises these feelings for months,
    • indeed for years, he will finally experience this feeling of headache,
    • these feelings, the etheric body must loosen itself from it; it must
    • result of this emancipation of the etheric head. This passing feeling of
    • arises: namely, a feeling of joy and bliss.
  • Title: Lecture: Four Human Group Souls (Lion, Bull, Eagle, Man)
    Matching lines:
    • a content of feeling and try and work externally in such a way that
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 1: Forgetting
    Matching lines:
    • present day people have such different thoughts and feelings? It is
    • bearer of all the instincts, desires, passions, feelings, sensations
    • future being gives the feeling of bliss which he has throughout
  • Title: Lecture: The Ten Commandments
    Matching lines:
    • to feel the ego within himself, to experience God's Name, “I am the I
    • as a spark of the divine, then you must feel that within your ego
    • a nation of priests. Everyone should feel a spark of the Jehovah God
    • Feel this ego strongly within yourself, feel it so that through this
    • such feeling a healthy force that will make your physical body, your
    • one is to understand the Ten Commandments, one would have to feel and
    • he attained independence. Today is hardly the time in which to feel so
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 3: Original Sin
    Matching lines:
    • that is connected with the particular kind of passions and feelings
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 4: Rhythm in the Bodies of Man
    Matching lines:
    • aware of it. Then man felt his own innate astral feelings that he had
    • feelings at another time. At one time he felt more alive in the world
    • feelings. You could perceive quite different shades of feeling in the
    • feelings. This is hardly noticed today, though in earlier times it
    • feelings when phenacetin was tested. This kind of testing, without
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 5: Rhythms in the Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • himself was a clock. His life's course, which he could clearly feel,
    • of order in his life of thought and feeling. Regularity still holds
    • chaos in their inner life of thought, feeling and will those
    • the cosmos. He will go further and feel himself filled with certain
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 6: Illness and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • immediately after death have also been mentioned; man's feeling of
    • through life he feels it in his own astral body in exactly the same
    • us suppose that in his twentieth year B hurt A. He now has to feel
    • that in our twentieth year we feel an inner urge to carry out a
    • sake of simplicity, let us keep to the example of feeling the urge to
    • let us suppose we are reborn, and when we are twenty our soul feels
    • happen: There is a person who, at the age of twenty, feels the urge
    • direction, and it takes this feeling along with it. When this is
    • feeling of release that the blockage has really gone and the organ
  • Title: The Deed of Christ and the Opposing Spiritual Powers
    Matching lines:
    • feeling, his life of will, his intelligence, nay even his form, because
    • himself and every other soul. And this feeling of isolation would have
    • Feelings” are united in the great Guiding Lodge of mankind. And as
    • the Harmony of Feelings”. It is through them that his voice and his
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 7: Laughing and Weeping
    Matching lines:
    • weeps? Weeping can only come about when the ego feels weak in
    • the organism, that is, if it is not individual, the feeling of
    • possession of ego-hood, man feels a certain disharmony in his
    • relationship to the environment. And this feeling of disharmony is
    • say that the ego feels itself to be in a certain disharmony with the
    • ego feels forsaken. So the ego contracts the forces of its astral
    • case of a certain display of feeling the ego makes the astral body
    • could squeeze an individual ego into a horse, it would feel highly
    • kind of wallowing in sensual pleasure. The person who feels forsaken
    • inwardly strong because he feels outwardly weak. And he feels this
    • tears. A certain feeling of satisfaction — whether it is
    • attributed to the fact that the person feels superior to the people
    • at yourself or at someone else your ego is always feeling superior to
    • something. And out of this feeling of superiority it expands the
    • be very healthy when it strengthens man's feeling of selfhood,
    • absurd, a feeling of being above such absurdity is sparked off and
    • makes you laugh. It is bound to happen that man feels superior to
    • feeling forsaken, a withdrawal into itself. Sadness in life is so
    • must pay good attention to these feelings that can come over us when
    • feelings of weakness and of being forsaken. It is the God in man
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 8: The Manifestation of the Ego in the Different Races of Men
    Matching lines:
    • myths, we feel it to be absolutely correct, from the spiritual
    • an extent, nor had they developed their ego-feeling solely on a lower
    • level. With them, devotion to the outer world and ego-feeling
    • tremendously strong ego-feeling, much too soon, of course; for human
    • bodies an instrument for a strongly developed ego-feeling. This made
    • who had not reached anything like a normal ego-feeling because they
    • people whose ego-feeling was too little developed migrated to the
    • brown. And an overpowering feeling of ego arising from offended
    • developed their ego-feeling in a normal way. The human beings who had
    • Europe who had developed their ego-feeling to a marked degree, but
    • the sun, just because they had so little ego-feeling. But other
    • had a strong ego-feeling. These were peoples who had preferred as it
    • people who had a strong ego-feeling which nevertheless kept a balance
    • lecture that their strong feeling of personality was from the
    • ego-feeling. So fundamentally we have two groups of people
    • feeling of personality, but who did not migrate to where the feeling
    • of personality permeated the whole body, but to where the ego-feeling
    • people with a strong inner ego-feeling, but who on the whole were not
    • physical bodies. They turned their feeling of personality inward. And
    • how this feeling of personality has been preserved right into later
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 9: Evolution, Involution and Creation out of Nothingness
    Matching lines:
    • Another person might not feel this satisfaction. The satisfaction the
    • man feels in seeing the two standing side by side has nothing
    • develops a feeling of joy over the two men in front of him standing
    • together. This feeling is not caused by anything to do with
    • karmically connected. Our concern is the joy the man feels because he
    • see something else. This looking at the sky creates in him a feeling
    • him into contact with the outer world. Because he feels this joy,
    • the feeling of tragedy you have about it is something new.
    • second, and the third is the way you feel the urge to act under the
    • influences of relationships. Even the way you feel compelled to act
    • payment. The one will develop kindness of heart, the other's feelings
    • thought, without pleasure or displeasure, nor any feeling for duty
    • experiences in the surrounding world, and feeling more than what is
    • the thoughts, wealth of feeling and virtues he develops through the
    • thoughts; and what I feel is not prompted by egoism, I feel it
    • of wisdom and the masters of harmony and feeling. For thus do they
    • inner warmth of feeling. If man had to admit his incapacity to do
  • Title: Lecture Series: Novalis
    Matching lines:
    • fact show that in their imagination, ideas, feelings and
  • Title: Lecture Series: The Mission of Savonarola
    Matching lines:
    • people the feeling that they couldn't live without the Cult.
  • Title: Lecture: The Theory of Categories / Kategorienlehre
    Matching lines:
    • unequivocal feeling of the slovenliness of the concepts in
  • Title: Lecture: Regarding Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • impressions, our feeling-world, a certain inclination, we could
    • world view comes ever closer, and the world of feeling makes it
    • and how this feeling lived in the soul. Then think how your
    • an awareness — not a feeling, as if it is beyond that- yet has
    • moment this clairvoyant awareness rises up in you, you feel
    • astral truths and beings, but it feels as if it is all growing
    • in the physical world we have naturally the feeling that all
    • evil feelings during the day, appear in quite another form
    • compared with someone who has lived with noble feelings during
    • hateful feelings shows a withered form while a person who died
    • with beautiful feelings, show a sympathetic form as an astral
    • towards noble feelings and impulses, after their death for a
    • physical plane. However, there we feel influences, good
    • through direct experience but, he or she has a distinct feeling
    • most diverse feelings. Thus it can happen that these inner
    • feelings tend towards an inclination, then towards reluctance,
    • the most varied feelings appear when you penetrate the being,
    • existing or contradictory feelings of a pure spiritual nature.
    • is none to be found within. The feeling of hardship in the
    • physical world is trivial compared to feelings in the soul when
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: What is Self Knowledge?
    Matching lines:
    • in my imagination, my experiences and feelings if this
    • earlier in Moscow? What kind of experiences, feelings,
    • feelings. For the clairvoyant awareness it becomes gradually
    • become liberated in their feeling and will impulses from
    • heartfelt feeling for something which hardly interests us, for
    • life of feeling. Once and for all we must speak right into the
    • different. You experience quite different feelings,
    • learn to feel how present setbacks originate from an earlier life.
    • and through genuine understanding, you can feel yourself enter
  • Title: Lecture Series: The Rishis
    Matching lines:
    • the temple: he feels the wonderful harmonies through which the
  • Title: Lecture: The Ten Commandments
    Matching lines:
    • feeling. We can easily understand what now has to be said. What
    • the generation, how the son feels bound through the blood with
    • on how you feel or are disposed, so it is interpreted.
  • Title: Lecture: A Chapter of Occult History
    Matching lines:
    • but in respect of the attitude of soul, the feelings, that
    • great Indian Teachers. A feeling of reverent awe arises in
    • will be together with Osiris; you will feel yourselves to be
    • feel the aftermath of what the Greeks felt on the physical
    • into the spiritual world. These feelings and experiences do
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Mystery, Novalis, the Seer
    Matching lines:
    • realised through Feeling by thousands upon thousands of souls
    • This Christ-Festival and all the feelings and experiences it
    • the most advanced and able to feel its significance. To them
    • the heart of the blossom enables you to feel that a new plant
    • force of the Sun's light, Feeling that in it you are
    • pupil of the Egyptian Initiates must feel himself united came
    • picture and feel the very presence of divinity in the
    • physical structure itself. The same feeling can arise when
    • souls could not share the Feeling which made a man of
    • awaken; no wonder that these feelings streamed to the being
    • in the supremely gifted Novalis, feelings free of all denominational
  • Title: Poetry/Fairy Tales: The Interpretation of Fairy Tales
    Matching lines:
    • of things, we often feel when we enter an intermediate state of
    • feel this estrangement between the objects by day and what is behind
    • more or less higher moments, when we feel our connection to the
  • Title: Lecture: The Way of Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • life of feeling and of experience is enriched, calmed and
    • thoughts are unimportant in our life of feeling. It's like
    • work into us, it becomes transformed in us as feelings, as soul
    • doubt that feelings, pleasure, joy and pain can be inherent in
    • also feel hurt? — Hence I can infer that if I crush a
    • of earth towards the heights, no feeling of pain penetrates the
    • That which comprises the actual soul of the plant feels
    • for the soul not only to feel compassion towards other people
    • if we ourselves can't feel such things? — It is an
    • feel that it is indeed so, what is said by spiritual science.
    • in a pasture. Whoever has knowledge about this, feels entire
    • definite feeling of pleasure. Thus we see into the wisdom of
    • then we feel that not only are we living beings but that we are
    • things in our feelings by understanding them spiritually.
    • When we touch a plant we experience the soul-spiritual, we feel
    • and human feelings influenced forces of nature. When we go even
    • however allow our feelings, our attitude of mind and our
  • Title: Lecture: Practical Training In Thought (1966)
    Matching lines:
    • may seem strange that an anthroposophist should feel called upon to
    • transformed at any moment into sensation and feeling, enabling us to
    • True practice in thinking presupposes a right attitude and proper feeling
    • within his head or in his soul cannot have the right feeling for thought.
    • Whoever harbors this idea will be constantly diverted by a false feeling
    • demands on his thinking. He who would acquire the right feeling for
    • not arise. When a person feels the full truth of these words, it will be easy
    • actual facts of life take their course in obedience to thought if he feels
    • thinking. Instead, he must confidently feel that the things of outer reality
    • fact that we are growing together with things. We no longer feel that they
    • Instead we come to feel as if our own thinking occurred within the things
    • about some matters we feel it necessary to come to a conclusion. We
    • feelings and sensations, and when reasons are put
    • feelings and sensations. Not only is the wish often the father of the
    • thought, but it can also be said that all our feelings and mental habits are
    • comes to notice that he has acquired a new way of thinking and feeling.
    • feeling and sensation is also developed.
    • greater depths than are generally imagined. It is our feelings that
    • put forward are often a mere screen or mask for our deeper feelings and
  • Title: Lecture: Practical Training In Thought (1928)
    Matching lines:
    • some, if an anthroposophist, of all people, feels himself
    • into a sure sense and feeling, enabling us to meet life
    • mind, the right feeling about thought. How can we gain this? No
    • one can come to a right feeling about thought who imagines that
    • will have a wrong feeling, and will continually be diverted from the
    • feeling towards thought, he must rather say to himself: “If
    • feels what has here been said, and feels it to the full, then he will
    • has this confidence and feeling, then he will readily be converted to
    • of men, and with many other things. Where we feel that we understand
    • things. We no longer have the feeling that the things are outside, and
    • we are here in our shell, thinking about them; but we begin to feel how
    • have acquired, and which determine their whole way of feeling. While
    • they put forward reasons, they are only masking feelings that are
    • the wish father to the thought, but all the feelings and habits and
    • a new way of thinking and feeling about things.
    • of feeling.
    • than is generally imagined. It is the feelings which frequently impel a
    • often a mere screen, a mask for his deeper feelings and habits of
    • a man to feel able to accept the truth of this or that teaching. It
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture I: The Principle of Spiritual Economy in Connection with Questions of Reincarnation: An Aspect of the Spiritual Guidance of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • certain experiences. Their first experience is the feeling
  • Title: Lecture: Christianity in Human Evolution
    Matching lines:
    • their moods and feelings and fervor was grand and exalted.
    • of his feelings and for all that he did. He was one of those who had
    • that enabled one to feel all that was contained in the words, “This
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture II: Christianity in Human Evolution: Leading Individualities and Avatar Beings
    Matching lines:
    • Christianity. It was the feeling, the direct knowledge, of
    • grotesque, but the world of their sentiments, feelings, and
    • richness and range of his feelings and for all that he did.
    • accepted in a manner that enabled a human being to feel
    • feel like discussing something, they have, as a rule, no
  • Title: Lecture Series: Christianity in the Evolution of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • seemed grotesque; but the world of their moods and feelings, of
    • feelings and for all that he did, — that fact becomes
    • manner that enabled one to feel all that lay in the words :
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture III: More Intimate Aspects of Reincarnation
    Matching lines:
    • present leaders feel there is still to be done, they
    • beginning to feel something of the spiritual life to come.
    • small child, he first had to feel how the forces of the
    • to feel this before the powers of judgment could be activated
    • not feel at home in the world as a human being would; he
    • feelings, everything in short that permeates and weaves
    • the right judgments about the wonderful feelings and the
    • with actual reality. You must develop a feeling that we in
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture VI: On the Occasion of the Dedication of the Francis of Assisi Branch
    Matching lines:
    • that they wish to unite their anthroposophical feelings and
    • in spiritual scientific feelings and sentiments, we can be
    • Feelings.
    • lands feel more attracted to anthroposophy, they can
    • feeling of the “I.” Instead, Atlanteans had a
    • call of the Masters of Wisdom and of the Harmony of Feelings.
    • these Masters of Wisdom and of the Harmony of Feelings are at
    • feels in its hearts that there is such a thing as a new
    • spiritual life is borne in the hearts of those who feel
    • Feelings fulfill a similar function and issue their call to
    • you. If you feel your mission from a sense of history, then
    • feel this, we will increasingly grow stronger, and the newly
    • To feel this
    • the feeling of carrying the astral body of Jesus of Nazareth
    • feelings, the profound mysticism, and the spiritual soul life
    • and feelings of this branch will be the reflection of the
    • new branch will leave the proper feelings behind us when we
    • doing so, our feelings and thoughts will hover invisibly over
    • feelings of those who have come to this dedication ceremony
    • force of the Masters of Truth and of the Harmony of Feelings
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Festivals/Easter VII: Spiritual Bells of Easter, part 1
    Matching lines:
    • lives and weaves in the great universe, they will feel that the soul,
    • everywhere the feeling — indeed the conviction — that life
    • and tomorrow to an endeavour to show how this feeling, this inner
    • adequate, sufficiently mature perceptions and feelings, in order,
    • thunder ... and then, looking within the soul, we feel the inner
    • the sun and is living reality in the universe. The soul will feel
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture VII: The Macrocosmic and the Microcosmic Fire: The Spiritualization of Breath and Blood
    Matching lines:
    • the universe. Then people will feel in a new way how their
    • during Easter will the human soul feel most fervently how an
    • experience mankind has ever had. And thus, we feel at this
    • — this feeling — was at first confined to the few
    • feelings people in our time have toward Easter.
    • sensibilities and feelings to them. Only after this ripening
    • feeling for the mysteries of the universe on important
    • symbolic occasions such as Easter, then it will also feel
    • increasingly more spiritual as it feels extended into the
  • Title: Festivals/Easter VIII: Spiritual Bells of Easter, part 2
    Matching lines:
    • by the miraculous fire from heaven? With true Easter feelings we shall
    • existence it has entered through birth. The Buddha feels: birth is
    • who look with understanding at the Cross on Golgotha, and feel united
    • human feelings and desires are so purified and sublimated through the
    • the Christ Power enables them to feel it as such. Therefore
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture VIII: The Event of Golgotha. The Brotherhood of the Holy Grail. The Spiritualized Fire.
    Matching lines:
    • feelings and visit the wondrous fire that is to absorb
    • generating some understanding and feeling for the appearance
    • knowledgeable soul and who feel united with it will say to
    • the human sensibilities, feelings, and desires are purified
    • perceive it as a purification. When this happens, the feeling
    • Nazareth within themselves, they knew from a feeling of inner
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture IX: Ancient Revelation and Learning How to Ask Modern Questions
    Matching lines:
    • people who feel that Spiritual Science speaks to their hearts
    • own free impulse, and through the fact that they feel
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture X: The God of the Alpha and the God of the Omega
    Matching lines:
    • Our world of feeling is made to glow throughout and becomes
    • broadened, and we will feel happy in it.”
    • and feeling, this attitude of mind and heart, must be
    • will disappear opposite the harmonious thoughts and feelings
    • of Feelings, knew that Spiritual Science had to flow into our
    • Those who have a feeling for these great truths should hurry
    • came the feeling of deep darkness in the life between death
    • have a vivid feeling for the spiritual world? This happened
    • feeling of exaltation inspiring the souls of those who
    • there are already present souls who feel strongly enough that
    • Feelings have expressed the hope that such people will also
    • feel the truths of Spiritual Science and will make them the
    • inspire ourselves with the feeling that the stream of
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture XI: From Buddha to Christ
    Matching lines:
    • still had the feeling and the consciousness of having at one
  • Title: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture I: Rosicrucian Esotericism
    Matching lines:
    • evolutionary stage to another. It gives rise to an overwhelming feeling of
    • realization gives one a living feeling of evolution. It is an essential
  • Title: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture II: Soul in the World around Us
    Matching lines:
    • he has given someone else a hard blow, the latter feels pain. There
    • is no outer evidence that a mineral feels pain from a blow. From this
    • the conclusion is drawn that in man there is a soul that feels pleasure
    • whom the whole world of stones belongs. These beings feel happiness
    • that when a stone is smashed the mineral soul feels pain, but that is
    • not the case. A man feels pain if one of his fingers is crushed, but
    • in similar circumstances the mineral soul feels contentment and pleasure.
    • of salt do not only dissolve in the water but feelings of well-being
    • does not see, that feel pain and suffering, well-being and happiness,
    • pain. It can be compared with the feeling experienced by a mammal when
    • its offspring sucks its milk; this gives a feeling of bliss. What our
    • single plants; the whole organism of the earth feels them, just as when
    • admittedly feels happiness and suffering within the limits of its skin. We
  • Title: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture III: The Nature and Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • art in the structure of the human body. That this body looks and feels
    • in the cloud are expressions of the feelings and experiences that play
    • beings, but another time he will also see the feelings of animosity
    • of them. Even in religions a feeling has remained that the gods sleep
  • Title: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture IV: Man Between Death and Rebirth
    Matching lines:
    • are looking, which, let us say, depicts martyrdom. We do not feel the
    • which our feelings and those of animals consist. It is the sum total of
    • But loving feelings are also seen from there; they pervade the airy
    • life after death he has a definite feeling of the moment when he enters
    • us. What we feel personally in physical life is experienced in yonder
    • world in connection with the totality. We only feel joy in connection with
    • In Devachan he feels always as if he were a being in process of becoming,
    • feeling of blessedness, as indeed is the case in physical life, too!
    • rise to a feeling of blessedness in a human being as he passes through
  • Title: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture V: The Physical World as an Expression of Spiritual Forces and Beings
    Matching lines:
    • Fellow feeling in Devachan is much more alert, much more intimate than
    • and you feel an urge to turn it into deed. What is it that actually
    • of feeling, impulses of love, sympathy born of love. The process of
    • has an effect upon the passion, the feeling of love. The astral passion
    • above is encountered by the astral feeling of those who love each other,
    • of parents were accepted as a fact, the feeling of finding a new life
    • the life of feeling. Gratitude, reverence and holy awe are feelings that
    • religious experiences, through the feeling of being attached to the
    • with imagery and symbols, the better. The world of feeling develops
  • Title: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture VII: Evolutionary Stages of our Earth before the Lemurian Epoch
    Matching lines:
    • a tree, causing something akin to the feeling experienced by an animal,
  • Title: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture VIII: Stages in the Evolution of our Earth. Lemurian, Atlantean, Post-Atlantean Epochs.
    Matching lines:
    • have existed until today. The views and trends of feeling of the Eastern
    • be entangled with it either in thoughts, acts or feelings. The basic
  • Title: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture IX: Man's Experience after Death
    Matching lines:
    • of the ego, the “I,” the feeling of his own personality
    • a soul feels drawn to the body that is fitting for it, so does the god
    • able to perceive what was around them, to feel united in the realm of
  • Title: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture X: On Karma, Reincarnation and Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • conception of the world. Moreover, the feeling of becoming collaborators
    • person who harbors many feelings of hatred in one life will age prematurely
    • feelings and life of thought the pupil must give himself up to certain
    • should riot be abstractions; the right feelings and perceptive experiences
    • is based upon the life of feeling; it is the fundamentally Christian
  • Title: Lecture: The Dedication of an Anthroposophical Group
    Matching lines:
    • Such a feeling, such
    • adverse criticism of our time, for the diminishing of this feeling
    • feel something divine and spiritual in the stars”. To-day,
    • beings, filled with a spiritual power, and it feels the need of
    • it can be only a childish point of view to feel something divine in
    • certain feeling for the spiritual. He who does not regard everything
    • frame of mind of man tended towards materialistic feeling and
    • constant active flow. No one would have been able to feel for anyone
    • suppose that there were a person who could neither see nor feel water
    • thus far to-day, so that you might feel what it signifies that such a
    • to feel united with the Christ, the Spirit of the Sun, Who is also
    • do so, not with a feeling of pride, but with humility. And if you
    • yourselves in humility only. If you take this feeling with you and
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • little understand. The human capacities of feeling and thinking have
    • words. One has need of other capabilities of feeling than those at
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • touching it. We realise the solid through touching it and feeling its
    • feel it in our inward conditions. Therefore ancient science says (and
    • take cognisance of it in the outer world and an inner when we feel
    • that we ourselves are in a certain state of warmth. Man feels his own
    • feel’ himself in the element of warmth. The element of
    • warmth and feels it as something belonging to oneself; one stands
    • outwardly. This one can also begin to feel inwardly, but light
    • enter into fire. In fire they still feel comfortable — if we
    • it spiritually, with his ideas or feelings or in any such way. He
    • and feels the beauty which inspires and spiritualises his
    • feeling for beauty to work out spiritually what he sees in the outer
    • Thus we see how man has it in his power, by the way he acts and feels
    • he is pleased with the world, when he has feelings of gladness
    • through his inner contentment, through his harmonious feelings and
    • elemental beings. The man of harmonious and optimistic feelings and
    • who feels inner satisfaction with the world, is a deliverer of
    • Bhagavad Gita: ‘Behold what man does through the feelings and
    • earth dies, but with this deadening of the earth I feel it my duty to
    • spiritualise things, through knowledge and through right feeling, you
    • real devotional feeling, do they become what in the true sense of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • what we can feel inwardly, as inner warmth; we feel that we are
    • the case when we contact the solid element; but we can also feel
    • felt yourself warm inside; you would have said, ‘I feel
    • at something red or at something blue. Red gives a warm feeling; and
    • blue gives you a feeling of cold. Imagine that the feeling, which is
    • inner feeling of comfort; then again times when those eggs of warmth
    • in such a way that I feel that all external warmth has turned inward,
    • has withdrawn and I experience only that feeling of inner comfort.’
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • find a man who did not yet feel his Ego completely within him, who
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • given, had very concrete and very clear feelings. This name
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • world, that it calls forth in us feelings of sadness.* For people who
    • when people still had some feeling for the meaning of names;
    • Godhead, they feel the immediate impulse to follow the revelations of
    • of the Cosmos itself. And we must develop the feeling within us:
  • Title: Gospel of St. John: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • origin. Hence the writer of St. Luke's Gospel feels impelled to say:
    • experience which enables him to say: ‘I now feel something within me,
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture I: The Johannine Christians.
    Matching lines:
    • on earth. This discloses a feeling for the incisive importance of the
    • of the Luke Gospel feels constrained to say, Behold Him Who was baptized
    • feel within myself something that looks down from above on my ordinary
  • Title: Gospel of St. John: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • Europe) would not to any great extent excite feelings of respect. But
    • is reborn. Two things are now possible. He may feel impelled to seek a
    • early age reawakens the feeling of freedom and independence. As a rule
    • conquest of thought and intellect in the life of the higher feeling
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture II: Living Spiritual History.
    Matching lines:
    • average. The latter feels vividly that the other is a great leader,
    • either he can feel the urge to seek a teacher who will show him how
    • re-awaken this feeling of freedom and independence in him. As a rule,
    • of feeling and sentience. And that is precisely the sort of understanding
  • Title: Gospel of St. John: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • these marvels will feel himself aesthetically and morally elevated
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture III: The Metamorphoses of the Earth.
    Matching lines:
    • these with his soul feels an aesthetic and moral uplift when he realizes
  • Title: Gospel of St. John: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • with matured ideas, feelings, and finally with love. By taking from
    • common welfare of humanity. He develops feelings and emotions which
    • become transmuted into love; and when he brings these feelings and
    • of feeling it to be his highest bliss when he gives forth what he has
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture IV: The Hierarchical Beings of our Solar System and the Kingdoms of the Earth.
    Matching lines:
    • turn, what he has brought to maturity in the way of ideas and feeling,
    • which he can sacrifice to the common life of humanity. He develops feelings
  • Title: Gospel of St. John: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • the feeling of self-dependence, and passion for the higher world would
    • have associated normal feelings with every single object; but now the
    • to them all. When this feeling had died out, those who had come from
    • more does the individual feel his independence, being impelled to
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture V: Human Evolution within the Embodiments of our Earth.
    Matching lines:
    • feeling, in which love held sway, that the Luciferic spirits attempted
    • feeling of independence becomes ever stronger, and he senses the necessity
  • Title: Gospel of St. John: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • more to feel his own existence. We indicated yesterday the moment at
    • which a distinct feeling of the Ego came to the fore. We said that the
    • acts of the teacher, and by the impression made on their feelings and
    • of instruction in thinking and feeling, not merely with regard to the
    • thoughts, ideas, sensations, and feelings relating to the spiritual
    • through certain feelings and emotions evoked by that learning, that
    • spiritual culture, and his feelings were fired by the declarations to
    • thus prepared his disciples by baptism. He had aroused this feeling in
    • inmost thoughts, opinions, and feelings are steeped in Christianity.
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture VI: The Atlantean Oracles.
    Matching lines:
    • made on their feelings and sensations, they were trained — prepared,
    • and feeling as these apply to events of the invisible, spiritual world
    • sort of preparation, concepts, ideas, sensations, and feelings referring
    • are experienced so intensely, through certain feelings and sensations
    • requisite development before the next birth, it retained a feeling for
    • of loneliness, of segregation from other souls; and when a soul feels
    • through his baptisms; that was the feeling, the sensation, he aroused
    • feel the need of identifying themselves with the Christ force, to steep
    • feelings. Think of Tolstoi and of his work during the last decades which
  • Title: Gospel of St. John: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • two phenomena in this connection: the feeling of shame and the feeling
    • is unacquainted with these hypotheses. With regard to the feeling of
    • shame, we may say that when a person feels ashamed, it is as if he
    • seen by those around him; what takes place in a person who feels shame
    • the influence of a psychic-spiritual experience, such as the feeling
    • presses out the tears, and that the individual, feeling the tears
    • spiritual science will feel how everything is explained by it.
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture VII: The Baptism with Water and the Baptism with Fire and Spirit.
    Matching lines:
    • shame is a feeling akin to a wish to conceal something. And what is
    • when he feels the tears flow. That is an example of the way a materialistic
  • Title: Gospel of St. John: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • and express in words, all our feelings and sensations depend upon our
    • that when Christ used images of thought and vented His feeling, He
    • thoughts and feelings were coloured by the thoughts and feelings which
    • initiations had rendered them ripe to feel the Christ-impulse and
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture VIII: The Initiation Mysteries.
    Matching lines:
    • words, that we feel or sense, is connected with our astral body: the
    • a metaphor or an expression of feeling, should turn to what His astral
    • and astral bodies — and consequently His thoughts and feelings
    • were colored by the images of the thoughts and feelings living in the
  • Title: Gospel of St. John: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • inwardly feel or know what was meant, when the other was at all
    • vivacious or intensive in thought and feeling. Love, though certainly
    • feeling very difficult for modern man to share. A man saw that his
    • I can remember, depends upon my feeling myself a member of a great
    • hand. In the same way I am bereft of significance unless I feel myself
    • stretching back to Father Abraham, is not transient. When I feel
    • new. The feeling was still alive in them, expressed in the words: ‘Our
    • think that no person of refined feelings could fail to be repelled
    • left to the feelings. But these words are not there at all! Look at
    • and a kindly feeling prevails among men) and clothed His injunction in
    • spring from a Christian feeling? Here is a man born blind. Neither the
    • Christ feels Himself to be the representative of the I AM. Inasmuch as
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture IX: The Artistic Composition of the Gospel of St. John.
    Matching lines:
    • him in externally audible words: in a certain way he could feel and
    • words I and Father Abraham are one aroused a very special feeling
    • in the true confessor of the Old Testament, a feeling nowadays very
    • memory is contingent upon my feeling myself a member of the great folk
    • when I feel myself a member of all the generations through which the
    • blood flows down from Father Abraham. Then I feel sheltered. My individual
    • way back to Father Abraham. When I sense and feel myself wholly embraced
    • finding the transition. They vividly retained the feeling that their
    • man no longer has any feeling for such things, but the fact that this
    • from life to life. Christ feels Himself the representative of the I
    • an artistic composition we cannot but feel deep reverence. It all grows
  • Title: Gospel of St. John: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • right kind of feelings with regard to everything that happens in our
    • show that Christ feels that He and the Father are One and that He will
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture X: What Occurred at the Baptism?
    Matching lines:
    • degree: in feeling shame he drives his blood outward from within which
    • feelings, by devotion to the right feelings towards all that takes place
    • the “good shepherd” is intended to indicate Christ's feeling
  • Title: Gospel of St. John: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual world have always had a true feeling for this; but the
    • thoughts, sensations, and feelings; it lives in the etheric body. Now
    • will therefore feel that the force permeating his etheric and astral
    • beings cannot avert from themselves the war of opinions, feelings, and
    • would rise up against opinion, feeling against feeling, will against
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture XI: The Harmonization of the Inner Forces of Man through the Christ-Impulse.
    Matching lines:
    • ideas, thoughts, sensations, feelings, and it dwells in the etheric
    • feelings, and actions only by combatting and adjusting within themselves
    • against all. Opinion would be arrayed against opinion, feeling against
    • feeling, will against will; and that terrifying, gruesome image of the
  • Title: Gospel of St. John: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • were cut off. Just as your finger would feel, so too the Atlantean
    • uncertainty affecting the will, the actions, and the feelings of men.
    • to develop his own feelings and his will — each for himself
    • the thoughts of his fellow; and since their feelings would not be
    • and feel in mutual opposition, and humanity will be finally cleft
    • degraded man's passions and feelings, while the Ahrimanic beings
    • concerned, it still exists; as regards feeling and willing, it is
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture XII: The Decline of Primeval Wisdom and its Rejuvenation through the Christ-Impulse.
    Matching lines:
    • that it must wither if it were torn off. Just as the finger would feel,
    • It would express itself in his willing, his acting, and his feeling.
    • ego, would develop his own feelings and will — every man for himself
    • and human feelings, no longer guided by universal wisdom, must eventually
    • act, think, and feel in opposition to each other, and ultimately mankind
    • to corrupt his passions and feelings, while the Ahrimanic, the Mephistophelean
    • capacity, our feeling and willing, it still endures; but as regards
  • Title: Gospel of St. John: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • universe. Let us feel this event, this growing delusion of death; let
    • us feel that the Death on the Cross is the seed from which a new Sun
    • bursts forth, then we shall also truly feel how mankind on earth must
    • and it was this common feeling of all mankind which burst from the
    • from which life in abundance flows!’ They had acquired a true feeling
    • Let us feel that the moment was at hand when He desired to speak to
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture XIII: The Cosmic Significance of the Mystery of Golgotha.
    Matching lines:
    • the Father, so he must come to feel that death, too, is the Father.
    • becomes the seed of a new sun in the universe. If we feel this event,
    • feeling burst forth from the great soul of Buddha.
    • Try to feel the moment approaching in which
    • in which men were imbued with the feeling: 'Worthless are all temporal
    • Those who feel this way
    • — those, in short, who want Jesus of Nazareth — will feel
  • Title: Gospel of St. John: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • feelings, can rise into the spiritual world which has been illuminated
    • approach the plant and feel that the plant is the support of its
    • the pupil has so steeped himself in the feeling of a universal
    • within him, out of that inner contemplation, the feeling of the
    • carried about with him; when this feeling and sensation have become so
    • they could not feel free from participation in the woman's sin and
    • desired anything but to feel the power issuing from the mighty etheric
    • hearts, grow into a feeling for the cause, into emotions, and even
    • within the soul — a living force in our feelings and emotions.
    • lecture-cycle with feelings such as these; and spiritual science will
    • contribute, even in a slight degree, to enable you to feel spiritual
    • knowledge as an elevation of life, as vital warmth in your feeling,
    • With these words I would beg you to lay to heart the feelings which
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture XIV: The Earth as Christ's Body and as a New Light Center.
    Matching lines:
    • through a certain gamut of feelings — can rise to the spiritual
    • himself in such feelings of universal humility, he will know the meaning
    • soul, there springs from this contemplation the feeling of the Scourging:
    • spiritually he feels it taking place in himself. And this opens his
    • it has become a matter of course to feel and sense that he carries his
    • not only to regard our body as something alien, but also to feel everything
    • they feel themselves to be in no way connected with the sin of this
    • save to feel, at this moment, what emanated as a force from the mighty
    • in our feelings and in our sensibilities. And these feelings and sensibilities
    • this cycle, we make such feelings our very own, spiritual science will
    • you feel spiritual cognition as being an exaltation of life —
    • living warmth in your feeling, thinking, and willing; in your working
    • May these feelings live
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • illuminated by the noblest light. If we feel this idea and receive it
    • small things, through feeling and realisation, what will come to pass
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • physical death? Only by cultivating certain feelings and shades of
    • feeling which stir the soul so forcibly that by their power they
    • strong impulses of thought, feeling and will must work in the soul
    • ears, his physical intellect, his physical feelings, etc.; he is
    • we must feel a fresh and vital interest in everything which goes on
    • feelings describable as an inward division of the whole of our
    • like a sword in its scabbard, to be a being which feels itself to be
    • lying. You feel yourself to be within the physical body, but not
    • of the inner feelings: One must feel that one is lying within one's
    • old personality, and yet feel free and mobile within it. The analogy
    • feels itself cramped on all sides by the scabbard, while man, when he
    • has this experience, has a strong feeling of inner mobility, as if he
    • body and stretch out his feelers far, far into a world which,
    • although still dark, begins to be perceptible to his feeling in the
    • time, one feels as if one could see oneself, as if one stood
    • our feeling of freedom, our love, our energy of thought and our
    • only a working hypothesis, but also qualities of feeling, will and
    • what our eyes see as fire and what we feel as heat is the real
    • elements is drawn over the real world. They are: the feeling of
    • its sheath; the feeling of being outside the physical body, as if the
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • world. Our feelings, perceptions and thoughts exist in the physical
    • incarnation, every feeling experienced between birth and death, every
    • spiritual beings live behind our feelings and the whole of our soul
    • that is to be found in a super-sensible world behind our feelings and
    • vague feeling that an injustice should be righted; the soul is uneasy
    • metamorphosis of the first. Everything that a man thinks and feels
    • or of feeling. A thought which is, let us say, distinct, definite,
    • injustice he has certain thoughts and feelings; these forms detach
    • the conscience would not sting. When a man begins to feel these
    • seer; modern men feel the inner voice of conscience and the spirits
    • with the national feeling of those times that declares that his act
    • real in human evolution before this age, that the feeling experienced
    • Erinyes. The inner feeling which he experienced in presence of this
    • phenomena of conscience, memory, feeling, will and thought, a
    • would man's thoughts, feelings and will have been stimulated
    • experience, of thought, of feeling, of conscience, for example, and
    • separating the moon from the earth, made thinking, feeling, willing,
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • soul, in the phenomena of conscience, thought, feeling, and sensation
    • no serious appreciation and feeling for reincarnation in his soul;
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • in the inner life of the soul, thinking, feeling, sensations, as also
    • perceptions, feelings, will, his thinking and the development of his
    • his soul life may well give rise to grotesque feelings and bad moral
    • might feel them to be friendly, intimate spiritual companions,
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • feelings of the ancient Indian when he looked out at the sense world,
    • life. There is a widespread feeling that this deepening alone can
    • continual direction of the feeling, conceptions and thoughts within
    • cleansed and purified and reaches higher worlds. Feelings more
    • feel united with that which streamed to the earth from the wide
    • into the Luciferic worlds? If their feelings glow with enthusiasm for
    • initiation, so that he not merely feels the Christ mystically within
    • are content to accept the Gospels as simple Christians; we feel that
    • account of their personal egoism, and because they still feel
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • certainty yielded by the senses had to live as a feeling in those
    • men, a feeling which gave the stamp of truth to the event. To that
    • speaking). That word is the word ‘feeling.’ We speak of
    • speaking of feeling in a superficial way we mean the sense of touch,
    • but call it feeling and add that which is experienced by this sense
    • realised, an inner soul experience by the wood ‘feeling.’
    • Experiences of joy or pain are defined as feelings. This particular
    • feeling of which we are here speaking is an intimate soul experience;
    • the other feelings, produced by the sense of touch, are always caused
    • by some external object. The other feeling may be associated with an
    • experiences, the experience of ‘feeling’ within one and
    • which we also describe by the word ‘feeling’ are widely
    • experience of feeling and the outer were more like each other. Why
    • you dislike him and he has the same sort of feeling towards you), you
    • senses and the physical brain, not be deeply aware of his feelings,
    • be aware of it, because your sense of feeling would notice it. In the
    • another individual's feelings he awakened in his soul just such an
    • inner feeling was not so far developed in those days; it was still
    • may perhaps feel inward pain without any real cause on account of his
    • feeling was then to a greater extent bound up with the external
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • post-Atlantean epoch of civilisation man was able to think and feel
    • have seen how completely different man's feeling life was at that
    • be able to feel that powerful emotion arise within them which
    • Christ to regain a way of feeling, of looking at things, which
    • feeling and thinking of ancient Indian times. Even if we only find a
    • character of feeling and thinking, of the quite different attitude to
    • not exist in human feeling in such an awakened form. What was written
    • kind of feeling did their visions arouse? They felt that into this
    • feels something stream into him when he draws a breath, so the old
    • wishes to adopt the right attitude towards the Vedas must feel as did
    • feeling, it is this: that if, in approaching the highest wisdom
    • have put himself in the right relationship as far as his feelings are
    • of the East are those which are connected with our feelings and our
    • attitude to assume towards the Vedas. Feelings of holy awe and
    • thoughts. These feelings are the very highest we can acquire. But we
    • that knowledge alone leads up to these highest feelings. And if we
    • feelings that are to be found on the ethereal heights of thought, we
    • shall experience only ordinary trivial feelings and mistake them for
    • of divinity. Feelings such as were to be found among the old Indians
    • Chaldean men had the following feeling:
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • to Christ, the feeling oneself drawn not as to a father, but as to a
    • feeling for what is connected with the names of Skythianos, Buddha
    • having the right feeling. We meet together for the purpose of
    • cultivating right feeling about the spiritual world and all that is
    • born out of it, as well as right feeling towards man. And as we
    • cultivate this right feeling we gradually make our spiritual forces
    • higher and nobler our feelings become, the more nobly can Christ live
  • Title: Gospel of Luke: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • lecture-courses on the same subject might feel inclined to ask: If
  • Title: Gospel of Luke: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • enabled them to rise into the sphere of truly Christian feeling. The
  • Title: Gospel of Luke: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • Gospel of St. Luke will, to begin with, only be able to feel dimly
    • Buddhist when his own heart feels the suffering confronting him in
    • these things with the right feeling we shall get an inkling of the
    • his astral body only, he can, it is true, inwardly feel and experience
    • astral body, in the form of thoughts, feelings and mental pictures,
    • for what they are, he feels them; there is a power within him that is
    • but would feel himself membered into it. He feels himself separated
    • from it; he would feel his own existence continuing in the outer world.
    • outer world’; contact gave rise to feeling and feeling to the
    • feel the significance of this either dimly or clearly said to
  • Title: Gospel of Luke: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • own feelings and sense of morality. I also told you that when the
    • with it to be permeated with such intensity of feeling and such inner
    • thinking, feeling and willing; hence the pupils of Zarathustra strove
    • pervades man as feeling, and myrrh — the symbol of the power of
    • the world, a power of feeling that had an extraordinary effect upon
    • infinite depths of feeling, and in the Solomon Jesus an Individuality
    • child of deep feeling. When Simeon stood before the newborn child
  • Title: Gospel of Luke: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • truths through his own contemplation and deepened life of feeling.
    • a man understands the world of suffering, he can feel compassion, can
    • because he knows that he is feeling the same suffering and the same
    • can become manifest. If a Being is to awaken certain feelings in
    • Nathan Jesus should himself experience on Earth what it means to feel
    • and man. He had first to feel himself free from all ties of
    • Our feelings go out to this Being as if He were humanly near
  • Title: Gospel of Luke: Lecture Seven
    Matching lines:
    • be difficult for the feelings and perceptive faculties of men at the
    • we call ‘feeling’ expresses itself in the part of the etheric
    • the feelings as forms of light. But the thinking that is experienced
    • Feeling ........................... Light-Ether
    • ‘personal’ expression; the same applies to his feelings. Both feeling
    • character of the world of feeling and the world of will. This
    • feeling to thinking — yes, even to the expression of thoughts, to
    • the words on the physical plane. Whereas each man's feeling and will
    • individual as feelings we should never understand one another. Thus
    • individual feelings and individual impulses of will; but thinking is
  • Title: Gospel of Luke: Lecture Eight
    Matching lines:
    • people who feel that malicious words actually make something contract
    • possibly still feel in our physical heart to-day when loving or
    • If we feel this beauty and splendour, any purely theoretical understanding
  • Title: Gospel of Luke: Lecture Nine
    Matching lines:
    • at that time — should do and feel in order to act rightly in the
    • and how the power overflowing from the Ego, and from feeling emancipated
  • Title: Gospel of Luke: Lecture Ten
    Matching lines:
    • abstract doctrines, but feelings were cultivated through which human
    • let the feeling of assurance flow into the souls of men that one who
    • compensation. It was necessary that these feelings should flow into
    • first to receive them into the life of feeling.
    • the truths of spiritual science can develop in them men come to feel
  • Title: Wisdom of Man: I. The Position of Anthroposophy in Relation to Theosophy and Anthropology.
    Matching lines:
    • acquired feeling in the matter, to see something deeper in what is
    • enumeration of the five senses: feeling (touch), smell, taste,
    • normally he is not aware. He feels it only when it is out of order.
    • We feel lassitude, or hunger and thirst, or a sense of strength in
    • of this feeling only when something is out of order, otherwise it
    • sense that enables him to feel himself an inner entity.
    • something within himself, as it were; by their means he feels
    • sense of touch: “feeling around for something.” In this
  • Title: Wisdom of Man: II. Supersensible Processes in the Activities of the Human Senses.
    Matching lines:
    • the feeling of life, the vital sense. What is this sense based upon,
    • in the astral body, and it expresses itself as a feeling of freedom,
    • sense of balance, we feel dizzy, we faint.
    • you feel within you streams forth to meet the inflowing matter. The
    • stream is of the nature of will, it pertains to feeling
    • is also mere maya, an external image that is experienced as feeling.
    • In the process of tasting, the interplay is between feeling and
    • feeling. That is the real process of tasting; the rest is merely an
    • well as “feeling.” With this in mind let the student now
    • also footnote on p. 16.], notably of feeling,
    • however, does not center in feeling as such, but in the clash of
    • feelings and their interaction.
    • feel each one individually, but if we wish this feeling to become
    • conscious, that each hand should feel the other, they must touch each
    • that way you feel your own hand; you render conscious what you
    • ordinarily do not feel. Just as you must touch an external object to
    • of that people must feel the nature of the ego to be such as
    • different feeling results when, in place of the two a's, the sounds
    • amor we have one shade of feeling, and quite a different one
    • different feelings and quite definite trends of these feelings are
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Wisdom of Man: III. Higher Senses, Inner Force Currents and Creative Laws in the Human Organism.
    Matching lines:
    • inward, and this produces a more complicated sensation: feeling. The
    • entire life of feeling is an activity of the inspirational organ
    • processes is: We sense something, we have a feeling connected with
    • sentience, feeling and thought. Were we to continue along this path,
    • (thinking, feeling and willing) now makes its appearance in the outer
    • the instrumentality of sentience, feeling and conscious thought.
    • of theosophy. Ours is between the two. A feeling of confidence and
  • Title: Wisdom of Man: IV. Supersensible Currents in the Human and Animal Organizations.
    Matching lines:
    • of embarrassment. This judgment expressed through feeling means that
    • evolution of man. This feeling is nearer the truth than is the later
  • Title: Wisdom of the Soul: I. The Elements of the Soul Life.
    Matching lines:
    • life, but to take an interest in him, to feel love or antipathy for
    • watching a man carrying out some action that induces the feeling in
  • Title: Wisdom of the Soul: II. Action and Interaction of the Human Soul Forces.
    Matching lines:
    • acquire a feeling for them by keeping the contrast clearly in view.
    • until we feel it in our soul.
    • are constantly in action. A finely attuned feeling harking to the
    • character of the human soul life, and we cannot but feel a certain
    • In order to arouse the feeling within you that even the
    • approaches Goethe with such profound veneration as I feel for him may
    • It is, therefore, important to acquire a feeling for the
    • speak, and engenders an uncomfortable feeling in us. One's own soul
    • new ones impart to the old ones a feeling of well-being or the
    • reverse. Though this feeling of uneasiness is not necessarily
    • term “deadly boredom” rests on a true feeling. It acts as
    • over them who has kept alive a dim feeling for the truth. This is
    • have the right feeling when we speak, that is, when we yield
    • speech you will feel that they reveal themselves as something quite
    • it is for us to rise to a certain feeling for the matter, a feeling
  • Title: Wisdom of the Soul: III. At the Portals of the Senses.
    Matching lines:
    • At the Portals of the Senses. Feelings. Aesthetic Judgment.
    • Feelings. Aesthetic Judgment.
    • Of feeling, view and utt'rance; the glad certitude
    • The feelings and opinions.
    • I feel I too have here my home.
    • Enthused, intoxicate, I feel
    • The depths of that unutterable feeling,
    • inner depths, that is, feeling. It might seem as though the soul life
    • moment, the life of feeling.
    • feeling by starting from the two elements mentioned. Again we must
    • can also be synonymous with Gefühl (“feeling”),
    • or feeling arises. Sense sensation, or outer sensation, comes
    • sensation (feeling) arises when desire is not pushed back by a direct
    • way inner sensation, feeling, arises. Feelings are, in a way,
    • sensation, feeling, consists of halted desires that have not surged
    • to the soul's boundary but live within the soul life, and in feeling,
    • too, the soul substance consists essentially of desire. So feelings
    • satisfaction. By studying his life of feeling we find the origins of
    • many feelings in a great variety of satisfactions and decisions.
    • Observe, for example, those phenomena within the life of feeling that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Wisdom of the Soul: IV. Consciousness and the Soul Life.
    Matching lines:
    • have many kinds of feelings, for example, longing, impatience, hope,
    • doubt, and finally such feelings as apprehension, fear, etc. What do
    • our feelings we take an interest not only in the present but in the
    • similar feelings you have had recently. Try it, and you will see how
    • having time to intervene, feelings arise, but not at first reasoning.
    • ego, he cannot feel his own etheric body, but from then on the ego
    • religiously to become absorbed in it with the feeling of that earlier
    • possible in relation to which the ego, as in all reasoning, feels
    • body to make them appeal directly to feeling; that is, a man like
    • measure of what speaks to the feelings. On the other hand, one whose
    • steps in the doctrine of desire, feeling, and reasoning. What he says
  • Title: Wisdom of the Spirit: I. Franz Brentano and Aristotles Doctrine of the Spirit.
    Matching lines:
    • feeling, and willing — Brentano offers another, the three
    • as a feeling I may have in connection with a rose. Those are
    • The spirit must feel this longing, otherwise it would have completely
    • to perfect itself, it must feel the longing for it. Therefore, it is
  • Title: Wisdom of the Spirit: II. Truth and Error in the Light of the Spiritual World.
    Matching lines:
    • because the great majority of those who join us feel in their souls a
    • Anthroposophists should feel ever more strongly that their world view
    • science are intended only to arouse a feeling for the fact that there
    • experience feelings, conceptions, impulses of will; we experience all
    • the man of faith, not the scientist, can really feel himself
    • referred to. They have unconsciously passed over into the feeling of
    • Buddhist, whose whole way of thinking and feeling facilitates his
    • his attitude was a feeling that contact with the physical world
    • occidental, to feel Buddhistically, as indeed no one rooted in the
    • Occident can genuinely feel. He can acknowledge Buddhism
    • feeling always leads in the end to a certain recognition of a
    • assumption of a divine principle on the other, led to a feeling such
  • Title: Wisdom of the Spirit: III. Imagination--Imagination; Inspiration--Self-fulfillment; Intuition--Conscience.
    Matching lines:
    • which, as your inner feeling tells you, is not of the nature of the
    • could first point out that when living in them we by no means feel as
    • that he feels he must strive to realize his own higher nature, a
    • stirrings we feel are the opposite of Luciferic. They are of the
    • the more directly you will feel the inner influence of the
    • visualizations something akin to what it feels in its life of
    • perceptions. In the latter the soul feels — well, its direct
    • feels an indirect contact with a world that at first also appears to
    • world forces us to visualize in a certain way — so we feel the
    • when this was shattered, she still had the feeling of being
    • tension of this or that feeling. He must form wholly new conceptions
    • imagination so that we feel imagination as coming to us from beings,
  • Title: Wisdom of the Spirit: IV. Laws of Nature, Evolution of Consciousness and Repeated Earth Lives.
    Matching lines:
    • Does our contentment, our feeling at home, really depend
    • call a feeling of moral responsibility, particularly toward the great
    • instance, in the matter of a feeling for truth and falsehood. In this
    • and when he passes into the imaginative world this feeling, his
    • really purely a matter of the feelings for yourself. It is a common
    • Precisely by acquiring the knowledge of and feeling for what he
    • not outer — reasons, he knows what feeling must predominate in
    • predominating feeling must be a longing to return, in order to
    • Just think how all that, concentrated, makes you feel in the evening
    • as the hand feels itself to be a member of the organism, and he would
    • feel more than ever how sketchy and incomplete everything must be
    • closer if we keep intensifying the feeling that we receive something
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 1: The Sphere of the Bodhisattvas
    Matching lines:
    • Today, on the occasion of our General Meeting, I feel it incumbent
    • feelings, all the conceptions and ideas of men, alter and are renewed
    • feel differently? Even the capacities of man, the intimacies of his
    • plane; but the sentient soul had the subconscious feeling: “This
    • sufficiently to recognise, to feel, and to will, all that Christ is.
    • Feeling, and Willing, and man will then really be the external
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 2: The Law of Karma with Respect to the Details of Life
    Matching lines:
    • establishing a connection between the past deeds, feelings and
    • goes into trade in that way, will at first feel pleasure in the
    • sympathies and antipathies he feels in his work, may, as he reaches
    • who had never heard of Anthroposophy would feel at a loss to account
    • first the interest he felt drove out the feelings and sentiments that
    • activity. Those feelings were pushed into the background. The time,
    • with greater zest. When he is eighteen or nineteen the feelings and
    • that our feelings will help us to judge truly before our reason is
    • be only in his feeling that his soul can sense the injustice. He may
    • child we ought to take particular note of it, for the feeling aroused
    • importance of looking up in feeling to some being or some phenomenon
    • came, and I was taken to see him. A feeling of profound and holy awe
    • feeling of reverent devotion; we owe much gratitude to anyone who
    • aroused a feeling of reverence in us in our early life. That feeling
    • exclaim, when such a feeling of reverent devotion to the Spiritual and
    • and reflect: there it is surely possible to have a feeling of real,
    • A feeling of devotion in early youth is transformed into a very
    • really a true feeling for karma which led Goethe to choose as the
    • really to observe the world is so dreadful; they arouse a feeling that
    • for instance, as we feel when we cut our finger. Why does that hurt?
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 3: The Entrance of the Christ-Being into the Evolution of Humanity
    Matching lines:
    • he would have continued for a longer time to feel himself, through his
    • distinguish between good and evil, but also to feel a warm glow for
    • which is capable of judgment. All the feeling, the idealism and
    • long time he continued to feel that his finer, more spiritual
    • For a long time he still continued to feel that his impulse was not a
    • Commandments refer to the control of his feelings and sensations. The
    • on Golgotha, — if I take into myself such feelings as were felt
    • to be aglow for what is great and good, to feel enthusiasm for the
    • other hand it has to purchase this at the price of feeling
    • feeling both emotion and sympathy or antipathy for them, he casts away
    • after the feeling of justice in their sentient-soul; for they shall be
    • for another, not merely as a feeling of justice such as is produced by
    • Christ-Impulse grows to feel what others feel, not only what he feels
    • feels bliss in his intellectual or mind soul. Blessed is he who
    • develops fellow-feeling; for only by feeling himself within the soul
    • of others, does he stimulate them to feel themselves in him. He will
    • receive the sympathy of others when he himself radiates fellow-feeling
    • for them. ‘Blessed are those who feel with others, for others
    • shall feel with them.’
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 4: The Sermon on the Mount
    Matching lines:
    • feel the law, the conformity to law, outside itself, but feels that it
    • We can now perhaps feel and realise the intrinsic nature of the
    • feel how the Divine was carried down into the depths of physical
    • them bliss and made them feel ‘filled with the Divine,’ came
    • sentient soul, that is: it spiritualised it. This enables man to feel
    • sentient soul otherwise feels only in the physical body; it must now,
    • through Christianity, learn to feel for spiritual things: to hunger
    • Anthroposophists. They ought, indeed, to feel a certain pity for those
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 5: Correspondences Between the Microcosm and the Macrocosm
    Matching lines:
    • part in the ordinary soul-life, as thinking, feeling and willing, and
    • acquire a feeling for the value of a particular truth, to sense
    • greater importance. If we wish to feel the force of this, we must make
    • learn to feel that in a certain respect the head and limbs of man bear
    • who really has the right feeling will have the same impression when
    • one does not feel firmly fastened into it, identifying oneself
    • of itself, must feel the resistance to Spirituality so that it may
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 6: The Birth of Conscience
    Matching lines:
    • must also acquire a feeling of how matters concerning the world can be
    • world, that as regards their thoughts and feelings they are already in
    • feelings, to form a concept of the human conscience. The answer to
    • develop the intellectual or mind-soul, or soul of higher-feeling. And
    • intellectual soul or soul of higher feeling. Man had to develop in a
    • had developed a strong feeling for the ego.
    • without any distinct feeling of the ego-nature, absorbed the sublime
    • could both look upon and feel themselves as men, as human individuals.
    • because of the strong ego-feeling prevailing there. This strong,
    • individual feeling of self, was not adapted to produce one single
    • vehicle for the highest. A premature ego-feeling, a too great feeling
    • occupy, there must be no premature appearance of the feeling of ‘
    • possible for a body to be formed not having the premature ego-feeling
    • feeling of the ‘ I ’ too early and had as it were grown up
    • did not so much feel himself to be a separate individual as an
    • Roman culture on the other side, where the strong ego-feeling was
    • was still taken impersonally. The Greek did not feel himself to be a
    • it in the Intellectual-Soul or soul of higher feeling; the culture of
    • through the Sentient-Soul being permeated with the ego-feeling while
    • Sentient-Soul and ego-feeling; for the ego-feeling, which lifts men up
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 7: The Further Development of Conscience
    Matching lines:
    • quality of their hearts and minds leads them to feel enthusiasm for
    • of our present life: something which, regardless of what people feel
    • or would like to feel about it, was bound to come, for it already lay
    • about the demands of their own souls. In themselves they feel:
    • ourselves feel to be right, in accordance with our knowledge!’
    • not the result of their logical thought, but of their feelings and
    • coming age feel a strong impulse to shut out from their hearts
    • also feel an urge to prove everything by means of such external
    • them. We then feel a deep respect and reverence for the Gospels for we
    • point. The point is that we ought to acquire a feeling that although
    • given at first. If we inwardly feel these facts, they are as it were a
    • work, and who feel very happy to be able to say: ‘We are now
  • Title: Lecture: The Tasks and Aims of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • feel fear of an inexact examination; but it could never fear
    • a small degree of clairvoyant vision. Such a feeling would, however be
    • are then apt to feel themselves superior to the thinkers, whilst the
  • Title: The Ego: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • in the feeling of membership of the old Hebrew people. That was a kind
    • lied, continually, because he never said: “My brain feels, my
    • brain thinks, but: I think, I feel, I know this or that.” Thus he
    • instinctively feels, when he says: I think? Solely and alone through
    • understand [verstehen] such a word. We not merely feel ourselves as a
    • spiritual being if we feel ourselves within an “I,” but when
    • already experienced that when one wanted to express the good feeling
    • longer be understood by the soul as soon as it no longer feels itself
    • vibrations in this room, instead of: A good feeling prevails here.
    • think, feel, will, and act. That will be felt as a fall, a falling
    • us a fettering memory of a group-ego, and we feel it as a kind of
    • group-souls. Humanity of an early age did not feel that as a fall,
    • it, and that will be the oppressive feeling in the future of those who
  • Title: The Ego: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • i.e., that the whole world of man's feeling towards the Gospels
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture I: The Event of the Appearance of Christ in the Etheric World
    Matching lines:
    • sensation, feeling (Gemuet), and character, in short, questions of
    • think, feel, and sense their content and significance but when, under
    • impulses in us, forces of feeling (Gemuet) and mind. This they do
    • the principle ideas and feelings for the earth-will. This, in turn,
    • daytime in that period, we find that it did not actually feel itself
    • spiritual world and yet feel himself as a human being, as an I.
    • does not feel oneself to be an I, it is impossible to form judgments,
    • they naturally had entirely different feelings and sensations. You
    • higher world. It has thus learned to feel and to sense entirely
    • beings. The I had to make itself capable of inwardly feeling, of
    • of having I-consciousness and at the same time the feeling of living
    • be remolded in our souls into traits of feeling (Gemuet) and
  • Title: True Nature: Lecture I: The Event of Christ's Appearance in the Etheric World
    Matching lines:
    • such questions — which are really questions of feeling, of the
    • reflect about and feel their import, value and meaning, but
    • did not really feel itself as an ego; an individual man felt himself
    • folk. Man did not feel himself to be an individual “I” as
    • everyone to gaze into the spiritual world and yet to feel himself a
    • spiritual world and does not feel himself to be an ego, he cannot
    • feeling and sentient experience was naturally quite different. You
    • Beings. The ego must have made itself capable of feeling, of
    • time the feeling of living in a world essentially different from the
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture II: Spiritual Science as Preparation for a New Etheric Vision
    Matching lines:
    • really consist in a certain state of feeling and sensation in our
    • feeling within our souls. There are certain things that should be
    • begin to feel and divine if we acquire the necessary degree of
    • in our souls into warmth of feeling, into the light that shines forth
    • their feeling of self, their feeling for the I, their
    • feels is for something that in reality is taking place; it must take
    • When we speak in this way, we feel what anthroposophy
  • Title: Lecture: Sermon on the Mount and the Return of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • from Theosophy in his feelings can become a real force in his
    • into this truth will avert any feelings of dissatisfaction
    • right feeling for the great revelations of existence and we
    • pointless. The feeling described is the only one that can
    • Sentient Soul to the Mind Soul. Man must feel himself as an
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture III: Buddhism and Pauline Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • feeling, and willing in our time.
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture IV: Mysteries of the Universe: Comets and the Moon
    Matching lines:
    • expanse of the heavens, it is a feeling of sublimity that first flows
    • upon us. This feeling of sublimity will be stronger in one person,
    • direct feeling of sublimity and grandeur might disappear if he wishes
    • We are justified in feeling that understanding and comprehension in
    • this sphere cannot injure the direct feeling that arises in us. Just
    • our feelings and experiences if only we have a healthy understanding
    • regarding these sublime cosmic facts, his life of feeling will not
    • into the relative weight of a truth! We must feel the importance of
    • limbs. Head and limbs give a clairvoyant the feeling that they are
    • however, clairvoyant consciousness has the feeling that it is untrue
    • how it surpasses all general feelings of sublimity — to
    • more out of passion, out of feeling, is related to the dry,
    • spiritual science may at times feel it difficult that in this
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture V: The Reappearance of Christ in the Etheric
    Matching lines:
    • feeling of human beings to pass themselves off as the Christ. There
  • Title: True Nature: Lecture II: The Second Coming of Christ in the Etheric World
    Matching lines:
    • suspend his sermons for a time because he does not feel inwardly
    • materialistic beliefs, the materialistic thinking and feeling of men
  • Title: Lecture: The Sermon on the Mount
    Matching lines:
    • was able to feel a connection with the spiritual world. It is of this
    • Thus, we are approaching an age in which man will not only feel
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture VI: The Sermon on the Mount
    Matching lines:
    • in which he was able to feel a connection with the spiritual world.
    • The next member is the rational or feeling soul (Verstandes —
    • awakens only in the rational or feeling soul. If we slumber with our
    • developed himself in his rational or feeling soul, however, he can
    • in earlier realms. It is only the rational or feeling soul that can
    • We are thus approaching an age in which man will feel
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture VII: The Return of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • that arises from the spiritual world.” This feeling, however,
    • debasing human feeling in such a way, to raise it up to the spiritual
    • allow to flow into our feeling and will.
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture VIII: The Etheric Vision of the Future
    Matching lines:
    • is something we must feel; we must learn to feel it.
    • Clothing arose from an exalted feeling for this fact. The ancient
    • meaning; every ant feels itself to be a member of a whole. Human
  • Title: Ascension/Pentecost II: WHITSUN: the Festival of the free Individuality
    Matching lines:
    • feelings to the past. Through what they signify they awaken in us
    • of mankind, which, for us, means the future of our own souls. Feelings
    • hearts they feel the mighty impulse which through Him has entered into
    • understand the Christ, feel as if they were not speaking to people
    • near to them in space or in time: they feel their hearts borne far,
    • feel as if something lives in their hearts which is translatable into
    • which rises before them, these first disciples feel themselves as
    • content of soul and feeling of these earliest disciples of Christ.
    • experienced of what can be called world-wide humanity, of that feeling
    • other hand, that feeling was all the stronger which makes each man a
    • it. But they were also always familiar with another feeling, which was
    • feeling is, the more the human being feels himself as a member of his
    • there awoke the feeling of oneself as a single human being, a single
    • man and to fill him with the power to say: “I feel I belong no
    • but the Spirit of universal humanity! And he did not feel that he
    • Christianity. The more a man perfects himself, the more can he feel
    • that his thinking, feeling and willing are permeated by this Holy
    • self-enclosed, free individuality. They had some dim feeling of this
    • inner freedom, of inner release. When we feel inwardly that we can
    • power of a soul which feels the Christ Impulse within itself.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 1: The World Behind the Tapestry of Sense-perceptions. Ecstasy and Mystical Experience.
    Matching lines:
    • will feel to be connected with everyday life.
    • and at most we can feel that colour and light, warmth, cold, and so
    • have the feeling that behind this tapestry there is something into
    • usually sum this up by saying: ‘I feel this pleasure or that
    • also have the feeling that behind this inner life of soul something is
    • the feeling that external perceptions through the senses are
    • the experiences a man has when he feels and can say: ‘I
    • more and more deeply into himself transforms certain feelings into
    • mystical deepening will have a quite different feeling. Such a man
    • feels: You would never have had to suffer this blow if at some time
    • experiences, acquire a certain feeling about their soul-life as a
    • decide whether what the mystic feels as compared with the ordinary
    • feelings which lead to the faculty of orientation. He is enclosed
    • when we feel, subject only to our bodies, justifies us from the outset
    • ‘little world’ of our ordinary waking life, when we feel
    • ourselves from them. We feel our whole being as it were expanded into
    • that the Ego feels itself becoming weaker and weaker as it expands.
    • a man begins again to feel pleasure, pain, and whatever urges and
    • be conscious of the play of our feelings, or, in brief, of our
    • experience not only our inner feelings but also the outer world of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 2: Sleeping and Waking Life in Relation to the Planets
    Matching lines:
    • to sleep will feel that he can now no longer exercise the same control
    • all he will feel incapable of directing the movement of his limbs by
    • the will; control of speech is then lost. Then he feels that the
    • given up to the external world? What is it that feels pleasure and
    • evening we feel the need of sleep, we feel that our lively
    • is refreshed again. We feel that the same manifestations of the
    • senses; together with every perception he feels something.
    • causes men to see yellow, for example; but what we experience and feel
    • external sense-world in so far as it arouses certain feelings of
    • us remain cold and impassive but fills us with certain feelings. So
    • ponders over them and lets the feelings of pleasure, pain, and so
    • these flowers in front of me and my feelings are moved by the pure
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 3: The Inner Path Followed by the Mystic. Experience of the Cycle of the Year.
    Matching lines:
    • feeling of tremendous intensity, known to him in ordinary life in a
    • will help you to have an idea of this feeling.
    • faint indication of the feeling which would be intensified to
    • inner being. This feeling would take possession of the soul with such
    • by this feeling of shame.
    • human skeleton, will be able to feel how infinitely wise and perfect
    • that would evoke the intense feeling of shame; preparation for this is
    • travel, is bound to arouse a feeling of humility and a yearning for
    • wise guidance of the universe has made of me, the shame I feel is like
    • a consuming fire.” This feeling gives rise outwardly to the flush
    • of shame. This feeling would intensify to such an extent as to become
    • to himself: “Yes, I feel utterly paltry in comparison with what I
    • When a man cultivates such feelings in his soul, the realisation comes
    • then filled with this feeling of humility and realises how infinitely
    • experiences such feelings over and over again can imbue his soul with
    • Then, secondly, the would-be mystic must develop another feeling which
    • as he strives towards perfection. He must develop a feeling of
    • his own inner self without preparation and being consumed by a feeling
    • qualities of humility and resignation and other feelings too, the
    • has these feelings in normal life-in a weak form, like the sense of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 4: Faculties of the Human Soul and Their Development
    Matching lines:
    • participating in what is going on around us. In the evening we feel
    • the capacities of that great Being with whom, however, it may feel
    • Thus on waking the human soul feels insignificant after passing the
    • this way or that; secondly, Feeling. This is the force which
    • effective hold of life. If we develop the force of feeling, we shall
    • feel pain at the sight of wrong-doing. If we develop our power of
    • realise that whatever qualities of willing, feeling and thinking we
    • Thinking, of Feeling and of Will pervading the spiritual world out of
    • Cosmic Thinking, Cosmic Feeling and Cosmic Will, there must stream
    • Feeling and Cosmic Thinking, we realise that it is not we ourselves
    • not feel the in-streaming of the macrocosmic Will but when we have
    • passed the Guardian of the Threshold we feel it working on within us,
    • we feel that we have become one with the Cosmic Will, that we are
    • What we know in everyday life as the power of feeling has also
    • been drawn from an infinite reservoir of Cosmic Feeling; this too
    • this Cosmic Feeling were permeating us with something comparable only
    • streams into us as this working of Cosmic Feeling is inner light,
    • nothing else than a product of Cosmic Feeling absorbed by him during
    • streams to him out of the Macrocosm. And it is only when he feels the
    • forces of Cosmic Feeling streaming into him that the astral body is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 5: The Egyptian Mysteries of Osiris and Isis
    Matching lines:
    • to feel firmer ground under our feet. In Spiritual Science, unless we
    • feeling. Under these abnormal conditions a man feels a better being at
    • the moment of waking than during the course of the day; he feels that
    • Again the reason for this is that on waking a feeling has remained
    • feelings that may arise under abnormal conditions even in ordinary
    • into a being who feels love and sympathy, not for his fellow-men only
    • guidance even in his thoughts and feelings, in order to be able to
    • periods preceding his present life. Gradually he came to feel as if he
    • certain time the candidate for this Initiation had the feeling that he
    • physical body can be born towards which he feels drawn. Strange as it
    • the feeling of infinite gratitude on the one side and, on the other,
    • the feeling of greatly enhanced obligation and responsibility
    • must be capable of transformation to the degree of being able to feel
    • bearings again. He now has a strange feeling of being two
    • the feeling of living in the physical body. A man cannot experience
    • himself in the physical body except by feeling that he has entered it
    • penultimate incarnation. This gives rise to the feeling of being a
    • it, Eckhart protected himself by inducing a feeling of the greatest
    • being; a being other than yourself is thinking, feeling and willing
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 6: Experiences of Initiation in the Northern Mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • that the strength of the, Ego-feeling, the Ego-consciousness, should
    • being can have something of the same feeling, but not with the
    • and Winter, and to concentrate their whole life of feeling on the
    • sleep. This happens in the following way. — The man feels a kind
    • experience is connected with a certain feeling of being tortured by
    • a very faint reflection of the feeling a man has when he passes the
    • become aware of when we touch the surfaces of objects or feel a
    • perceive something there that we feel we cannot approach. The feeling
    • if they come into contact with it. In daily life, too, man feels that
    • Elementary World, he feels as if from certain places something were
    • feels as if he were within the being who is transmitting the warmth to
    • him. He is united with this elementary being and accordingly feels its
    • transmits it to a being in the Elementary World who feels drawn
    • Once again let it be said at this point that no one need feel alarmed
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 7: The Four Spheres of the Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • does not feel as if he were confronting objects as in physical
    • Elementary World; he feels united with it. When we look at a physical
    • feel at one with it, within it. This feeling of oneness may also arise
    • to him it all glows in the elemental fire. You need not therefore feel
    • opinions and feelings connected with our personality and most people
    • will find that it is exceedingly difficult to think, to feel or to
    • active, when it can think and feel; it is only when thinking, feeling
    • lacks. This is a feeling which must come to the human soul when the
    • It belongs to the whole mode of feeling of human beings today that
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 8: Mirror-images of the Macrocosm in Man. Rosicrucian Symbols.
    Matching lines:
    • brought me a step forward? — There are grounds for a man to feel
    • If after practising this for a long time we feel a kind of seething
    • world immediately above our own; and we feel that we have membered
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 9: Organs of Spiritual Perception. Contemplation of the Ego from Twelve Vantage-points. The Thinking of the Heart.
    Matching lines:
    • yesterday. In ordinary life we have the feeling that we think with the
    • feeling about the thinking that becomes possible when we have made a
    • little progress. The feeling then is as if what had hitherto been
    • That is a good expression for it, for people feel what has, in very
    • in logical thinking is essential, for otherwise our feelings would
    • normal consciousness an immediate, innate feeling tells them: this is
    • immediate feeling determines what they consider to be true or false.
    • be prone to abandon their original feeling and to reflect about the
    • feeling and left unproven by the intellect. Modern science is
    • he is guided by primitive, undeveloped feeling, feeling that is inborn
    • purely intellectual development deadens feeling and emotion? Hence
    • those who out of certain primitive feelings — which are entirely
    • because we must then have an immediate feeling as to whether something
    • really feel anything akin — I say expressly akin — to
    • immediate feeling of one thing being true and another false, in such a
    • comfortable than to feel pain in face of error and joy in face of
    • truth. There is plenty of opportunity today to feel pain at the
    • way many a man will feel when certain statements are made that the one
    • time, was over-worked and fatigued. He was able to feel the refreshing
    • feeling of the truth of this picture, it may happen that when, at
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 10: Transformation of Soul-forces and Stages in the Evolution of Physical Organs. Reading in the Akasha Chronicle.
    Matching lines:
    • again be functioning to the fullest extent, when out of direct feeling
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 11: Man and Planetary Evolution
    Matching lines:
    • from the higher worlds, spontaneous response in the life of feeling is
    • only feel through their natural sense of truth what later on they will
    • dependent upon the plant-world. Physically, man cannot but feel this
    • relationship to the plant-world by giving big natural feeling free
    • life, in order to nourish within himself the feelings and experiences
    • Ego, of his feelings and impulses of will, man could not unfold this
    • warmth permeating all space and then you will feel how warmth becomes
    • we feel, as for example when we put a finger near a solid object that
    • feelings and the configuration of thoughts are carried into the sounds
    • to such exercises and the teacher must feel the greatest possible
    • higher worlds, not merely the thinking man but also the man of feeling
    • impulses of feeling, we draw the impulses for our actions from
    • knowledge. Those who feel this to be a natural matter of course will
    • too, as well as our feeling, becomes devout when we reach the last
    • knowledge of the spirit and remains indifferent in his feeling and
    • feels himself drawn to other hearts. Spiritual knowledge is a bond of
    • aspiration for a spiritual ideal today feel the urge to come together.
    • in a certain sense recognise each other and feel akin. Where else in
    • we feel inwardly akin? The world is so dismembered today! There are
    • dispassionate, intellectual knowledge we feel warmed in soul to such a
  • Title: Manifestations of Karma: Lecture 1: The Nature and Significance of Karma in the Personal and Individual, and in Humanity, the Earth and the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • this or that feeling or action, we might say all this is so very
    • after the above considerations we feel hopeless, and that is just what
    • might have experienced something in his soul which gave him a feeling
    • essentially change the judgments we have formed by our feelings and
    • the cause of what happens later on, we shall probably be glad and feel
    • must first discover. What matter the rules by which I myself feel
    • bound? The child himself must feel the necessity to do this or that.
    • spheres, and we feel how the different branches of karma —
  • Title: Manifestations of Karma: Lecture 2: Karma and the Animal Kingdom
    Matching lines:
    • feeling towards the animal kingdom which many people in Europe cannot
    • therefore able to feel pain. But from what has now been said we see
    • already has the capacity to feel pain but does not yet possess the
    • organisation when we were capable of feeling pain, but could not yet,
    • such facts, not as theories, but rather with a cosmic world feeling.
    • When we look upon the animals we should feel: ‘You animals are
    • If we develop this cosmic feeling out of the theory, we then
    • experience a great and all-embracing feeling of sympathy for the
    • animal kingdom. Hence when this universal feeling sprang from the
    • cease to feel the connection between man and animal; and in those
    • human world of perception and feeling. The latter are the consequences
    • and feelings of humanity also change. Man could not do otherwise than
  • Title: Manifestations of Karma: Lecture 3: Karma in Relation to Disease and Health
    Matching lines:
    • into a kind of passion when they feel called upon, and rightly too, to
    • false thinking, feeling and action. This is contained in the etheric
    • joy or pain, an impression which was accompanied by a feeling.
    • that are made upon us are accompanied by feelings and these feelings
    • on the child. We may say that if emotions, particularly feelings and
    • forgotten, these emotions and overflowings of feeling are particularly
    • most profound experiences in feeling. For example, let us suppose that
    • especially if they were accompanied by feeling, that they are able to
    • before him after death the fruits of his egotistic thoughts, feelings
    • and action, he is filled with strong feelings against his former
    • emotions and feelings which work up out of his sub-consciousness which
    • arouse the most forcible feelings against himself in the life after
    • experiences of childhood in the realm of feeling we have mentioned
  • Title: Manifestations of Karma: Lecture 4: The Curability and Incurability of Diseases in Relation to Karma
    Matching lines:
    • Ego-feeling which was much too weak, and which allowed of too much
    • fits the present state of humanity. Thus it was this lack of feeling
    • feeling of personality; in your next incarnation you must seek for
    • opportunities to strengthen this feeling, to train it, as it were,
    • Ego-consciousness, so that he has to exert these feelings to the
    • then so work that in the next incarnation his feeling of self will be
    • feeling of self. He sees that he must be more temperate as regards
    • this feeling and that he must subdue it. So he will seek an
  • Title: Manifestations of Karma: Lecture 5: Natural and Accidental Illness in Relationship to Karma
    Matching lines:
    • the feelings which we have experienced during the period between death
    • we do not live through these feelings, the forces are free and they
    • why anyone wishing to work for Spiritual Science feels in this
    • feeling and desire so to order his life as to become a veritable
    • itself. Thus he was led to this intense feeling of being a ‘child
    • generally begins an improvement accompanied by a certain feeling of
    • enters us from outside. Ahriman's activity is strongest when we feel
  • Title: Manifestations of Karma: Lecture 6: The Relationships Between Karma and Accidents
    Matching lines:
    • themselves, but Christ within them should think, feel, and will, so
    • So we see how earlier thoughts, sensations, and feelings affect the
  • Title: Manifestations of Karma: Lecture 7: Forces of Nature, Volcanic Eruptions, Earthquakes and Epidemics in Relation to Karma
    Matching lines:
    • should feel that it was not so bad after all to succumb to these
    • But how can pain become our schoolmaster, if we only feel the pain and
    • the ahrimanic influence. Thus no one must believe that if we feel
    • and Ahriman is possessed by fear as soon as he feels that from out of
    • already feel that as Earth men we have not the right to wish for
  • Title: Manifestations of Karma: Lecture 8: Karma of the Higher Beings
    Matching lines:
    • expressions of feelings, impulses and passions, which in a certain way
    • will have but little relationship to the world of his feeling —
    • attained within to a transformation of the impulses, feelings and
    • feelings and so forth that have developed in him a want of love
    • that on the other we should feel it our duty to contribute to the
  • Title: Manifestations of Karma: Lecture 9: Karmic Effects Of Our Experiences As Men and Women. Death and Birth In Relationship to Karma
    Matching lines:
    • act so strongly in the other direction, that they will feel themselves
    • a species feels the death of an animal like the death of a limb which
  • Title: Manifestations of Karma: Lecture 11: Individual and Human Karma. Karma of the Higher Beings.
    Matching lines:
    • today from our Anthroposophical thought, feeling and will, are
    • which lowered us. What we then feel is imprinted into our further life
    • departments of the soul, in Thought, Feeling and Will. If we
    • everywhere where human feeling and human thinking exist, you can see
    • and being overcome by the feeling that above all they should in their
    • are and they will feel it as a sacrifice. This sacrifice will rise to
    • thought, feeling and will, into our whole life, so that one should be
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • human thought, feeling and perception.
    • feelings belonging to this or the other home-land playing any part.
    • himself. In one place he would feel, ‘Here am I,’ and
    • the following stage of evolution of man. We shall then feel that we
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 1. Angels, Folk Spirits, Time Spirits: their part in the Evolution of Mankind.
    Matching lines:
    • which are really somewhat remote from the thinking, feeling and
    • of human evolution without allowing the particular shades of feeling
    • man's impression of himself! At one moment he would feel: “Here
    • in the evolution of man. We shall then feel that we can direct
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • is not clairvoyant can merely feel in a country, but which a man who
    • us as national feeling, national temperament, and its language, as
    • normal Archangels also, who govern the national feeling and
    • They have indeed to differ, because one writer feels more what comes
    • several personalities of the people. Each one feels something
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 2. Normal and abnormal Archangels and Time Spirits.
    Matching lines:
    • certain respects man should feel deep affection for his native
    • destined to appear; we feel certain that their activities were
    • understand a people when we feel intuitively the activity of these
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • through in his feelings, that too, does not concern the Archangels.
    • we were only able to have feelings, to feel joy and sorrow and to
    • only be aglow and feel in the sentient-soul, we must also give
    • thought to the matter. The man who only feels and does not think, may
    • by the intellectual-soul or mind-soul feelings. Then, however, you
    • takes hold of a thing with his hand, he feels it to be either warm or
    • as centers within him, the Archangel has the feeling that what comes
    • old age. Man experiences his youth in feeling the members of his body
    • to be fresh, he feels that they are improving and developing. In old
    • something which a man feels as happening from within him. Now the
    • Archangel feels, it is true, that everything is happening within him,
    • something foreign to him, as something about which he has the feeling
    • does the Archangel feel his death, the necessity of withdrawing from
    • a human being it is, however, something very real. A man feels keenly
    • that in the feelings of the people should arise that which
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 3. The inner Life of the Folk Spirits. Formation of the Races.
    Matching lines:
    • to reflect. The person who only feels and does not think may well be
    • feels an object to be warm or cold when he takes hold of it. The
    • and psychically empty. He feels them as warm or cold respectively,
    • centres within him, he feels that this, experience does, in effect,
    • youth and age upon man. In youth man feels his limbs to be young and
    • and atrophy That is something which man feels to be an expression of
    • his organic life. Now the Archangel, it is true, feels everything to
    • feels to be independent of him and for which he is not directly
    • senses his impending death, feels the need to withdraw from the
    • For man, however, it is something very real, something that he feels
    • feel more drawn to the astral body. Hence they have the fullest
    • locality ordained for him, so that the feelings of the people should
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • peninsulas, then we shall realize what feelings must fill us, if we
    • reasoning, feeling and willing. The folk or nation lies between the
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 4. The Evolution of Races and Civilization.
    Matching lines:
    • specific human attributes of thinking, feeling and willing. The
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • necessary for one to rise above all the feelings that may easily come
    • about the character of this or that people, and however our feelings
    • being, his soul, you have there, willing, feeling, thinking; and
    • feeling and thinking.
    • to it you connect feeling. You have already been told that the
    • feeling. Finally if we glance at the Moon condition we see that the
    • physical body, etheric body and astral body, willing, feeling and
    • feeling; and finally the mission of the Moon had to be fulfilled,
    • viz., Feeling.
    • so that the etheric body and the element of Feeling, the element of
    • Feeling, and the Moon-mission chiefly with the imprinting of the
    • order that he may bring about this balance between thought, feeling,
    • fabric of thought, feeling, and will. Everyone who possesses a little
    • self-knowledge can feel that the inner balance of present-day man is
    • thought, feeling and will within himself, by means of which he can
    • equilibrium between thought, feeling and will signifies.
    • This co-operation of the elements of thought, feeling
    • then in the first place characterized will, feeling and thought, and
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 5. Manifestation of the Hierarchies in the Elements of Nature.
    Matching lines:
    • life consists of thinking, feeling and willing; his outer vehicles
    • outer envelope — thinking, feeling and willing.
    • inner life of feeling. Finally, we find that the Old Moon condition
    • body, etheric body and astral body; thinking, feeling and willing —
    • Feeling, the inner element of Wisdom. The mission of Old Moon is
    • endow us with the etheric body and the element of Feeling, the inner
    • with the endowment of the element of Feeling, and the Moon mission
    • between thinking, feeling and willing, first of all in his own inner
    • patchwork of thought, feeling and will. Everyone who possesses a
    • little self-knowledge can feel that the man of today has not yet
    • thought, feeling and will within himself by means of which he himself
    • correspondence between the elements of thinking, feeling and willing
    • feeling and willing and the working of Love outside our Earth planet
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • also acquire a feeling of the infinite wisdom contained in the whole
    • You will also to a certain extent have the feeling that knowledge
    • bone system, and brought him into decline. One feels something of
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 6. The Five Root Races of Mankind.
    Matching lines:
    • extent you will also feel that the field of knowledge must be
    • decline. One feels something of this truly occult activity if one
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • when the subordinate soul-powers are being developed, feels itself to
    • Scandinavian countries. What one feels so directly in Thor as being
    • must feel the ruling of Odin within ourselves in the transforming of
    • into the soul of Thor and so on. I wanted to call forth a feeling of
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 8. The Five Post-Atlantean Civilizations.
    Matching lines:
    • retained this feeling, this understanding of how the forces of the
    • human soul, feels itself to be intimately related to an abnormal
    • immediate feeling that Thor is related to the individual human ego is
    • as we feel within ourselves the power of Odin in the transformation
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • first post-Atlantean age of civilization there came the feeling, that
    • feels and wills; whereas as regards his own concerns he was guided by
    • you can feel that which is so thrillingly grand in this myth, the
    • was not possible in Northern lands to feel, as did the men in Asia
    • become visible, — brought about the feeling that the time spent
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 9. Loki - Hodur and Baldur - Twilight of the Gods.
    Matching lines:
    • that the whole of this post-Atlantean age was pervaded by the feeling
    • for what he thinks, feels and wills, whereas in relation to his own
    • even in the broad outline I have presented to you, you can feel the
    • received as a gift from Odin, whilst feeling that he himself has
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • not feel the ‘ I ’ as something foreign to him,
    • of the Higher Feelings, and worked in that. He himself was only able
    • to work upon this Intellectual Soul or Soul of the Higher Feelings
    • Intellectual Soul or Soul of the Higher Feelings and from the
    • Higher Feelings, and the Spiritual Soul on the physical plane. That
    • of the Higher Feelings, with the ‘ I ’.
    • or Soul of the Higher Feelings. But it had not merely to give the
    • feeling steals over one, if one compares the Wall of China with
    • Intellectual Soul or Soul of the Higher Feelings in the Græco-Latin,
    • all-embracing feeling, the concept of the Heavenly Father. In
    • That is not an individual being, not a feeling in the soul, but
    • in a differently developed form of conception and feeling, —
    • spiritual. The Eastern European element feels the spiritual world as
    • must think of in quite a different shade of feeling, connected more
    • which dawns more or less in the feelings of the peoples of the East.
    • does signify is that the feelings are colored and shaded, that the
    • to be found in the world of the East. By means of these feelings this
    • the sixth age of civilization feel himself to be a duality in whom
    • within His three bodies the capacities of feeling, thought and will.
    • There you have a human feeling, thinking and willing into which the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 10. The Mission of Individual Peoples and Cultures in the Past, Present and Future.
    Matching lines:
    • subjectively such a high degree of perfection that he did not feel
    • occult, poetic feeling steals over one if one compares the Wall of
    • all-embracing feeling. Just as we think of the Devachanic world as
    • two worlds as a third world is that which we feel to be the Blessed
    • being, not an emotional feeling, but something that is the creation
    • different, of course, in conception and feeling — which we have
    • European feels the spiritual world underlying all the forces of
    • gradations of feelings of the Slavonic peoples and that the concepts
    • that in the sixth epoch of civilization man will feel himself to be a
    • in His three bodies the capacities of feeling, thinking and willing.
    • It is a human feeling, thinking and willing into which the Divine
    • feeling, thinking and willing descends. The European man will only
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • has been implanted, inoculated into the thoughts and feelings of this
    • man will do something in the external world and will then feel
    • which was a spiritual feeling — he could recognize what was the
    • as to whether a spiritual, vital feeling really fills the spiritual
    • Anyone who recognizes the importance of Vidar and feels
    • Norse mythology. When we feel ourselves to be related to this figure
    • contribute to this who feel that they have within them fresh
    • again in these last few days how free they feel with the people of
    • the Scandinavian North. Many have expressed that feeling. It is a
    • important for the whole of humanity that we should feel that the
    • anthroposophical thought and feeling and of anthroposophical ideals.
    • For finally the knowledge we gather must really work in our feelings
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 11. Nerthus, Freyja and Gerda.
    Matching lines:
    • A man performs some act and at the same time feels himself impelled
    • recognize intuitively — which was a kind of spiritual feeling —
    • feeling or whether they are only a disguised form of materialism. It
    • recognizes the significance of Vidar and feels him in his soul, will
    • future hope. We feel ourselves to be inwardly related to the figure
    • members of the Nordic peoples who feel within them the elemental and
    • feel in their relations with the people of the Scandinavian North. It
    • North, South, East, West and Centre of Europe feel that this theme is
    • united under the banner of Anthroposophical thought and feeling and
    • feelings and our thinking and in the Anthroposophical goal we set
    • the words, “how much at home we feel here in the North!”
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture I: The Mystery of the Archetypal Word
    Matching lines:
    • Anthroposophy to feel at least something of the mood which lived in
    • words. Then let us forget all that a man of today can think and feel
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture II: Ha'arets and Haschamayim
    Matching lines:
    • unacquainted with the kind of feeling that prevails in our circles,
    • feeling we have acquired as a result of the usual modern renderings.
    • would have to feel itself inwardly organised in such a way that it
    • picture by picture, how can one come to feel the cosmos inwardly, how
    • can one come inwardly to feel the structure of macrocosmic man? By
    • beginning to feel how the sounds of speech flash into form.
    • soughs through the air, learn to feel not merely its tone, learn to
    • feel the form it makes, just as the tone of the violin bow, passed
    • over the edge of a plate, makes a form in the powder. Learn to feel
    • will feel as the Hebrew sage felt when the sounds of speech
    • Resch (R) stimulated a feeling such as one has when one
    • feels one's head: and Schin (S) suggested what I might
    • has evolved. When one comes to understand this, one feels a deep awe
    • time the seer is to discover anew. That is the feeling which the
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture III: The Seven Days of Creation
    Matching lines:
    • we are able to feel the deepest reverence for it. What is experienced
    • Elohim spoke.” There we have the feeling that we are dealing
    • goal of the Gods! I ask you to feel the immense significance of this
    • highest ideal. We feel ourselves to be of divine origin; but we feel
    • the initiate passes a certain stage, and feels himself in the
    • feels his human weakness, but he also feels his divine goal. He is no
    • feels uplifted; in the moment of experiencing his true Self he feels
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture IV: The Forming and Creating of Beings by the Elohim.
    Matching lines:
    • feel free to resume my exposition from the anthroposophical
    • psychic. Feel your way into yourself as a warmth-bearing being
    • — and this feeling of your own warmth, experience of your own
    • able to transport themselves in feeling, in attitude of soul, into
    • ancient times needed quite a different kind of feeling from what we
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture V: Light and Darkness. Yom and Lay'lah
    Matching lines:
    • abstract man, the man who is concerned only with concepts, to feel
    • feelings and ideas of such a kind as regards these tremendous
    • that we develop in our thinking and feeling, all the ebb and flow of
    • exegesis of the general run of commentators you will always feel
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture VI: Elementary Existence and the Spiritual Beings behind it.
    Matching lines:
    • itself. It helps us to acquire the proper feeling, the right attitude
    • at night. His world of thought and feeling sinks into oblivion, he
    • what has made this earth covering solid, it would be natural to feel
    • feeling can fully respond.
    • try to bring sensitive and perceptive feeling into all this, you will
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture VII: The First and Second Days of Creation.
    Matching lines:
    • you did not feel that the sun was above you and that you were below,
    • rise before his soul as he sits in meditation down-stage, and feels
    • feel ourselves to be within this light, we feel how with this light
    • the Elohim did not merely feel themselves to be flowing with the
    • is true, a wonderful feeling comes over him — a feeling such as
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture IX: The Moon Nature in Man
    Matching lines:
    • which expresses the holy awe we feel. ‘They that beget the holy
    • awe we feel.’” If we translate that into ancient Hebrew
    • how does it run? “They that beget the holy awe we feel
    • before whom man feels a holy awe. And in such a way we may approach
    • the link which is to be found between the feelings and perceptions of
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture X: The Harmony of the Bible with Clairvoyant Research
    Matching lines:
    • and with them the feeling of the great responsibility incurred in
    • Whether we become better men in the intellectual, feeling and moral
  • Title: Gospel/Matthew (1965): Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • this feeling will be intensified when we recall what was
    • their sublimity and spiritual grandeur; we feel that this
    • me with the feeling of infinitude. — Thus the
    • the element of feeling that is uppermost when we
    • feelings in us; but it was also my endeavour to let the
    • of St. Luke makes us feel as if all the human love that
    • forces — so overwhelming that the soul feels well
    • present here: the warmth of feeling and love, the
    • the point of collapse, we feel able to stand erect before
    • more humanly related to us; we never feel shattered,
    • are feeling. Thus if it is a matter of being able to
    • but they also had the feeling that what was presented to
  • Title: Gospel/Matthew (1965): Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • and they feel nothing of the struggle that must often be
    • men's feelings with the significance of such an event. It
    • manifested in the Hebrew in the form of inner feeling.
  • Title: Gospel/Matthew (1965): Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • he has to-day — an inner life of feelings, sentient
    • feelings and perceptions which mirrored the external
    • they felt — and We too must feel something of the
    • body. Hence the Hebrews were the people destined to feel
    • these pictures were able to evoke feelings — even
  • Title: Gospel/Matthew (1965): Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • feeling that the Divine was united with their inmost
    • Universe.’ — If we feel the sanctity of such
    • a feeling of the sublimity and grandeur of the thought
  • Title: Gospel/Matthew (1965): Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • the thinking and feeling necessary for finding his way
    • feels Himself living in whatever exists on the Earth in
  • Title: Gospel/Matthew (1965): Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • feeling only out of my own Ego-centric nature! —
    • clear and distinct feeling of ‘I’ wakens in
    • but a group-Ego; it would feel itself belonging to a
    • whole group. This feeling of of egohood, was suppressed
    • with the feeling of egohood. If passions and emotions
    • was necessary for the feeling of egohood to be dimmed.
    • was not like that of dreams, but the feeling of egohood
    • all rightly constituted Initiations; the feeling of
    • the feeling of egohood was, in a certain sense,
    • the feelng,of ‘I’, of egohood, in earthly
    • into the feeling for words that existed in ancient
    • he had the feeling that having resisted the attacks of
    • ideal; he feels lifted to a higher level when be can
    • of the feeling of ‘I’ that a man has when he
    • is gazing at Malkhut, the Kingdom. The feeling of
    • believe that he can retain the same feeling of egohood
    • must entirely discard the feeling of egohood that is his
    • with man's ordinary feeling of egohood. That was the
    • feeling of egohood intact. The Greeks spoke of
    • sorts of feelings and emotions that were within them
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Gospel/Matthew (1965): Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • the instinctive longing he otherwise feels in his body
    • same being. We must therefore feel that something streams
  • Title: Gospel/Matthew (1965): Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • in mind and you will feel that Christ Jesus wished to
    • purified the soul,instilled healthy feelings, impulses
    • disciples now rightly began to feel: Verily Christ Jesus
    • Imaginative clairvoyance the disciples could feel: In our
  • Title: Gospel/Matthew (1965): Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • shoulders§ the burden of his destiny, feeling for
    • Matthew's Gospel. We shall then feel profound reverence
  • Title: Gospel/Matthew (1965): Lecture 12
    Matching lines:
    • as the bearer of feelings and sentient perceptions. The
    • transform them into feeling; nor should we talk
    • fibres of our soul-life, part of our life of feeling and
    • the intensity and crescendo of feelings that arise along
    • and can become. If at times we feel overwhelmed when
    • nevertheless, as human beings, feel something of the
  • Title: Excursus Mark: Part I: A Retrospect
    Matching lines:
    • Christianity, we feel we are summoned by spiritual science not only
    • being able to extend our vision, and also our world of feeling and
    • present studies, and gives tone to the feeling that fills our souls
    • feeling, the power of perception, the nobility of will that rises
    • tone and the waves of feeling that are present when certain words
    • ring through space. These feelings and perceptions are of many kinds.
    • knowledge of great spiritual truths; the feeling that the nature of
    • feeling that all our ideas are acquired from one point of view only.
    • ourselves feelings and perceptions from any side that enables us to
    • of the past Winter were intended gradually to arouse a feeling of
    • intellectual modesty. In fact, without such a feeling we cannot
    • the true nature of his feelings towards such questions as the
    • his own unprejudiced logic and the feeling for truth that is in every
    • feelings, and perceptions according to his relationship towards the
    • natural feeling for truth. The clairvoyant must in fact first
    • matter if I did not feel constrained by my upbringing to think and
    • bodies, making us conscious — that is thinking and feeling
    • to recall the tone which as feeling-content filled and resounded in
    • True humility is a feeling that must be developed here within our
  • Title: Background/Mark: Lecture One: On the Investigation and Communication of Spiritual Truths
    Matching lines:
    • we attach to the Gospels and the reverence we feel for them,
    • and our feeling and perception beyond the horizons within
    • impulse leading to the goal of our endeavours is the feeling
    • wish to acquire, but rather the warmth of feeling, the power
    • actual words spoken. These feelings and perceptions vary
    • great truths and the feeling that we can approach them only
    • help being, one-sided. If we intensify such a feeling of
    • them by reference to the normal feeling for truth present in
    • life, his thoughts, his feelings and his perceptions in
    • and to which he clings in his ordinary feelings and actions,
    • conscious beings, or as thinking and feeling beings, but also
    • They feel as if from every side they are being spiritually
    • in knowledge and true humility is a feeling that must be
  • Title: Excursus Mark: Part II: Some Practical Points of View
    Matching lines:
    • what emerges in daily life as characteristic human feelings, ideas,
    • so organised that it feels it natural when anything true is said.
    • There is a feeling for truth in man; and he should realise the
    • infinite value of this feeling. This is especially the case in our
    • impoverished spiritually when we only think and feel those things
    • are especially concerned with the creation of this feeling for, and
    • through feeling, and by this means acquire those qualities that
    • us how it points to a spiritual world, we would never feel the urge,
    • ordinary content of human thinking; feeling and will varies so much
    • world? We have these in our feelings, our wishes, impulses, instincts
    • do not stand within our feelings, wishes and impulses etc., by means
    • enter into our inner feelings, impulses, and desires. In what way do
    • what our senses have perceived? You can feel this difference.
    • desires, impulses, feelings, etc. Only, in life as it is to-day, man
    • is shielded from developing a force in his feelings and desires
    • we feel in what comes to us from outside compared with what meets us
    • feelings; we know people frequently “reckon something to be the
    • reach the point where we are bound to feel interest, namely, when our
    • life, but merely allow it to enlighten us. It is well if we feel in
  • Title: Background/Mark: Lecture Two: Higher Knowledge and Man's Life of Soul
    Matching lines:
    • the heights of Spiritual Science and the feelings and
    • seers. When we accept them because of our natural feeling for
    • thinking, feeling and perceiving only what the external
    • studied in our Groups the object is to create this feeling
    • much more important to experience it in our feelings and so
    • world, he could never feel longing for that world. There must
    • feelings — I myself live in all that.’ In regard to
    • And it is the same with our feelings and with most of our
    • reason why human thinking, feeling and willing vary so
    • stimulated by the outer world? Our feelings, desires,
    • we ourselves are not actually within these feelings,
    • result of what our senses have perceived. — You can feel
    • of desires, impulses, feelings, and so on. In ordinary life
    • feelings a force strong enough to cause pictures to arise
    • are apt to make it conform with their subjective feelings.
    • reason to reject a truth because one does not feel ready for
  • Title: Excursus Mark: Part III: Excursus: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • feeling, but not what they were to say. At the moment of
    • the feelings than in the understanding of men, and when in the middle
    • regarded it for long as a black art. The old feeling survived, that
    • Nibelungenlied for example. He had still a certain feeling for the
    • their lives most people feel constrained to direct their learning to
    • certain sense is finished and a new life must begin. We must feel
    • this. We must feel that a primeval wisdom came to us from ancient
  • Title: Background/Mark: Lecture Three: The Tasks of the Fifth Post-Atlantean Epoch
    Matching lines:
    • his mood and his feelings that he prepared, not the content
    • retained in the feelings much longer than in the intellect
    • Old feelings were still astir in men and they felt that what
    • feeling for the inner rhythm and would stamp his feet to mark
    • feel that concepts and ideas are in essence supersensible
    • the existence of the supersensible world. But only few feel
    • the only spiritual quality remaining to him was his feeling
    • has come to an end and a new life must begin. We must feel
  • Title: Excursus Mark: Part III: Excursus: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • understanding, but so that the whole feeling that accompanied the
    • feeling-content was imparted to the listener along with the actual
    • words, yet he knew most unmistakably what this feeling-content was. A
    • for whole hidden worlds to be given in the tone. A feeling for
    • Event of Palestine, so that you may discover through your feeling
    • hierarchies. We must feel when we read the words “his
    • spirit. His consciousness was lowered. This was an old feeling
    • was the feeling that caused men in the days of the old initiation to
    • is chaotic, I feel unable to rise to the spiritual world.”
    • that inward place where thou feelest thyself as man, where thou art
    • feeling and willing, are the servants of his soul. But within the
    • “it thinks,” and in respect of feeling and willing
    • “it feels,” “it wills within me”; men now say
    • “I feel,” “I will.” In earlier days the soul
    • feeling and willing; but now the “Ruler” was to be
    • It is only when we try to feel, as people must
  • Title: Background/Mark: Lecture Four: The Symbolic Language of the Macrocosm in the Gospel of St. Mark
    Matching lines:
    • arouse feelings similar to those aroused in men who
    • had a true feeling for all this.
    • you an idea of the feelings and mood of a man living in the
    • province within him where he would feel as though he had no
    • attitude to language and no longer feel as they once did,
    • done to-day is to try to revive something of this feeling, as
    • of thinking, feeling and willing as servants of the soul. But
    • or, ‘it feels, it wills in me.’
    • ‘I think, I feel, I
    • within it only the forces of thinking, feeling and willing —
    • are able to feel what this means can you have an idea of what
  • Title: The Ego: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • abstractions, generalities. One does not even feel that any more.
    • feeling, and willing. The soul thinks, feels, and wills. Those are the
    • whether his thinking, feeling, willing was called) — these single
    • in the old sense: the divine spiritual thinks, feels, wills in me, but
    • I think, I feel, I will: The Lord makes itself
    • can come in, so that it is not the slave of thinking, feeling, and
    • Jordan, man could feel the quite especial importance of the
  • Title: Background/Mark: Lecture Eleven: Kyrios, The Lord of the Soul
    Matching lines:
    • this feeling as an accompaniment. Again, the sound A (ah)
    • feeling about this but it could not be otherwise in times
    • feels that he must write something and nothing is considered
    • case, a feeling of responsibility towards its use. That is
    • to send out its forces like feelers and to see clairvoyantly
    • of thinking, feeling and willing; the soul thinks, feels and
    • thinks, feels and wills in me’, but rather: ‘I
    • think, I feel, I will.’ The passage should be rendered
    • thinking, feeling and willing. Lo, the power that is the
  • Title: Background/Mark: Lecture Twelve: Mystery Teachings in St. Mark's Gospel
    Matching lines:
    • listen intently to the sound of the words and feel how the
    • feeling for such things could be aroused there is a great
    • deal which I might be able to omit. You must learn to feel
    • can feel how necessary it is to think in this way about
    • the soul. This was the feeling accompanying the word
    • to consist of three forces: thinking, feeling and willing.
    • posture indicates the reverence he must feel for the Sun as
  • Title: Excursus Mark: Part III: Excursus: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • shows us in a most wonderful way in this temptation, how we feel all
    • stranger, that those about it have no idea, no feeling, by which they
    • sheaths, and on this account such a man feels more or less
    • clairvoyantly it is seen that he has feelings, thoughts, and powers
    • of will very different from the feelings, thoughts and will-impulses
    • of his nature. They feel on the contrary, an instinctive hatred for
    • through our thoughts, perceptions and feelings. In this case we take
  • Title: Background/Mark: Lecture Five: The Two Main Streams of Post-Atlantean Civilisation
    Matching lines:
    • feel part of the spiritual world — I beheld that world
    • around him have no insight or feelings which would help them
    • this account such men feel a certain dissatisfaction with
    • will be found to have feelings, faculties and forces of
    • nothing about his real nature; on the contrary, they feel an
  • Title: Excursus Mark: Part III: Excursus: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • humanity, something in which these people feel at one. This, in
    • Such a man feels that
    • resemble the revelations of nature itself. But what we feel in a
    • full depth of its meaning. This is how we must feel about these words
    • Vinci. Anyone with a feeling for the super-sensible quality lying
    • that time to have a feeling, a presentiment, that something entirely
    • synagogue: we feel when He speaks as though one of the Exusiai spoke
    • impulses, etc., and that we feel to be worthy, all this is contained
    • extended, we should see that it then feels itself to he much more
    • child still feels within the whole surrounding world, feels that it
    • feels far more a part of, far more within, the environing world. What
    • entirely different, he would not feel so isolated, but would feel in
    • connection with that world, he feels cut off from it. If he is a man
    • belonging to ordinary life this feeling of isolation only comes to
    • because we regard ourselves as separate beings, to feel injured and
    • annoyed. But if we believed in Karma we would feel that we belonged
    • skins. But the feeling of being one with the macrocosm is only
    • whole cosmos. A child would also have this feeling of union if it
  • Title: Background/Mark: Lecture Six: The Son of God and the Son of Man. The Sacrifice of Orpheus
    Matching lines:
    • If we can feel
    • show that in those first years he feels himself to be within
    • separate or isolate himself from that life but feels part and
    • feels part of the world around him; it is only at the point
    • he feels much more closely connected with it. The only way to
    • the form of consciousness which has produced this feeling of
    • not feel so isolated; even in later years he would feel
    • the Great World. As things are he loses his feeling of
    • himself, and he is annoyed by it because he feels himself to
    • would feel related to the whole Macrocosm and would know that
    • feeling of oneness with the Cosmos exists; in later life it
    • with it, there was feeling of oneness with the Cosmos which a
    • child would feel if it could be fully aware of its
  • Title: Background/Mark: Lecture Thirteen: The Voice of the Angelos and the Speech of the Exousiai
    Matching lines:
    • in all detail as a kind of panorama and he feels and knows
    • sublimity of this spectacle of nature, and we shall feel
  • Title: Excursus Mark: Part III: Excursus: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • in a man's ideals — in what he thinks or feels, there is
    • things are not noticed; but their results are clear! Many people feel
    • these results strongly, they feel them as an attitude of soul and of
    • describe as feelings of sympathy or compassion. Here it is clearly
    • he feels at first constrained to extinguish this ego physically, he
    • feels driven to suicide.; then the Easter bells ring out, and at the
    • ego feels strong as regards its understanding of things and events.
    • feel we must enhance the inner activity of our ego, brings about a
    • feeling of sadness. But when sorrow depends on what is unreal and is
    • feel that he requires something more. He feels that to the cause of
    • Now, do you not feel
    • before our eyes, we feel that the victory of the spirit over death is
    • ego is brought in touch with the world around us. We then feel that
  • Title: Background/Mark: Lecture Seven: The Higher Members of Man's Constitution
    Matching lines:
    • be denied. Many individuals feel the effects very strongly as
    • even feel them in their bodily constitution. The existence of
    • soul, from spirit to spirit. For we actually feel within
    • feeling of greater strength than if it had remained
    • extinction of his ‘I’, and he feels driven to
    • Mirth or laughter indicates that our ‘I’ feels
    • makes us feel as we participate in it that the inner activity
    • sound will require something more. He feels that what moves
    • occasion. — A healthy soul feels the urge to rise to a
    • portrayed before us, that we should be able to feel the
    • tragedy, where death is enacted before our eyes, we feel that
    • is brought into relation with the outside world. We feel then
  • Title: Excursus Mark: Part III: Excursus: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • and was then filled with impulses of feeling from his heart. Such a
    • feeling perturbed he is attached to his idea.
    • changes to an intimate feeling of love. The idea is now within the
    • A man then feels for
    • to it. A certain soul-satisfying feeling arises after a period of
    • our own. Every impulse we feel in our souls must pass through these
    • you have the feeling: — “To-day I feel as if blessed by
    • Now man has an instinctive feeling not to overvalue these things, and
    • increased, he will feel “inner weeks” he will feel an
    • inward ebb and flow in his life of feeling and experience, inner
    • inspired by it? Men in general have little feeling for such things.
    • receives into it the Impulse of Christ, we ought to feel that this
    • If one has a feeling
    • shade of meaning. When one has a feeling for this, one notices also
    • period of civilisation men will feel that even to their blood they
    • are permeated by the Logos — they will then feel for the first
    • will come to feel that every book of physiology should begin with the
  • Title: Background/Mark: Lecture Eight: Laws of Rhythm in the Domain of Soul-and-Spirit.
    Matching lines:
    • with it, and it fades away. We may feel ill at ease, perhaps
    • Enthusiasm has changed into an intimate feeling of love: the
    • He will then for the first time feel in harmony with the
    • certain feeling of contentment arises after a period of about
    • — we may feel that we have been blessed by the World-Spirit
    • feeling of ‘inner weeks’, of an inner ebb and
    • only a subtler form of egoism. They will come to feel the
    • majority of men to-day still have no feeling for such things.
    • feeling for the finer variations of style between the Gospel
    • Gospel which, if there is a feeling for such details, will
    • more possible for man to feel himself a divine-spiritual
    • will eventually feel the blood, which is the expression of
    • post-Atlantean epoch men will feel their very blood to be
  • Title: Excursus Mark: Part III: Excursus: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • thoughts and feelings of the age immediately preceding it, it is well
    • can feel the passing over of the reflection of Christ into Jehova, or
    • of Jehova into Christ, as men feel the difference between moonlight
    • short time at my disposal I might say: — If we feel that the
    • some such change takes place in human thought and feeling as I have
    • understanding we feel we are standing at the confluence of two
  • Title: Background/Mark: Lecture Nine: The Moon-Religion of Jahve and its Reflection in Arabism
    Matching lines:
    • Christ-idea, arose out of thoughts and feelings of the
  • Title: Excursus Mark: Part IV: The Path of Theosophy from Former Ages until Now.
    Matching lines:
    • to speak casually of introducing the ideas, feelings, and knowledge
    • is not a matter of chance when an individual feels constrained at a
    • feeling in man; neither spiritual life nor external culture.
    • feeling-soul, rational-soul and consciousness-soul are no abstract
    • feel it as a necessity of existence to listen to such statements as
    • turned into thought-forms, into feelings and perceptions, thus they
    • say:— Men must feel within such sympathy for the spirit that
    • we feel we can rely upon our souls and can say — those others
    • emptiness in modern science, in art, and in social life, we feel
  • Title: Background/Mark: Lecture Ten: Rosicrucian Wisdom in Folk-Mythology
    Matching lines:
    • the hearts and souls of modern men if they are to feel any
    • individual feels urged to come down into the physical world
    • would have been no depth of religious feeling in men, no
    • materialism, there are nevertheless many souls who feel it
    • feelings and perceptions were converted into thoughts and
    • pictures. To-day we say that man must develop a feeling for
  • Title: Self-knowledge and the Portal of Initiation: Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • ‘O man, feel thou thyself!’ were read out aloud at this
    • and ‘O man, feel
    • and true feeling one cannot shroud oneself in
    • This spirit-revelation makes me feel
    • to feel our own Ego as a stranger!
    • fact, it is the outer vehicle of man which he feels most near
    • to himself. A human being of our time is apt to feel it far
    • feel our body as an instrument. It is not so difficult for a
    • man to feel his hand as an instrument when he uses it to grasp
    • an object; but he now learns to feel the same with one or
    • another portion of the brain. This feeling of the brain as of
    • as our external tools. And as we begin thus to feel our bodily
    • the outer Universe. Only because a man still feels his body as
    • pain of feeling oneself a stranger to oneself, — this was
    • intended in the first scene. It is the pain of feeling oneself
    • him. Feeling his own body outside of himself, he sees the other
    • has caused; he feels himself poured out into it and again
    • so must he feel the pain. There is only this difference: while
    • wherein Johannes feels himself fettered to his own lower body.
    • “I feel the chains that hold me chained to thee.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Wisdom Contained in Ancient Documents and in the Gospels
    Matching lines:
    • Even if today we cannot feel entirely convinced of the fact that
    • modern thinking can give him, if he is really unable to feel even a
    • result we shall really feel compelled to say: Indeed, the science
    • whatever about Anthroposophy, but if our feelings are filled with an
    • may feel that something special lives in the Gospels and in the
    • be filled with an occultistic spirit and yet to feel an aversion to
    • persuade himself that he feels quite certain about these things, but
    • modern way of thinking made him feel inclined to consider the world
    • a certain feeling of discomfort into past, even if they have not felt
    • provided the feelings are sound.
    • overwhelm him through a blind faith in mere reason. Try to feel the
    • power of this impulse; try to feel that this was the meaning of human
    • the Christ he will feel inspired, and it will grow light about him.
    • he will be able to feel within his soul a reflection, as it were, of
    • what I have just explained. He may feel very depressed owing to his
    • rest of humanity, and we may feel very depressed by all human
    • is also possible for the simplest soul. Such a simple man may feel as
  • Title: The Christmas Festival In The Changing Course Of Time
    Matching lines:
    • not feel the full extent of this discord, the reason may well be that
    • a last faint echo. He is hardly in a position to feel even vaguely its
    • feel an intimation — in our circles this feeling should certainly
    • men the consciousness that the individual human soul can feel firmly
    • old, which differed essentially from the feelings and sentiments that
    • we used to go outside, to the fields, where we would feel the golden
    • rays of the morning sun coming to meet us, where we could feel the
    • feel much, much darkness around us, and we must often see, as we look
    • during the rest of the year, would feel a natural restraint in their
    • Christ draws near.” They would feel: Time itself is becoming too
    • voices they would awaken all those feelings which the soul should feel
    • tales of what they wanted to feel and should feel, when the so-called
    • develop again a feeling for the real power which was thereby given for
    • through the Christ-Impulse. Perhaps you can feel in all of this a kind
    • people would feel in a subtle way that same truth which we can learn
    • feel this requires a mood, an inner attunement, which simply cannot
    • people can hardly conceive how one could feel spiritually as late as
    • pessimistic feelings. Nowadays you would have to go very far afield,
    • of Nature by merging with her through feeling. That was only possible
    • out of their sensing and feeling of the elements of Nature. If I may
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Yuletide and the Christmas Festival
    Matching lines:
    • takes effect, how it manifests in what man can feel, love and
    • we can feel that the emblems of Christmas around us are
    • are utterly at variance with each other. We feel this still
    • remains of the warmth and profound depth of feeling which in
    • warmth of feeling that pervaded the human soul at the times
    • feelings connected with the Christmas Festival has existed
    • but only to the feelings and experiences which men living in
    • agricultural workers, while their feelings and inclinations
    • somewhat as the clairvoyant feels his astral body, before
    • the feeling of sinking down into the outer physical darkness,
    • the deep, persistent feeling that in sinking down into the
    • any fully developed feeling that if a human being is to find
    • — if you have prepared your souls to perceive and feel
    • in Europe the warmest, most intimate feelings for the Christ
    • divine-spiritual heights of existence and feels entangled
    • inasmuch as we feel this to be an ideal, it shines before us
    • truly a step forward when feelings connected with the
    • describing — all these feelings were awakened by the
    • feeling for such things in our day but something of the kind
    • icicles forming on the trees — such feelings were
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Occult History: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • us, in our hearts and feelings, we possess something that carries us
    • descended very far, when men no longer feel the relation of human
    • knowledge in the occult sense must train himself to feel as if he were
  • Title: Occult History: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • who for years now has been absorbing principles which lead his feelings
    • suddenly, before she is twenty years old, feels in the autumn of 1428
    • did not merely feel his personal ego within his skin, but he felt himself
    • times feel himself a member of the group-soul. Something of the kind
    • eliciting feelings of sympathy or antipathy towards them. In the reproaches
  • Title: Occult History: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • defended by his opponents because they were incapable of feeling that
    • represented — then we should not have the true feeling for these
    • does not yet feel within his own self. In those times he could only
    • where, by the awakening of particular feelings, the soul developed to
    • such Mystery-schools the feelings and impulses paramountly awakened
    • feel pity and compassion for everything human, for everything cosmic
    • higher worlds the true feeling of compassion for every living creature
    • But still another feeling
    • was to be developed — a feeling paramount among many others. If man
    • equip itself to banish all the feelings of fear, anxiety, terror and
    • to be so trained as to acquire an all-embracing, universal feeling of
  • Title: Occult History: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • a tone or a sound evoked a definite feeling and the soul was bound to
    • feeling that sounds—consonantal and vowel sounds—are related
    • combination of sounds, because the immediate spiritual feeling for sounds
    • living, spiritual feeling for language ceases and language adjusts itself
    • on into our own times, ideas that are like an echo of feelings that
    • were still living experiences in the Babylonians — feelings of
    • the vast majority of people have no feeling for them. But it is certainly
    • remarkable to see the unusual thoughts and feelings which arise in people
    • any deep feeling for Christianity. Wherever the boy was taken, and wherever
    • could not bat unfold a living Feeling for the language of the heavens,
  • Title: Occult History: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • feeling of man's connection with the macrocosm.
  • Title: Occult History: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • of the temple-wisdom in prehistoric Greek civilisation. We shall feel
    • is how we must learn to feel history, for what is offered us in the
    • temple-wisdom, the rest follows of itself. That is the feeling which
    • then man, still striving after truth, feels cast out of the World-Soul
    • have come before the minds of men who had a feeling for such things
    • Greeks came to feel: Now we can speak of the weaving of the ego in the
    • Thus, while the feeling in much earlier times was that the spiritual
    • we see how the Hebrew still feels the working of the God within him, in
    • produce a feeling of how the spiritual Powers themselves work in history
    • in the right way. And then it could be said that the feeling which arises
    • in our hearts from the study of occult history is the right feeling
    • to direct our meditation to this feeling of the progress of men and
    • feeling for the science of occult progress in time were to become clear
    • own epoch, if this feeling could come alive within you, it might perhaps
    • of a true feeling for time. In a certain way it may be symbolical that
  • Title: Lecture: The Son of God and the Son of Man
    Matching lines:
    • times, a feeling arose in a man, or some idea came to him, the force
    • of this feeling or idea spread quickly into the astral and etheric
    • ideas, concepts and feelings of the spiritual world as we are now
  • Title: Lecture: Mendelssohn: Overture of the Hebrides
    Matching lines:
    • their ancestors on both sides — and they did not only feel them
    • congenial feeling when he described how a line of battle stormed into
    • poetical form, awakes in us a feeling for the kind of perception
    • there in the past, so this feeling, this sense, for what once was and
  • Title: Lecture: The Significance of Spiritual Research For Moral Action
    Matching lines:
    • to feel that they themselves want to find everything that is to be
    • acknowledged as correct in this sphere. They will feel that it should
    • The science of the spirit shows us how we can feel ourselves to be a part
    • Christ-feeling, Christ-knowing into their souls. They are not mature.
    • knowledge, their feelings, their whole soul, the earth will fall away from
    • truth says to them they will feel, “You are lying.” Then there
  • Title: Lecture: The Concepts of Original Sin and Grace
    Matching lines:
    • divine-spiritual thoughts, feelings and will-impulses. Man was nearer
    • feelings, his emotions, his natural urges, his desires; he gets angry
  • Title: Festivals: Christmas: Lecture III: The Birth of the Sun-Spirit as the Spirit of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • WHEN the candles are lit on the Christmas Tree, the human soul feels
    • order to feel and to experience: Now, when the light of the outer sun
    • outer darkness. And because what we feel to be the spirit-light of the
    • the Christmas Tree became a symbol of the thoughts and feelings which
    • heavenly heights. The human being can feel this to be the unfailing
    • upon to feel anew a reality of which it is thought that it could
    • What were the feelings of men who had some inkling of the secrets of
    • Eve. All the dim feelings and experiences connected with this festival
    • all these feelings that were astir in the depths of the soul speak a
    • through inherited clairvoyant faculties, can feel himself penetrating
  • Title: Wonders of the World: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • in feeling to the very first beginnings of European cultural
    • kinship with her mother. No religious feeling in our own day has the
    • knowledge. When feeling became more intense, became filled with
    • the soul, fired by feeling, strengthened by the best in our will,
    • feeling, which simply must enliven us if the truths of Spiritual
    • according as their sentiments and feelings incline them this way or
    • form their opinions out of feelings and personal motives, but
    • personal feeling as the standard of measurement. As persons we are
    • personal feelings about the ideal, and no longer ask what we
    • think and to feel during recent centuries, and what it is that they
    • may be allowed to say something which is as much a matter of feeling
    • for making armaments. But men no longer feel that this kind of mental
    • culture requires a sacrifice — they no longer feel that in
    • away. It is only because mankind retained the feeling that it should
    • indeed feel that his soul was enlightened by the spiritual inspirers
    • climax in the description of the Mystery of Eleusis, one again feels
    • is only partly a matter of feeling. From another aspect it is a
    • human feeling, the whole marvel of human nature is immediately
    • human nature. When Demeter is on the stage we feel it streaming
    • before you the feelings which prompted us to give pride of place, at
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Wonders of the World: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • you feel that this civilisation calls for a continual sacrifice. Thus
    • the finest feelings and sentiments of which the human soul is
    • organisation.’ Thus Atlantean man feels that he too has his
    • place among the wonders of Nature. He feels this clairvoyant capacity
    • born in him as the birth of Persephone, he feels that he owes this
    • densification of the human body. And when the ancient Greek feels the
    • in the astral body. We cannot help feeling that the way in which this
    • can become for us living feeling if we permeate ourselves with the
  • Title: Wonders of the World: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • the immediate future. To evoke a feeling that we must change our very
    • unity. We still feel the unity when we make a gesture which our mind
    • learn to feel again that the spiritual is active in everyday events
    • lightning. And out of this feeling, which, as I said before, had not
    • become intellectual knowledge, but was elemental feeling, there arose
    • as Zeus, if one does not approach this experience and this feeling by
    • the feeling that the forces which cause thought to light up in us are
    • idea, as feeling, we have our enduring life of soul, with its
    • emotions and passions, with its fluctuating life of feeling,
    • self-knowledge works in such a way that man feels himself completely
    • into a wood, where you feel, ‘Ah, how delicious it is here, I
    • inwardness, when you can feel yourself so united with your
    • this, when as a practising occultist he feels himself in this etheric
    • feeling of breathlessness. When the etheric and physical bodies are
    • there comes a feeling of oppression rather like breathlessness. Hence
    • himself, feels a mixture, a harmonious or inharmonious working
    • occult sign and acquire a certain feeling for the proportional
    • the weakest impression. If you can acquire a feeling of the relative
  • Title: Wonders of the World: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • feeling associated with the name Zeus. Similarly, if we think of the
    • to feel that the forces of our ego must be very different from the
    • environment! How different our ego feels if we raise our eyes and
    • really feel this yearning for a star outside in the cosmos which they
    • lived in their sensations and feelings. When a Greek turned to the
    • stars. All these sensations and feelings which the Greeks derived
    • feelings, the impulses of soul which awoke in the informed Greek when
  • Title: Wonders of the World: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • without, towards which he is focused, and he feels himself, together
    • death has taken place, he at once feels himself to be poured out into
    • the macrocosm, he feels himself to be one with the macrocosm, because
    • of the stuff of his own soul! Capesius does actually feel as if what
    • stuff of his own soul. It is very strange to feel oneself to be part
    • of other things, to feel expanded to a cosmos, to feel completely
    • to their feeling that an old clairvoyant consciousness had preceded
    • was entirely a matter of feeling. This old clairvoyant consciousness
    • had a peculiar feeling towards what the elder Dionysos could give
    • feel himself enclosed in the space bounded by his skin.’
    • as their property, to feel themselves shut up within their bodies as
    • in a house; possibly they would have been able to feel the
    • environment in their closest proximity as their own, as a snail feels
    • when our hearts are afire for things of the mind, when we feel as
    • much warmth for the spiritual world as a man feels in his lower
    • the lower instincts, that they can feel the super-sensible world to be
    • feeling is to be in accordance with the truth, it will have to think
    • Dionysos ... you will feel of him that — although the son of
  • Title: Wonders of the World: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • the thought and feeling of ancient Greece was really like, we find
    • progress in Spiritual Science we must acquire a feeling that it is
    • possible to think and feel in an entirely different manner from the
    • What then did Adam and Eve feel when their relation to each other was
    • another example of the unerring wisdom of Greek feeling for the true
    • moved by unutterable depth of feeling — even put to himself the
    • We must come to feel
  • Title: Wonders of the World: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • soul.’ When the ancient Greek was directing his feeling upon
    • if the man of today is to feel them.
    • attainment of knowledge as a matter of life itself, that one feels
    • If an undefined feeling challenges us to know ourselves, we have to
    • developed into feeling, and then the soul is faced with a hard task
    • Masters of Wisdom and of the Harmony of Feelings’ people would
  • Title: Wonders of the World: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • feeling, a man is only allowing Spiritual or Occult Science to work
    • itself. Something like that is what Capesius is depicted as feeling
    • reading, but he feels the spiritual world break in upon him in a way
    • him out of their own body, their own substance. We come to feel:
    • springs from this. In the first scene of the second Play he feels it
    • his duty not to stick fast in doubt, not to persist in the feeling
    • that one can know nothing; he feels that it would be a violation of
    • to waste. Only he feels to begin with incapable of using the
    • not surrender to the feeling which overtakes you when you think how
    • which it feels as yet to be inadequate is bound to become ever
    • feel afraid, not knowing what to do; when it seems: ‘You must,
    • are like this. From this fear, this feeling of impotence, we at first
    • incurred towards them, we feel that we have a heavy burden of debt to
    • him, is absolutely shattering. Contrast this crushing feeling in the
    • shock us that we probably shrink back in terror, feeling completely
    • when we examine closely our own life of ideation we feel that the
    • youngest daughter, so to say, of a line of gods; we feel the
    • of feeling and activity, steeped in occult forces.
  • Title: Wonders of the World: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • the heart to the brain, only ideas, concepts, feelings connected with
    • and more feel the truth of St. Paul's words ‘Not I, but
    • ask why the human being no longer sees or feels anything at all of
    • of modern clairvoyance, modern occult science? We may perhaps feel
    • into you and is reflected, is your thought, your conscious feeling,
    • superficial expression of your true being.’ When a man feels
    • all the ideas and feelings which our soul has acquired about them,
    • can begin to feel that we have pressed on too fast — as
  • Title: Wonders of the World: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • concepts, by acquiring definite sentiments and feelings about what
    • was expressed by dwelling upon the feeling which men have in face of
    • that the human being starts out from a feeling of wonder about things
    • and Beings and that from this feeling of wonder all philosophy, all
    • its way out of this feeling of wonder to something which reduces it.
    • Beings of Greek mythology, his feeling of wonder transformed itself
    • fashion. Today when we deem it necessary to reduce the feeling of
    • something which the soul can feel if it is not preocccupied with the
    • abstractions will not succeed in feeling this great impoverishment as
    • regards true reality. But anyone who feels within him a thirst to
    • there comes over him the feeling: ‘How hopelessly cut off from
    • true reality one feels by all the ideas of today, and what phantom
    • philosophy it may sound incomprehensible; whereas the feeling I have
    • reason can provide. If the soul feels that with the normal
    • feels itself empty in face of the real world. It certainly feels able
    • involve a feeling of being spread out, with a set of weak ideas,
    • not sufficiently advanced to feel the truth about present-day
    • experience and any other feeling is but a variation of this
    • expand to the limits of the universe, it were not to feel its
    • passions. Just as we feel the matter of our consciousness scatter and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: On the Occasion of Goethe's Birthday
    Matching lines:
    • theories have been relinquished in their turn; a feeling of
    • feel into” (an object) (Einfühlen). There
    • As if it were of any importance that we should feel something
    • within ourselves, and we shall feel something of that which
    • it lives itself out in our feelings and sensations, in our
    • and of the Harmony of Feelings. And we have grasped the true
    • only in your thoughts, but also in your feelings, your
  • Title: Esoteric Christianity: The Christ Impulse in Historical Development - Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • inner life, is that you feel you are not absolutely dependent in your
    • When we form views about life, we feel ourselves becoming more
    • there whenever we say to ourselves: as human beings we feel ourselves
    • to be moral. That is the world where we connect a feeling of sympathy
    • reflection does not produce in us the feeling of whether a deed is
    • way, without feeling the repulsive nature of a purely egotistical
    • intensified feeling in this way for what is moral or immoral in his
    • sensitive feelings about moral and immoral deeds will acquire
    • difference between feeling happy about moral deeds and feeling
    • withstand doing what is not moral. A feeling of responsibility for his
    • The aesthetic man with moral feelings, who is attracted or repelled by
    • The actual carrying out of what he feels within himself to be the
    • clairvoyance; the aesthetic world; moral feeling; the world of reason;
    • the age when man is ruled by his intellect, and so he feels something
    • Then came the modern age where men do not feel any obligation, even
    • rest already feel such things. It happens especially with children.
    • moral feelings. The astral body of this being was influenced by the
  • Title: Esoteric Christianity: The Christ Impulse in Historical Development - Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • is more ‘Consistent than man's activities’, and his feeling and
    • feeling, the whole of nature will gradually become for us what it has
    • filled with that tremendous enthusiasm that deepens our feeling for
    • When we can enhance our feeling for nature through Spiritual Science
    • we should also feel that it is in a certain respect a privilege to
    • in cities, who no longer have the chance of feeling the uplifting
    • we know the intimate connection that exists between what we feel for
    • for a feeling like this of itself leads to another which, supported by
    • be near the well-springs of nature, not only feels that he has every
    • also feels a great responsibility, a great obligation towards this
    • deepest soul, in our deepest feeling, if we imbue ourselves with
    • Science for themselves, will feel the blessing of such vision!
    • despite all his melancholy feelings concerning the continual death
    • of the twentieth century, the spiritually awakened soul will feel:
    • can feel in a new way what will be given us in the future. Everything
    • and feeling new things in nature, means nothing short of this: that
    • with his feeling, should also be a moral person, carrying his morality
    • principles will have to be so clearly understood and moral feelings so
    • increasing numbers who are capable of carrying the feeling for the
  • Title: Lecture: Buddha and Christ: The Sphere of the Bodhisattvas
    Matching lines:
    • characteristic of the sixth epoch will be that very definite feelings
    • souls of men. Delicate feelings of sympathy will be aroused by
    • compassionate, kindly deeds and feelings of antipathy by malicious
    • conception of the intensity of these feelings.
    • predispositions leading to feelings of sympathy or antipathy aroused
    • that at the beginning of his life in Kamaloka man feels a very great
    • aesthetic feeling and insight, to morality. And the greatest Teacher
  • Title: Esoteric Christianity: Rosicrucian Christianity - Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • has this definite feeling which can be described in this way: without
    • entirely different from that of modern man. For if he wanted to feel he
    • formation the medieval rosicrucians told themselves, with a feeling of
    • develop feelings like this, I make myself like the macrocosm. If I
    • the gods, I fall away from the macrocosm. These were the feelings of
    • and deeply religious feelings at the spectacle of the process of
    • medieval theosophist with lofty and deeply religious feelings, and he
    • the same time be filled with deeply religious feelings in which he
  • Title: Lecture: The Etherisation of the Blood
    Matching lines:
    • following: a man is walking along the street and feels that someone
    • permeates our organism from outside, and invigorates it. We feel
    • life of feeling. Feelings fall into two categories: those of pleasure
    • into our breast, as feelings of sympathy or antipathy for what is
    • beautiful or ugly, for what is good or evil. So that in our feelings
    • something good or bad. In so far as our soul feels constrained to give
    • moral impulses and feelings which are active within us and lead to the
    • impulses. Man will transform the earth by feeling with ever-increasing
    • knowledge becomes something that we actually feel, something towards
    • arouse in us the wish to become Anthroposophists, then our feeling is
    • cannot live. Only then are our feelings what they ought to be, only
    • Answer: Men will feel these words of consolation as though
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture IX: The Etherization of the Blood
    Matching lines:
    • feels that someone has insulted him, injured him. Without much
    • organism from outside, and invigorates it. We feel strengthened in
    • and a life of feeling. Feelings fall into two categories: those of
    • mental pictures and the astral world, so now in relation to feeling I
    • as feelings of sympathy or antipathy for what is beautiful or ugly,
    • soul feels constrained to give expression to moral impulses, these
    • feelings that live within us and lead us to say that human life
    • he feels with ever-increasing strength that morality is an essential
    • Answer: Human beings will feel these words of
  • Title: Esoteric Christianity: Jeshu ben Pandira - Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • what we call feelings of love and hate, what we designate in our
    • another; one we feel to be good, the other evil. If we wish to
    • stimulation of the feelings. The life of the heart is something quite
    • consider a thing beautiful or ugly, good or evil, but that we feel
    • thinking, feeling and willing.
    • to bed with our feelings vividly stirred, when we know that we have
    • asleep, precisely what strongly affects our feelings prevents us from
    • vanishes, and we feel as if our soul-being were extended beyond our
    • profound feeling of satisfaction may be associated with falling
    • good impulses, one has the feeling: ‘This is something connected with
    • falls asleep, he feels so much the fresher and more filled with
    • life-forces, and the feeling often arises: ‘If only this moment could
    • Then one feels, also, how the bodily nature is deserted by the soul
    • impulses work before we fall asleep, and we feel that they fructify
    • falling asleep feels in this moment that, if he cannot look back upon
    • woken with a feeling of dullness — or something of the sort. If
    • or the joy, to reflect about them; we feel them in our body. We do not
    • But anyone who is able to observe his will impulses feels that they
    • feeling and willing. To the extent that he belongs to the astral
    • feelings they penetrate no further than the astral world; they have no
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Esoteric Christianity: Jeshu ben Pandira - Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • way been pushed into this situation.’ This feeling that one has been
    • pushed into something, has been driven into it, this feeling of
    • feelings of the heart, are in the middle. Now, we know that the life
    • so that this will may be said to develop a pleasant warmth, a feeling
    • feelings and the will. Apathy and obstinacy have the opposite effect.
    • harmonious life of feeling, determines not only mental health but also
    • degree of compassion, to special deeds of pity, through feeling union
    • certain clairvoyance does not simply feel that one thing is correct
    • feeling for such things, and this enables him to make decisions. And
    • comes off badly. When anyone feels this way about himself, he ought to
    • we gradually perfect in freedom our thinking, feeling, and will
    • steep myself in today's mysteries. It is my duty to feel that as a
    • say to myself: ‘To feel that I am a link in it is to be conscious of
    • my true worth as a human being.’ This I must sense; this I must feel.”
  • Title: Mission/Rosenkreutz: Lecture V. The Christ Impulse as Living Reality
    Matching lines:
    • people who never feel the need of religion! Life today is such that
  • Title: Esoteric Christianity: The Christ Impulse as Living Reality - Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • feeling that what is still there in the unconscious has its lasting
    • We must feel how necessary it is that spiritual investigation rejects
    • of feeling was engaged in the activity. Therefore we can grasp the
    • The second element consists of the waves of feeling that pass through
    • love, dislike, and so on. The flow of thought and feeling is
    • world, our life of feeling with lower Devachan and our life of will
    • and will in addition express itself in the feeling life of the soul.
    • real feeling, without lengthy logical reasoning. The occultist feels
    • understood. The occultist feels pain especially vividly when he reads
    • The age of feeling will develop the soul further in a different
    • feelings and morality that are connected with the Devachanic world.
  • Title: Esoteric Christianity: The Christ Impulse as Living Reality - Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • feel the need of religion! Life is such that the religious longings of
  • Title: Lecture: Faith, Love, Hope: The Third Revelation
    Matching lines:
    • feeling.
    • into human feelings and perceptions, and into the soul-forces arising
    • feel to be approaching, and which they will experience before the end
    • The time is coming when human beings, when they feel depressed and
    • and feeling in the Mystery of Golgotha. But now consider the simple
  • Title: Lecture: Faith, Love, Hope: Towards the Sixth Epoch
    Matching lines:
    • feeling which depends for its satisfaction on a physical body. The
    • therefore understand how strong was the feeling in this young man,
    • they are feeling and seeing, what they now actually are. This holds
    • in dreams. Hence it was very important that men should then feel this
    • what was lost by the reverent feeling they brought to their religious
    • coffins. Thus it was with a feeling for mortal remains of this kind
    • gradual change in men's whole outlook, and feeling and understanding
    • way was a man able to acquire a feeling of the ego within him; to
    • had no ego-feeling such as is characteristic of them to-day. And as
    • the ego-feeling is intimately connected with memory, we need not be
    • this feeling for his ego during early childhood, a man does not even
    • a feeling for his ego, and the forces are unfolding which will make it
    • before. The days are drawing near when people will feel bound to
    • which arouses the feeling: It can only be that I am looking back on
    • as by feeling that what is able to kindle love in the soul is prepared
    • feeling of satisfaction but leaving those who have not developed the
  • Title: Lecture: Esoteric Studies: Cosmic Ego and Human Ego
    Matching lines:
    • Hence, in the next, the sixth post-Atlantean epoch, we shall feel as
    • which will come to us only upon Jupiter as our very own, we shall feel
    • earlier stages ... So in the future the human being will feel that
    • have to feel Light and Love as belonging to his very self. The
    • when He appeared to the disciples, to feel the scars with his hands
    • thickened spots ... so that even Thomas could feel that he was
    • am too stupid for this.” He does not feel that he is so clever as the
  • Title: Mission/Rosenkreutz: Lecture I. The Dawn of Occultism in the Modern Age
    Matching lines:
    • is to oppose the demons. What must the demons feel under such
  • Title: Esoteric Christianity: The Dawn of Occultism in the Modern Age - Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • mission it is to oppose the demons. What must the demons feel? They
    • must feel ill at ease to the highest degree! And so indeed it was: in
  • Title: Mission/Rosenkreutz: Lecture II. The Dawn of Occultism in the Modern Age
    Matching lines:
    • frivolousness, but a feeling arises, nevertheless, that there is
    • feel as though something were striving to be released from us. The
    • begins to feel a real connection with this being who has been imagined
    • inwardly, neither need we feel sympathy or antipathy towards it.
    • Secondly, there are the moods and shades of feeling which arise by the
    • life of feeling is that we like or love one thing, dislike or abhor
    • feelings, our moods of heart and feeling — these we retain after
    • tendencies in his life of feeling. And because our impulses of will
    • are linked with feelings, we also take them with us into our life
    • error, the effect upon his life of feeling is not the same as if he
    • must therefore turn to the qualities and moods of feeling and the
    • away; we cannot re-experience the stirrings of feeling and impulses of
    • decision to go to war in 1866; think of what tumultuous feelings, what
    • ten or twenty years, a feeling of pain comes over us at the
    • has an effect upon the life of feeling. Suppose, for example, a stone
    • — we arouse, in the life of feeling, memory of our earlier
    • with us qualities of feeling and impulses of will from the period
    • experience makes a man feel that his life, from that time onwards, has
    • belonging to our life of feeling, we grow onwards into the spiritual
    • development of the memory belonging to the life of feeling we become
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Esoteric Christianity: The Dawn of Occultism in the Modern Age - Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • of fate directly with the thoughtlessness, but a feeling arises,
    • feel as though something were striving to be released from us. The
    • and the being gradually becomes our ‘double.’ The soul begins to feel
    • inwardly, neither need we feel sympathy or antipathy towards it.
    • Secondly there are the moods and shades of feelings which arise
    • life of feeling is that we like or love one thing, dislike or abhor
    • seen as a kind of net stretching across existence. But our feelings,
    • our moods of heart and feeling these we retain after death, and we
    • tendencies in his life of feeling. And because our impulses of will
    • are linked with feelings we also take them with us into our life after
    • upon his life of feeling is not the same as if he devotes himself to
    • turn to the qualities and moods of feeling and the impulses of will
    • away; we cannot re-experience the stirrings of feelings and impulses
    • of what tumultuous feelings, what teeming impulses of will were
    • be, of course, that even after ten or twenty years a feeling of pain
    • rouses the soul and thus has an effect upon the life of feeling.
    • events in our life — we arouse, in the life of feeling, memory of
    • qualities of feeling and impulses of will from the period between
    • When such an experience makes a man feel that his life from that time
    • belonging to our life of feeling, then we live our way into the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Facing Karma
    Matching lines:
    • sufferings in such a way that I feel how the wise man in me has been attracted
    • shortcomings.” A feeling of blissful wisdom will overcome us that makes
    • us feel that even if the world appears to be filled with suffering, it is,
    • we used to experience as feelings of sadness and attitudes of depression
    • apply the same attitude to joy and happiness, we cannot but feel ashamed
    • of ourselves. A deep feeling of shame will be experienced. The only way to
    • overcome this feeling is to realize that we were not the ones who gave
    • cure as, otherwise, the feeling of shame can become so intense that it
    • this thought, one will feel that one hits the truth, because the feeling of
    • we consider them as grace, a feeling that one can only describe as being
    • continuous rebellion against the gods. It behooves us to feel pain as
    • can feel that the divine is descending to us.
    • A soul creating out of anthroposophy says, “In thy feeling cosmic forces
    • are weaving,” and adds in the same breath, “Feel thyself through
    • In thy feeling cosmic forces are weaving;
    • Feel thyself through cosmic forces.
  • Title: Mission/Rosenkreutz: Lecture III. The True Attitude to Karma
    Matching lines:
    • discarnate condition between death and a new birth. The more we feel
    • natural for a man to feel that something in him rebels against this
    • or that imperfection. — A feeling of the peace inherent in wisdom
    • for suffering, and anyone who feels doubtful has only to persevere;
    • joy. However strongly a man may bring himself to feel that he has
    • this feeling of shame by saying to himself: “No, I have not
    • convince us that we are on the right road, because the feeling of
    • we feel them as Grace, Grace bestowed by the supreme Powers of the
    • feeling of peaceful security in the arms of the Divine Powers of the
    • learn to feel it as Grace and the more we do so, the better, for
    • as something brought by our karma and to feel happiness as Grace
    • must feel that behind this world stand those Powers of whom the Bible
    • over with us takes the form of will, of feeling, and in reality our
    • thy feeling, cosmic powers are weaving” — adding:
    • So indeed it is. The feelings that come to us in Spiritual Science
  • Title: Esoteric Christianity: The True Attitude To Karma
    Matching lines:
    • and a new birth. The more we feel that Anthroposophy bestows upon us
    • natural for a man to feel that something in him rebels against this
    • or that imperfection. A feeling of the peace inherent in wisdom will
    • been laid in the soul and that many a feeling of sadness and
    • consolation for suffering, and anyone who feels doubtful has only to
    • happiness and joy. However strongly a man may bring himself to feel
    • shame; he will feel thoroughly ashamed. And he can only rid himself of
    • this feeling of shame by saying to himself: ‘No, I have certainly not
    • convince us that we are on the right road, because the feeling of
    • we feel them as grace, grace bestowed by the supreme powers of the
    • as grace — we develop the feeling of peaceful security in the
    • learn to feel it as grace, and the more we do so the better it will
    • regard suffering as something brought by our karma, and to feel
    • beautiful, we must feel that behind this world stand those powers of
    • carry over with us takes the form of will, of feeling, and in reality
    • feeling cosmic powers are weaving,’ but he adds: ‘Experience thyself
    • indeed. The feelings that come to us through Spiritual Science give us
  • Title: Mission/Rosenkreutz: Lecture IV. Intimate Workings of Karma
    Matching lines:
    • as a mark of favour or distinction but rather as a reason for feeling
    • for unfolding in the life of feeling a kind of memory of earlier
    • incarnations. The soul seems to feel: I myself was there and prepared
    • memory arising in his life of feeling: in former time, you yourself
    • Once the feeling has arisen that we ourselves were present, with our
    • confronting us in the future; our whole life of feeling will be
    • When something comes as a shock, our feeling tells us that it is for a
    • is a memory belonging to the heart, to the life of feeling, that must
    • Twelve and has been able to convey to us the mood of heart and feeling
    • into feeling and sensitive perception, all that the twelve
  • Title: Esoteric Christianity: Intimate Workings of Karma
    Matching lines:
    • favour or distinction but rather as a reason for feeling that we have
    • good exercise for unfolding in the life of feeling a kind of memory of
    • earlier incarnations. The soul seems to feel: I myself was there and
    • here that a man will notice a kind of memory arising in his feeling:
    • we grow stronger and stronger. Once the feeling has arisen that we
    • whole life of feeling will be transformed. Whereas formerly we may
    • have experienced fear and all the other similar feelings when
    • when something happens, our feeling tells us that it is for a purpose;
    • to the heart, to the life of feeling, that must be developed, not the
    • and feeling in which they lived. The thirteenth is not brother Mark
    • feeling and sensitive perception, all that the twelve representatives
  • Title: Festivals/Easter III: The Death of a God and its Fruits in Humanity
    Matching lines:
    • that this would wound the deepest, most intimate feelings of the
    • To feel this as a reality, we must go deeply into the occult truths
  • Title: Mission/Rosenkreutz: Lecture VII. The Mission of Gautama Buddha on Mars
    Matching lines:
    • of feeling. All the thoughts and ideas of men were suddenly different
  • Title: Esoteric Christianity: The Mission of Christian Rosenkreutz
    Matching lines:
    • feeling. All the thoughts and ideas of men were suddenly different
    • soul, if a man feels that something streaming from this great and
  • Title: Mission/Rosenkreutz: Lecture VI. The Starry Heaven Above Me - The Moral Law Within Me
    Matching lines:
    • relationship established after death? How can our feelings towards him
    • and a new birth. Many living people will feel that they are intimately
    • fellow-feeling differs from the life of those who are egoists. The
    • religious feelings, who had received into himself nothing of the
    • new birth. He feels: In earthly existence I live within my soul and
  • Title: Lecture: From Jesus to Christ (single lecture)
    Matching lines:
    • difficulties. It is unusual in our age for the feelings to be so attuned
    • point of all thought and feeling, and moreover that He has called forth
    • Something more is needed if we are to feel the whole magic charm of the
    • Truth, that it is independent of mood and feeling. For the pupil of
    • was transformed in his feelings and impressions. What to-day appears
    • to feel His Presence, and I was in a state between waking and
    • Then the disciple had to go through all the feelings and
    • into the depths of his soul;” to learn that a fundamental feeling
    • could be formed, and that that feeling was a deep egoism — the
    • which we have to-day only an abstract expression, i.e., the feeling of
    • of the world of feeling, it could draw out from the depths of his soul
    • the stronger this feeling grew until in the end he was led to doubt
    • point he must then overcome this feeling of emptiness in his soul
    • affected by a deep feeling of reverence, to the Mithraic disciple
    • being was gained, and with it a feeling for truth and fidelity; the
    • feelings and sensations were more lively and intense than those of the
    • individual man to the understanding of his own history; as he feels
  • Title: Lecture: Jesuit and Rosicrucian Training
    Matching lines:
    • sensation or feeling, Cognition always signifies a
    • contrast to the elements of ideations and feeling.
    • feelings into the life of ideas, we see quite
    • feeling, which belong to conscious life, but feeling
    • unpleasant to a healthy soul-life is the feeling
    • consciousness, attuned to our epoch, must feel if it
    • punishments, together with the feeling: ‘That am I,
    • vividly as a feeling of contempt for the forsaking
    • soul of the Jesuit pupil, so must a feeling of
    • When these 2 feelings have been called forth in the
    • soul must learn to feel that the greatest danger to
    • Jesuit element, because the Jesuits feel that true
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture I: Jesuit and Rosicrucian Training
    Matching lines:
    • through sensation or feeling, Cognition always signifies a taking
    • as Will, in contrast to the elements of ideation and feeling. If we
    • since the Will plays through our feelings into the life of ideas, we
    • elements, ideation and feeling, which belong to conscious life, but
    • feeling descends directly into the realm of the Will, and the nearer
    • feeling that the Will of another man is being put under compulsion.
    • must feel if it is to know itself to be healthy.
    • punishments, together with the feeling: ‘That am I, since I
    • as vividly as a feeling of contempt for the forsaking of the divine
    • must a feeling of humility and contrition now take hold of him in the
    • feelings have been called forth in the pupil, then for several weeks
    • the banner of Lucifer. The soul must learn to feel that the greatest
    • is attacked by the Jesuit element, because the Jesuits feel that true
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture II: Rosicrucian Training and Anthroposophical Training
    Matching lines:
    • Testament: an independent feeling in the human soul for the true, the
    • humanity. He feels himself bound up with all men as a single
    • the heart, into his world of feeling, he has received the words of
    • directions which are given for the training of the moral feelings, as
    • so firmly united that the astral body cannot normally feel or
    • independent instrument of cognition, or as an instrument of feeling
    • the cleansing of the moral feelings: all these finally produce on the
    • a certain moral equilibrium, a balance of the soul-forces of feeling.
    • ways of feeling and perception that when things go wrong he always
    • meditation concerned with thoughts and feelings. In everything
    • great world, marveling at the revelation of light in the sun, feeling
    • clearly to feel that in this infinitely extended element of the light
    • but through universal feeling. Or again, to perceive the warmth of
    • nature, to feel how through the universe, along with the warmth,
    • relationships in our own organism with the feeling of love, to
    • perceptions, whereby we come to understand that what we feel to be
    • feelings are something transitory; we realise that they live on, are
    • stamped into us as moral realities. We learn to feel the
    • together with our moral feelings. All esoteric life is fundamentally
    • of life we feel the etheric and astral bodies as though enclosed in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture III: Sources of Knowledge of Christ, Lord of Karma
    Matching lines:
    • the feeling that by all their actions they will be causing something
    • feeling, now appearing quite naturally in the course of human
    • And the more this feeling is developed — a feeling that will
    • Adepts, should feel the highest respect for such lofty individuals.
    • feelings an inward relationship to such a person.
    • this theosophical knowledge and feeling, he will naturally feel a
    • recognised, felt, experienced, through feelings which were not
    • can feel that in his soul man encounters two dangers. One danger is
    • would summon from the long line of men who have this feeling, a
    • feeling that every Christian can make his own, is one already
    • brings that which the soul experiences, in order not to feel itself a
    • post-Christian times would feel itself bound to extinguish itself and
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture IV: Experiencing the Christ Impulse, Jerome and the Gospel of St. Matthew
    Matching lines:
    • feelings; but with the proviso that if a man feels within him only
    • the Christ, will be able to feel everywhere in the gnostic and
    • feeble powers of human feeling and perception, are inadequate to
    • approach the Pauline Epistles feeling himself ready to understand
    • this inward passivity have developed feelings of whole-hearted
    • devotion in the sense described — and with no other feelings
    • hearts feel the longing to be able to open their souls towards that
    • clearly conscious of it, have an obscure feeling that something of
    • feeling that there is something true in the Christ Event, as it was
    • in the genuine Christian teachers a feeling of their own
    • in terms either of feeling or of reason. From the side of feeling, we
    • feeling and mood which will allow what is imparted to work upon them.
    • accepted by those who have been able worthily to feel the events from
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture V: Redemption of the Physical Body
    Matching lines:
    • which we become aware in our feelings and perceptions when we simply
    • a Pericles, for example, when a man had a feeling for the universally
    • human and yet could stand firmly on his own feet and feel like a lord
    • one looks at it solely from the point of view of feeling, then we
    • throwing off. We note that the active feeling here is the reverse of
    • the feeling dominant among the Greeks. Just as strongly as the Greek
    • we have perhaps no better opportunity of feeling what an adherent of
    • to tragedy in face of the phenomenon of death, but tragic feeling is
    • We see there how the Ego of Job feels bound up with his
    • connection I feel with my God, I have striven to be righteous before
    • same time death! For as long as the Ego feels itself connected with
    • understand human existence, of feeling himself bound up with God and
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture VI: St. John and St. Paul, First Adam and Second Adam
    Matching lines:
    • they had the tragic feeling that it comes to an end when the
    • from his Greek feeling: ‘Better a beggar in the upper world
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture VII: The Mystery of Golgotha, Greek, Hebrew and Buddhist Thought
    Matching lines:
    • The elements that go to make up our soul life, our thoughts, feelings and
    • have had to live with an ever-duller feeling of the Ego. Everything
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture VIII: The Two Jesus Children, Zoroaster and Buddha
    Matching lines:
    • first-chosen disciples: ‘Through the way in which you feel
    • them spoke of these connections without feeling in his heart a
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture IX: The Exoteric Path to Christ
    Matching lines:
    • plane; the other is a mere feeling or a mere thought.’ Or
    • that what they think, speak, and feel is not without significance for
    • there. The effects of feeling are there, and they would be visible to
    • sees that thoughts and feelings are objective may also see that what
    • another objective act was needed. In short, man must feel that what
    • but not if you look at history in concrete terms — the feelings
    • men began to feel forsaken. They felt forsaken when they approached
    • evil results of the Luciferic influence!’ Through this feeling
    • oneself forsaken, and then feeling oneself rescued by an objective
    • power, there enters into humanity an intuitive feeling that sin is a
    • grasped intellectually, as knowledge. It resided in feelings and
    • could deepen all such perceptions and feelings.
    • thought-worlds, or worlds of abstract feelings and perceptions, but
    • Movement, certain inner thoughts and feelings, shall permeate and
    • spiritualise our inner being — thoughts and feelings as fully
    • back at our time, they will feel it to be particularly tragic that
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture X: The Esoteric Path to Christ
    Matching lines:
    • this course. In Christian Initiation certain feelings which belong to
    • begins by trying to live for a long time with certain feelings and
    • than the mineral. If the plant could speak and feel, it would bow
    • permeates himself with the feeling of humility in regard to the
    • lower, who thoroughly incorporates this feeling in his own being and
    • experiences a transformation of this feeling into an Imagination. And
    • feeling comes not only to an Imagination of the Washing of the Feet,
    • but also to a quite pronounced feeling, as though water were washing
    • our human nature is with such universal human feelings, which
    • it, he actually feels something like sharp pains and woundings, like
    • foregoing description you can gather that the whole scale of feelings
    • make us into quite another nature, so that in the world we feel
    • the strength and power with which we go through these feelings, it
    • as if we were transfixed with wounds. We actually feel as if thorns
    • were pressing into our head; we feel all the pain and suffering of
    • the Crucifixion. We have to feel this before we can experience the
    • been described. Even if we have not gone through these feelings with
    • begin to feel that our feet are as though washed with water, our body
    • feelings so deeply into our nature that they have penetrated as far
    • may appear. We drive the feelings inwards into the physical body and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 1: Introductory Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • and the thought, the deepening of feeling and the expansion of
    • not interested in Christ, and never have been. They do not feel any
  • Title: Inner Realities: Lecture 1: The Inner Aspect of the Saturn-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • must form a conception of what is necessary, to be able to feel such
    • feel dread and fear of the infinite emptiness yawning around us. He
    • must be able to feel, as it were, his environment tinged and
    • underlying our own world. Neither of these feelings is much
    • feelings, and this was in the diary of Karl Rosenkrantz, the writer
    • on Hegel, in which he sometimes describes intimate feelings produced
    • necessary to call up an impression of the feeling aroused by the
    • infinite emptiness of the ancient Saturn-existence. A feeling of
    • acquiring a feeling, more or less known to everyone, that may be
    • stands at the edge of an abyss and feels that he has no sure footing
    • only the most elementary of these apprehensive feelings. For he
    • fills emptiness with something similar to courage. It is a feeling of
    • immersed as a spiritual being, feeling one with the Christ-Being,
    • the possibilities and diversities of what we call a feeling of
    • another. This again can only be described by a feeling that time
    • ceases. This feeling is certainly not pleasant. Imagine that your
    • you feel yourself held in your conceptions and are no longer able to
    • is!” and as he talks on further, this feeling increases and the
    • experience, to say such wise things.” ... Besides this feeling,
    • vanished again; everything is simultaneous. Now, however, the feeling
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 2: The Inner Aspects of the Saturn-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • you must form a conception of what is necessary, to be able to feel
    • feel dread and fear of the infinite emptiness yawning around him. He
    • must be able to feel, as it were, his environment tinged and
    • our own world. Neither of these feelings is much cultivated by people
    • feelings, and this was in the Day-Book of Karl Rosenkrantz, the
    • writer on Hegel, in which he sometimes describes intimate feelings
    • necessary to call up an impression of the feeling aroused by
    • the infinite emptiness of the ancient Saturn existence. A feeling of
    • by-acquiring a feeling that may be compared to the giddiness
    • and feels that he has no sure footing under him, that he cannot
    • these apprehensive feelings. Next he loses not only the ground
    • is a feeling of courage, of protection through being united with that
    • immersed as a spiritual being, feeling one with the Christ-being,
    • all the possibilities and diversities of what we call a feeling of
    • after another. This again can only be described by a feeling that
    • time ceases. This feeling is certainly not pleasant. Imagine that
    • so that you feel yourself held in your conceptions and are no longer
    • he is!’ and as he talks on further, this feeling increases and
    • experience, to say such wise things’ ... Besides this feeling,
    • vanished again; everything is simultaneous. Now, however, the feeling
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Inner Realities: Lecture 2: The Inner Aspect of the Sun-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • gain something by so doing, but because he feels within him the
    • impulse to sacrifice, it is then unthinkable that he should feel
    • anything but inner warmth of bliss. If we feel ourselves glowing with
    • sacrifice feels himself warmed through and through, glowing with
    • bliss. In this way it is possible for us to feel how the glow of
    • who can feel all this about warmth will gradually arrive at the
    • we can only obtain a feeling of this substance of the ancient Sun
    • life in the soul. What would our souls feel through either the vision
    • living in our souls. If the feelings of this man are vivid, if the
    • beatific sacrifice does not leave him unaffected, he will feel a
    • profound feeling of bliss at the vision of the sacrifice; he will
    • feel in his soul that it is the most beautiful deed, the most
    • who is unable to feel this spirit of self-surrender can never
    • sensations and feelings. We can deceive ourselves greatly as to this.
    • feeling of being endowed with grace through the gifts that come to
    • were to see a rose and were charmed by it, experiencing the feeling
    • the feeling we may ourselves have if through the above-described
    • feeling. One has the best impression of such an idea if one thinks of
    • Anyone who has an idea and feels that he can give it forth for the
    • is written, what stands there arises before us. And we then feel
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 3: The Inner Aspect of the Sun-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • gain something by so doing, but because he feels within him the
    • impulse to sacrifice, it is then unthinkable that he should feel
    • anything but inner warmth of bliss. If we feel ourselves glowing with
    • sacrifice feels himself warmed through and through, glowing with
    • bliss. In this way it is possible for us to feel the glow of
    • warmth through the special bliss. He who can feel all this about the
    • heat on ancient Sun. Now we can only obtain a feeling of this
    • life in the soul. What would our souls feel through either the vision
    • living in our souls? If the feelings of this man are vivid, if the
    • beatific sacrifice does not leave him unaffected, he will feel a
    • profound feeling of bliss at the vision of the sacrifice; he will
    • feel in his soul that it is the most beautiful deed, the most
    • feel this spirit of self-surrender can never attain to higher
    • sensations and feelings. We can deceive ourselves greatly as to this.
    • feeling of being endowed with grace through the gifts that come to
    • the feeling of one enraptured by what we call
    • feeling we may ourselves have if through the above-described mode of
    • self-creative. Anyone who has an idea and feels that he can give it
    • is written, what stands there arises before us. And we then feel
    • of the science of Initiation, so that we feel as though this ancient
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Inner Realities: Lecture 3: The Inner Aspect of the Moon-embodiment of the Earth - 1
    Matching lines:
    • the “Last Supper” by Leonardo da Vinci, we may feel this
    • understand with the intellect what the soul feels. Does the flower
    • intellect to feel the whole immeasurable greatness of the subject,
    • is able to feel in every word what it is that is trying to burst
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 4: The Inner Aspect of the Moon-embodiment of the Earth (Part 1)
    Matching lines:
    • Leonardo da Vinci, we may feel this in our hearts. Do not object that
    • necessary to understand with the intellect what the soul feels.
    • soul with intellect to feel the whole immeasurable greatness of the
    • resignation — is able to feel in every word what it is that is
  • Title: Inner Realities: Lecture 4: The Inner Aspect of the Moon-embodiment of the Earth - 2
    Matching lines:
    • their sacrifice there arose a feeling, though very faint, which was
    • this feeling is represented in an accentuated form. Hence we do not
    • that feeling which was developed in the Individualities whose
    • of soul-life. This feeling with which we are all acquainted holds
    • often go about with these feelings without being aware of them in our
    • that he is longing for home, he only feels an undefined craving, an
    • certain conditions in our own soul, if we wish to feel, to sense the
    • the other. We can feel this even in our human life, we live and move
    • in one for whom we sacrifice ourselves, we feel glad and satisfied
    • feelings of longing.
    • should continually arise to assuage the feeling of desolation, you
    • already feels moods such as these, and they are the very very best for him
    • to feel. The citizens of earth of our time who feel this longing —
    • one to another. When we have this before us we can feel the spiritual
    • do we not feel what lives in the subconsciousness, and how it is
    • cannot be given until our age. We feel a kind of veneration for such
    • cannot but feel a veneration for them. So, on the centenary of the
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 5: The Inner Aspect of the Moon-embodiment of the Earth (Part 2)
    Matching lines:
    • their sacrifice there arose a feeling, though very faint, which was
    • feeling is represented in an accentuated form. Hence we do not find
    • that feeling which was developed in the Individualities whose
    • depths of Soul-life. This feeling with which we are all acquainted
    • often go about with these feelings without being aware of them in our
    • not know that he is longing for home, he only feels an undefined
    • certain conditions in our own Soul, if we wish to feel, to sense the
    • the other. We can feel this even in our human life, we live and move
    • in one for whom we sacrifice ourselves, we feel glad and satisfied
    • compare with the present feelings of longing. We can in a certain
    • should continually arise to assuage the feeling of desolation, we
    • feels moods such as these, and they are the very best he is capable
    • of feeling. The citizens of earth of our time who feel this longing
    • scene where Katchen stands before her admirers, do we not feel what
    • longed for what cannot be given until our age. We feel a kind of
    • long desired — we cannot but feel a veneration for them. So, on
  • Title: Inner Realities: Lecture 5: The Inner Aspect of the Earth-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • which leads from wonder to the bliss we feel when our riddles are
    • We really ought to be able to feel the dryness and withering of any
    • by these two feelings, does not spring from the soul of man in real
    • we do not feel this for everything that is strange to us; but only
    • for that to which we feel ourselves in a sense related, so related
    • can feel related to a thing yet strange, which at first we must grasp
    • in their feeling within themselves what they had wished to send up to
    • thereby arising within the Beings who desired to offer and now feel:
    • all his feelings in motion. This was gone into more minutely in the
    • last lecture. We saw that as the Beings were unable to feel an inner
    • concerning which they both feel and perceive that it could only attain
    • picture the feelings of such Beings, you will have an idea of what may
    • these thoughts with your feeling — not with your reason, for that
    • can present these things to our soul through inner feelings, we are
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 6: The Inner Aspect of the Earth-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • wonder to the bliss we feel when our riddles are solved, which first
    • actually to feel the dryness and withering of any knowledge not
    • feelings, does not spring from the soul of man in real earnest. All
    • astonishment. But we do not feel this for everything that is strange
    • to us; but only for that to which we feel ourselves in a sense
    • So that we can feel related to a thing yet strange, which at first we
    • caused by their feeling within them what they had wished to send up
    • now feel: ‘Had I been able to accomplish my sacrifice, the best
    • all his feelings in motion. This was gone into more minutely in the
    • last lecture. We saw that as the Beings were unable to feel an inner
    • concerning which they both feel and perceive that it could only
    • feelings of such Beings, you will have an idea of what may be called:
    • thoughts with your feeling — not with your reason, for that
    • feeling, we are reminded of something in which an alien character is
  • Title: World of the Senses and World of the Spirit: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • materialistic and the spiritual tendencies in thought and feeling.
    • feeling, into our willing, and into those forces which we need in
    • collision two divergent tendencies in man's thought and feeling
    • and perception. One is a direction in thought and feeling which has
    • one and on the other side; my aim was merely to call forth a feeling
    • contemplates with deep feeling the power and the warmth of the sun's
    • are led at last to the feeling that all the glory that lies open to
    • feel that he confronts the external sense world as a being in which
    • this whole sense world is contained; he feels himself as a confluence
    • attains to seeing this, the feeling can come over him which has been
    • whole. And then, as we develop this feeling towards the great world,
    • feel how it is really as though the deeds and purposes of the Gods
    • arouse this feeling, it is only because we have not learned to know
    • develop a feeling for the majesty and power, for the overwhelming
    • develop in us with regard to the moral ideals within a feeling that
    • works just as overpoweringly in the soul as the feeling inspired by
    • the moral ideals and purposes of man. A great warmth of feeling can
    • ideals thou canst set before thee! And not to feel so, dear friends,
    • not to feel oneself small in comparison with one's ideals can
    • precisely as his mind and soul grow that a man comes to feel more and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World of the Senses and World of the Spirit: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • feeling oneself in wisdom-filled harmony with reality and finally to
    • has developed this feeling, this attitude of surrender, in a rather
    • degree of development, will perforce feel within him at the sight of
    • feel this mood of balance — a balance that is not dead but
    • sense-perception; they inevitably call up in his soul a feeling of
    • way that he feels bound to give answer with inner movement and
    • small measure of this quality of surrender, feels pain if he suddenly
    • sensible of will in everything and he feels united with the whole
    • while other-wise we only feel it as spread out around us, this world
    • impressions in the first place through his senses; and then he feels
    • he feels as if he were swimming, together with the objects, in a sea
    • of ruling will. And when a man has come to this point and feels the
    • the stages we have called feeling oneself in harmony with the wisdom
    • feel the ruling will streaming into us through our eyes and ears, we
    • feel ourselves in true correspondence with the objects. But behind
    • moment he beholds it he feels that it grows out beyond itself, he
    • feels how it has in it the possibility to become something quite
    • stimulates him to feel within him something of a budding and
    • with the green leaf, feeling in himself, too, a budding and a
    • cannot do otherwise than be overcome with a feeling of death. In the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World of the Senses and World of the Spirit: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • but feel and experience his own eye. He should become
    • activity of the eye — this is what he ought to feel.
    • directly to perceive our eye and feel its connection with the ruling
    • the physical over the etheric body, man would not feel himself to be
    • impressions and sensations. For man's whole general feeling of
    • the senses and through the fact that in the whole feeling he has of
    • have described under the names of wonder, reverence, feeling in
    • intimately interwoven with his thinking, feeling and willing. It is
    • is merely in his ego and not interwoven with thinking, feeling and
    • think this thought of the I apart from all thinking, feeling and
    • separating it in reality from thinking, feeling and willing. In the
    • and feelings and impulses of will, as well as with desires. His ego
    • is never for a moment separated from thinking, feeling and willing.
    • thinking, feeling and willing, and to look upon these as something
    • feeling and willing. If one reflects a little one is bound to admit
    • mixed up with his thinking, feeling and willing that it is an
    • who is like a kind of double. All my thinking, feeling and willing go
    • on alongside of me. I am not that which thinks and feels and wills, I
    • feeling and one with my willing. But until we have come to a
    • stand in relation to thinking, feeling and willing if all were as
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World of the Senses and World of the Spirit: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • would think of ascribing occupation of space to feeling, thought or
    • sees at once that this feeling of space, this extension in space,
    • course in time. Although we cannot say that a feeling or an
    • we must admit that what we think or feel, in short all soul
    • thoughts and feelings which are directly given to him. Suppose you
    • little what must live therein. Therein live your feelings, thoughts,
    • the whole. We said: Thoughts live therein, conceptions, feelings,
    • can bring the thoughts and feelings into quicker flow; if the will is
    • Will; then, all that lives in feelings and conceptions, all that is
  • Title: World of the Senses and World of the Spirit: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • system. These Imaginations are the cause of that unpleasant feeling
    • before by an uncongenial person. The feeling is due, in the main, to
    • not far behind the clairvoyant, for he has an uncomfortable feeling
    • himself in an Imaginative picture what the other only feels more
    • in thought, what is beautiful in feeling and what is morally good and
    • feeling and whatever is morally evil — a man must himself erase
    • through the necessary thoughts and feelings or will impulses or
    • not feeling to himself: “I am in that being,” but: “I
    • perception, but that he should feel his astral body, too, as his ego,
    • feeling and willing. The ego was thus no longer pure, something else
    • feeling makes Lucifer-Ahriman look upon blood as his earthly
    • originally was to have had, he would feel in him the seven Elohim;
    • that is to say, he would feel his ego in him as seven-membered. One
    • man. This seven-foldness that man would feel in his ego, as it were,
    • ego that is single and unitary in character, he has come to feel and
    • together, so that they might feel themselves to be one common race of
    • beginning. Lucifer's gift to man has meant that man feels
    • to feel himself a member and part of the whole of humanity.
  • Title: World of the Senses and World of the Spirit: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • the power of thinking and feeling — it can easily happen that
    • Spiritual Science there in the world. When a man feels drawn to
    • man must feel that it is unsubstantial and unreal, and moreover that
  • Title: Reincarnation and Karma: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • that we create for ourselves, in feeling and thought, a being
    • there a feeling that man should feel himself overwhelmed because he
    • will either feel: “This picture is quite near to me”; or
    • he will feel: “This picture is a long, long way off.”
    • able to estimate how faded the picture is. The following feeling will
    • to work upon him, his feeling and perception will lead him to the
    • following feeling. It becomes apparent to him that between him and
    • the picture stand twelve persons; another may perhaps feel that
    • feeling is there and is of the greatest significance. If, for
    • living feeling will be this: “The whole of the life I now lead
    • feel something like an inner torment concerning their previous
    • but the enthusiasm, the perception and the feeling called to life by
    • the general fundamental feeling alone — that is taken with him.
    • is with the whole organism of man. What causes man to feel pain? When
  • Title: Reincarnation and Karma: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • arises in our souls in this life when we feel a past experience
    • life, and he feels he must at all costs leave it and do something
    • cultivate any rueful feelings about it, as though we ought to have
    • element of feeling, an element connected more with the moods
    • of the soul, and less with images. We feel a particular relationship
    • feelings we have make an impression similar to that made by
    • instance, Nuszbaumer, yet we have a feeling that this is not
    • feeling to arise: “Here I have attained something which exists
    • question must really be described as a kind of “feeling and
    • faculty of remembrance is an image-memory, whereas the feelings that
    • feelings and will-impulses. Let us think of a man who writes his
    • into the depths of his soul; then imagine how faded the feelings and
    • between the memory-image and the original feelings and will-impulses
    • concepts. The fact that these concepts, permeated with feeling, can
    • our soul-life experiences of feeling. These appear in a great
    • of feeling which can be spoken of as the sympathy and the antipathy
    • we feel for things, or, if we want to describe them more
    • emphatically, as love and hate. We can say that these feelings
    • produce a kind of stimulus, and again there are feelings which bring
    • kinds of feelings. To these also belong what may be described as the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Reincarnation and Karma: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • feel, to suffer or to delight in during our present existence on the
    • after all, have something to do with ourselves. The feeling we have
    • thought which quite definitely arises. It is really more a feeling
    • feel as though what arises in the soul is what we ourselves once were
    • feeling does not so easily remain vivid and alive. If you try to
    • life of feeling. And as such we actually feel our earlier
    • feeling, as a new kind of memory. The impression we get when this
    • more like a feeling, but of such a kind that we realise: the
    • yourself were. Something that is like a feeling arising in an act of
    • life of soul, or the life of feeling. Everyone who comes to
    • vivid impression of feeling; but if the impression of the landscape
    • vivid. In the form of a feeling we can obtain a very vivid impression
    • objectively, we may at times experience something like a feeling of
    • some such feeling is the impression made upon us by our earlier
    • incarnation; it is an impression of feeling, an impression in the
    • earlier life — certainty through having engendered a feeling of
    • feelings of earlier lives.
    • be led to the feeling — because again it undergoes a
    • existence of another world, but towards feeling oneself as a citizen
  • Title: Reincarnation and Karma: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • the kind. This indeed is what he feels himself to be, with his
    • from the idea of karma that we should not feel ourselves to have been
    • find ourselves in life; on the contrary, we should feel that a kind
    • inevitably evoke the feeling of belonging to the neglected or
    • harmonious inner life, a feeling of our own sure foundations, the
    • the individual feels the urge not to lose himself in the outer world
    • like to sacrifice themselves all the time — they feel happy in
    • more must the individual soul be able to feel within itself the
    • must feel and be conscious of the fact that in this way he is helping
    • to bring about the birth of a new culture. This feeling of the
    • eventually held together by such a feeling can find their way to one
  • Title: Reincarnation and Karma: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • certain trend of thinking and feeling, so that we realise the
    • presented, with the feeling that in those to whom one speaks or with
    • of man's consciousness, for his whole life of feeling and
    • — the feeling of responsibility — is extended
    • and karma. The feeling of responsibility is intensified, imbued with
    • as moral impulses undreamed of in the past times. The feeling of
    • feel sympathy or antipathy towards him, strong or moderate affection,
    • the Self beyond what happens between birth and death, when he feels
    • feels responsible in the same way as he does for his own deeds in
    • of reincarnation and karma will widen and enhance our feeling of
    • feeling of responsibility. In the same way we might speak of love, of
    • still the feeling of responsibility will be essentially enhanced
    • outwardly manifest. When in one incarnation our deepest feelings of
  • Title: Lecture 1: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • science, you meet me with a feeling and perception for the spiritual
    • goes on, we acquire an understanding born of feeling and of perception
    • different from what it was before. Compare your feelings after you
    • years, the way in which you feel and think, with the thoughts and
    • feelings you had before, or with the way in which people think and
    • feel who are not interested in spiritual science. Spiritual science
    • self-education to a quite definite feeling with regard to the
    • that we wish to permeate all our feelings with love. Other people, if
    • educate our feelings by letting the knowledge of the facts of a higher
    • knowledge. This special manner of training the soul to a feeling for a
    • in our soul; a quite definite feeling, a quite definite perception
    • for it; it is a devout feeling in our soul, a feeling of pious
    • devotion to infinity. All the religious feelings in the evolution of
    • feeling, a moral perception. When within our souls the blue has
    • Let us now reflect upon another feeling by means of which we can in
    • the requisite conditions) the soul has instead a peculiar feeling,
    • feel within myself, when my soul is blessed with the power to think
    • nature is transmuted into a moral feeling.
    • moral feeling for all that we call the phenomenon of matter in the
    • earth as substance, as matter. We then feel matter living and weaving
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture 2: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • physical and etheric bodies, feels his consciousness flash up, he then
    • activity; their activity resembles the action of feeling and thought
    • and feelings from the environment; impulses of will, sympathy and
    • us as thoughts, feelings, and impulses of will. Thus in this category
    • body, he feels as if he were dismembered in the world of the Spirits
    • a man only values with his perceptions and feelings what he has
    • feel our astral body to be connected with all the spiritual beings we
    • to our planet, but we feel in a quite peculiar way, that we actually
    • feel, so to speak, as if all the qualities of our physical and etheric
    • bodies were taken from us. Then too we feel everything taken from us
    • with our ego, we feel ourselves not only poured out into the whole
    • world of the Spirits of the Rotation of Time, but we feel ourselves
    • that we should feel ourselves as belonging to the whole of our planet.
    • in this seeking after the meaning of existence. Through feeling, one
    • at any rate feels himself united with the Spirit of the whole planet,
    • planet and also the feelings of the planet, of which we shall speak
  • Title: Lecture 3: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • feeling of self. They have their feeling of self so long as they
    • themselves; they have their feeling of self, their actual
    • antithetically. Such feelings with regard to the world which we only
    • heart feels and longs for. Through our inner world, we human beings
    • He can so transcend the special inner life that he feels something
    • with feeling and receptivity, he can educate himself in this way.
    • being, if accepted as feeling, as inner impulse, is a powerful
    • become ever stronger and stronger, so that he feels overpowered by his
    • and impersonal thinking and feeling, when we see this, we have there
  • Title: Lecture 4: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • path roughly indicated yesterday, he gains a certain feeling of what
    • sort of feeling. Only if he goes in patience and persevere through all
    • the feelings and perceptions mentioned yesterday, can he pass over to
    • body feels freed from his physical and etheric bodies. We must have a
    • perception of this feeling of freedom. We must gradually learn what it
    • longer feeling enclosed within his skin. When he — let us say
    • feels as if a part of himself were within the other being; he feels as
    • we, perceiving them, plunge our own being. There is a feeling
    • second stage experiences is infinitely more intense than a feeling; it
    • being. The feeling to which I refer, which can be compared to this
    • imply when we feel sympathy and love in ordinary life? If we ponder
    • life, that we are able to feel sympathy and love. There is scarcely
    • feel ourselves there, within the living beings; we learn to live with
    • feel profoundly the difference between the leaf of a plant which
    • gestures, of a man speaks, when we feel how the blossom which opens
    • folded; it we feel the gestures, the physiognomy, and the colors of
    • manifesting itself. In this way we feel how the spiritual beings of
  • Title: Lecture 5: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • ordinary life in the feelings of sympathy and love, by raising these
    • feelings to the occult path, we may succeed in pouring forth our own
    • been described. At this second stage, where we feel ourselves one with
    • There we must completely lose the feeling that we exist as a separate
    • retaining our own separate experience, but we must actually feel the
    • and lose the feeling that we are standing beside the other being. If
    • category of the First Hierarchy, if we allow such feelings to work
    • persons call forth in us a feeling, though but a faint one, of what
    • life, or the ordinary feelings and thoughts of man. And it would be
    • feeling, and will, the beings of the second category of the First
    • their souls. When we realise this wisdom of theirs, we feel somewhat
    • as the occultist feels when he stands before the beings we call the
    • of the feeling which the occultist has when he ascends to the
  • Title: Lecture 6: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • man; but they then feel shining and springing forth in their inner
    • short they feel themselves filled and inspired by the spirit and its
    • their own being, if they wish to feel, think and will somewhat as a
    • man, who can shut up within himself his thoughts and feelings, and
    • the product of their own thought and feeling, for whatever they bring
    • be untrue to their nature so that their thoughts and feelings did not
    • number of them to deny their nature was a feeling of power, of
    • each time they developed inner thought or feeling, a manifestation
    • civilisation. What always fills us with such significant feelings with
  • Title: Lecture 7: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • the fact that we study a man who is not merely a thinking, feeling and
  • Title: Lecture 8: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • the feeling that through the comparison of these impressions he again
    • is capable of this for longer — of wholeheartedly feeling nothing
    • as possible. The modern man, as a rule, only feels himself drawn to
    • earth-organism feels pain resembling that which we feel when a hair is
    • this springing forth corresponds to a feeling in certain spiritual
    • To describe this feeling we may compare it with the perception one has
    • certain spirits of the earth feel, when the plants spring forth in
    • the earth have the same feeling as man has when he awakens in the
    • organism of our earth who have the same feelings as our own astral
    • the reverse is correct: namely the beings we are now considering, feel
    • the mineral kingdom is also connected with something in which feeling
    • pulverized and the parts fly asunder something like a feeling of
    • feeling; but it is in contradiction to the feeling which animals and
    • is crushed it is conscious of a feeling of well-being. If we dissolve
    • this causes pain: we feel that there is pain at the point of union.
    • we do not give the earth pain; it feels it to be good. But it did not
    • suffer as the earth progresses. It gives one a very strange feeling
  • Title: Lecture: Occultism and Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • the form of thoughts, representations, feelings, and impulses of the
    • dissatisfaction which makes us feel as if we were standing before a
    • creative processes, to penetrate into what we feel to be life's
    • we no longer feel the deep significance, the greatness and power
    • feelings, sensations, impulses, passions, thoughts and ideals,
    • because, if our feelings are of a moral nature, our consciousness
    • comes to us from a world — we can feel and experience this —
    • without feeling dazed, conscience is a phenomenon that speaks to the
    • initiation. In regard to thinking, feeling, and willing, these
    • through these thoughts, and even through their feelings and
    • indeed even our feelings and will-impulses, must become quite
    • ideas, and even our feelings and sensations work in our soul in such
    • generally do not experience, and we obtain the immediate feeling, the
    • follows them never for a moment loses the feeling that the world of
    • when we feel compassion or love — the decision, or the effort
    • satisfy religious feeling through knowledge. But this constitutes a
  • Title: Lecture 10: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • mature enough to perceive and feel at least a little of that which
    • a feeling that Lucifer was really a good Divinity — she felt him as
    • feeling, I should like at their close to take farewell of you all.
  • Title: Man/Light of Occultism: Lecture I.
    Matching lines:
    • unquestionably so. In theosophy there should really be a fresh feeling
    • therefore a man perceives a fact of occult knowledge, he at once feels
    • The Mysteries had already what may be called a “feeling”
    • many people feel philosophy to be something that is much too difficult
    • preconceived feelings and opinions. Theosophy needs to keep constantly
    • preconceived feelings and opinions. And it is encouraging to see how
  • Title: Man/Light of Occultism: Lecture II.
    Matching lines:
    • life of feeling. Think how it is with a man who is beginning on a path
    • development; a man's whole feeling and interest were claimed for a new
  • Title: Man/Light of Occultism: Lecture III.
    Matching lines:
    • external objects. It gives us moreover the feeling of being surrounded
    • experience is such as to banish all feeling we might otherwise have of
    • him, unlike anything he has ever experienced hitherto. He feels as
    • When we enter the flowing light, we do not feel as feel as though we
    • feeling we are thinking it now. It is most important to note this
    • desire he feels to gather up everything together and relate it all to
    • light is something that makes us feel we are being scattered in it,
    • makes us feel we are, as it were, being spread abroad in space, —
    • “unspoken word,” we have the feeling as though something
    • In the same degree to which in the first experience we feel ourselves
    • tones — we have a strange and remarkable feeling; and the fact
    • If those who today sincerely and honestly feel themselves drawn to the
    • in these interests until they have no feeling for anything beyond
  • Title: Man/Light of Occultism: Lecture IV.
    Matching lines:
    • maintain this attitude. He must feel himself to be standing here on
    • speak rather to the ideas and feelings of the heart, appeal to the
    • life of inner perception and feeling. This difference can readily be
    • explained to you, feels called upon to suppress his ordinary
    • feelings he still has that he has not obliterated what is thought and
    • mystic will have great forces to spare which enable him to feel
    • develop all the more strongly. He will feel through the instrument of
    • feel it more powerfully than a man who uses up his soul forces for his
    • in a mystic of this type a feeling for Nature that is very positive
    • and very concrete. Such a one did in time past clothe his feeling for
    • may see how, for a mystic of this type, life itself becomes a feeling
    • feeling. The poem is saturated with something that the eye cannot
    • perceive (for the writer is a mystic) but the soul can feel. Observe
    • however, it is what the soul feels when it does not yet go so far as
    • that feeling for Nature which is so beautifully expressed by Goethe in
    • With power to feel and to enjoy it.
    • Here we have an echo of the same feeling, and its mystery has been
    • brother, and the Earth herself his mother. This is how he feels the
    • positive feelings that fill his soul when he encounters the beings of
    • Nature, — filial, sisterly, brotherly feelings.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man/Light of Occultism: Lecture V.
    Matching lines:
    • of soul, over your thinking, feeling and willing, there too you cannot
    • the feelings and will impulses — that held sway in you when you
    • earthly life. This is the fundamental feeling men have about the I or
    • into a deep and original feeling of the soul where we say: “You
    • man begins to feel the imperfection of his own form, when he feels
    • retaining only a kind of judgmatic feeling about the human form —
    • man is the fact that it is symmetrical. Inevitably one feels
  • Title: Man/Light of Occultism: Lecture VI.
    Matching lines:
    • brain. It is quite possible to feel it as a brain that has been
    • feeling soul and the willing soul. In ordinary life these three things
    • — thinking, feeling and willing — are united in the
    • one step towards a higher consciousness, thinking, feeling, and
    • into a thinking man, a feeling man and a willing man.
    • feeling man and the willing man, who stand each over against the other
  • Title: Man/Light of Occultism: Lecture VII.
    Matching lines:
    • into a thinking man, a feeling man and a willing man. Split up, as it
    • were, into these three soul beings, — that is how man feels when
    • in some way to feel their connection with the great world, and say to
    • they came to have such a feeling? To answer this question we must
  • Title: Man/Light of Occultism: Lecture VIII.
    Matching lines:
    • in most cases — begin with the feelings and impressions that come
    • for him to start from the inner feeling of the body, the feeling he
    • are experiences that we feel to be inward rather than outward; and if
    • when one has carried out the experiment described, a feeling of
    • character that we can feel He has anything to learn there. Similarly,
  • Title: Man/Light of Occultism: Lecture IX.
    Matching lines:
    • are under the necessity to seek wisdom, those who feel a deep inward
    • mind, the feeling comes over one that Christ can not only help in the
    • Study the festivals of New Moon and investigate the feelings men had
    • so the inner movements. A special effort has to be made to feel them.
    • We must learn to discern each one for itself. We must be able to feel
    • after-image, he must endeavour to feel himself inwardly, feel the
    • that we are entering, then a feeling took possession of us that this
    • another time about the feelings and response called forth in the Mars
  • Title: Man/Light of Occultism: Lecture X.
    Matching lines:
    • mean, of course, spiritual light. We have the feeling that all the
    • — knowing this, you will not feel it as a contradiction that
    • thinking, feeling and willing. When we pass beyond the external and
    • manifests and comes to expression in thinking, feeling and willing.
    • manifestations of the astral body are thinking; feeling and willing.
    • but it can nevertheless still have a feeling for the soul element in
    • historic necessity; we feel what theosophy must be for modern man, and
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • been able to stamp a kind of impression of the feelings, sentiments
    • allow these sentiments and feelings to flow into us, together with all
    • that we feel in our souls with regard to our anthroposophical
    • removed from what present day man can feel or think. But when the soul
    • representing, is able to apply the feelings and sentiments of his own
    • to life. How could anyone with genuine feeling for what it means for a
    • consciousness. Those who feel this mystery have the right feeling.
    • of much that spiritual science gives us to feel our way into this
    • events that show us the Greek soul in its life of feeling and
    • feeling to see that the events enacted in the reconstructed Eleusinian
    • all the more certain, feeling of what the Greeks felt when such names
    • with our reason. We feel today, in quite a distinct way, that our soul
    • have felt this in the way man feels it today. At that time they never
    • lives in Persephone, the soul must feel its connection with all that
    • art. I only wish to put into words the feelings that can arise in man
    • being. But what we may and can feel about the secrets of the soul
    • drama of Paradise as a living picture. Try to feel inwardly how
    • feel what is contained in these two statements to grasp the whole
    • It was feelings such as these that filled my soul last Sunday when we
    • alone in these feelings. All of us sitting here may feel the warmest
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • Eternity; we need only touch on this idea to feel resounding in us
    • makes everything connected with the feeling that flows from the
    • darkness of life. Once more we feel how in Faust, one of the
    • epoch before it can feel and experience in itself what at that time
    • realises this at first in such a way that he feels within this body
    • and experiences it just as, on another level, he feels what lives in
    • system. Such an inner feeling and experience is present, and it can
    • then have the distinct feeling that your etheric body never grows
    • to feel it like something foreign inside me.”
    • anything about these things will at once feel that they really are as
    • enrichment through the feeling that our brain radiates out to feel its
    • begins when one feels that other parts are also expanding and making
    • oneself of all prejudices and preconceived feelings that grow up in a
    • should like first to arouse a feeling of how initiation is related to
    • original primitive human feeling; hence, the necessity for working up
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • animal world. We feel, for instance, that it would be senseless to
    • Threshold, certain processes of the soul, feelings and desires,
    • feeling. We may thus say that man's world of desire is kindled within
    • may feel the reproach and begin to work toward perfection, another may
    • manifold feelings and sentiments, so that he is able to say, “My
    • feelings are for myself alone. What is seen of me externally is my
    • clairvoyant consciousness has the feeling of something repellent,
    • and beings who give one the feeling that what they expose is
    • who reveal everything, beautiful, for in front of them we feel just as
    • a world where it must have these feelings about beauty and ugliness,
    • much in its whole mode of feeling must undergo a change. It is quite
    • consciousness. But there is the further feeling that he lies and does
    • honest and upright, while the opposite feeling must be called ugly.
    • senses become linked and fused together. Hence, other modes of feeling
    • purer feelings, I have forced it to show me its true form.”
    • to call a devil ugly if he appears as a devil. Feelings of this kind
    • behind now, so as to feel at home in the super-sensible world?”
    • really to experience such a thing, to feel it livingly, to lay aside
    • meaning. If this becomes a living feeling, then one has a living
    • Now a feeling arises as immediately as does the feeling we have on
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • understanding, our feeling and willing, with which to work on what
    • impulses, desires and passions, in his feelings, ideas, and the
    • he knows. Thoroughly to grasp this thought, or rather this feeling,
    • life. We should feel the whole power of the thought that is called
    • future ages by the force of super-sensible memory.” If you feel
    • this thought pouring with feeling into the void of the universe,
    • given through any philosophical concepts. Then you will feel what a
    • feeling what can give us ideas about initiation. Let us assume that a
    • example, with the hands. The feeling oneself into the etheric body is
    • universe.” Such is the subjective feeling. This is not, however,
    • experience of a particular impression or feeling of dread and anxiety,
    • feelings, wishes, willing and so forth. In a sound life of the soul,
    • one will always find it possible to say, “I think this, I feel
    • get the feeling that we are growing into the etheric world that is
    • thoughts were thinking themselves, as if the feelings we ourselves
    • The feeling one has is one of being given up to the objective, to the
    • world. But, as a rule, another feeling is added. This is another of
    • feeling that, as we expand and widen out, and our thoughts think
    • themselves, feelings feel themselves, in the same measure our
    • to possess, so that there comes before the soul a feeling, into which
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • characterise how the withdrawal from the physical body, and feeling
    • that one begins to feel outside one's physical body in such a way that
    • feeling, and also realise how to assess your value as a man of soul.
    • inner life feels that there is something bitter, that there is
    • feel yourself soaked through with this aroma of bitterness. What can
    • which you are entering. So it is best to feel this world with your
    • soul, and after having made yourself familiar with this feeling of the
    • other may occur. In the midst of his daily life man may feel himself
    • of the hierarchies and feels oneself to belong there. But this living
    • occupy your soul so completely that it altogether fills it; you feel
    • have the feeling that this is a living thought, it draws your soul
    • immediately have the feeling of experiencing all that these beings
    • spiritual experience. It is a certain fundamental feeling that rests
    • is a feeling that perhaps I can picture to you by means of a contrast.
    • this fundamental feeling. Imagine someone standing here in the middle
    • feeling. What I have just said as regards all the separate beings is
    • through this consciously, you cannot but have a poured out feeling
    • toward all that you experience. You feel yourself within everything to
    • Dante, for instance, he sometimes has the feeling that there in the
    • some other being of the higher hierarchies — feel this mood of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • they have in man, then especially must we feel the need, instead of
    • would soon seize hold of Ahriman and feel him to be a most easy-going
    • We live here in physical existence in such a way that we feel how
    • can conjure up a true idea of himself knows that feeling and
    • us that we should feel in this way. There we feel quite differently,
    • suffering, though in sensory existence we feel they are something to
    • Thus, again and from another side, we are shown through feeling what
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • someone else based on immediate personal feeling and emotion. Let us
    • however close a personal attachment one may feel in sensory existence,
    • super-sensible. It may be that one feels a personal attraction such as
    • religious questions, if with his prejudices and personal feelings he
    • in words but by calling forth feeling for what is behind the Threshold
    • soul would feel that it had fallen into what was infinitely fearful,
    • Harmony of Feeling, contains basically what we may say has been
    • not feel themselves bound to the truth, to distinguishing what should
    • far we may be separated in space. May the souls present here feel this
    • so long together we can take such feelings away with us, our souls
    • can feel out of spontaneous inner experience, as an echo, when you
  • Title: Gospel of Mark: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • stirrings of the soul, what we may call the feelings and
    • feeling and sentiment that pervades his whole thought? In the
    • the Oriental-Aryan mode of thought and feeling, in every
    • sentence we might say, in the emphasis of feeling in
    • of all human thinking and feeling took place — not
    • them against the background of the era. He feels how
    • us, we feel that the whole force of Hector is in him. But we
    • feel that this force cannot come forth in the post-Christian
  • Title: Gospel of Mark: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • with a certain artistic spiritual feeling so that we
    • then feel that it is not a mere phrase when we say that a man
    • seized by a peculiar feeling when he comes to the end of the
    • this feeling comes upon us when the seven sons of the
    • inner certainty and feeling of unity with the divine
    • this in sight, we feel certain things as necessary which
    • shall we develop a feeling for the artistic element in it,
    • and acquire a feeling for the realities from which it
  • Title: Gospel of Mark: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • beheaded, has been restored to life!” Herod feels that,
    • now all the more present! He feels that his atmosphere, his
    • different personality as that of Raphael. Can we not feel
    • Raphael really was is likely to have his feelings aroused in
    • art, if his feelings are honest and sincere, is able to feel
    • the Baptist stand before us, and it is good if we can feel
    • feeling. If you admit that there can be truths other than
    • understands how to value the truths of feeling will wish to
    • let his feeling dwell on the passage where it is related how
    • feeling” from what it would be today. At that
    • time feeling was poured out from one person into another.
    • and He feels that a current of force has gone out from Him.
  • Title: Gospel of Mark: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • feels the desire to be connected with life through the
    • feelings that lived in the disciples of the Buddha. They
    • thinking, feeling, and perception the great figure of the
    • gathers his pupils around himself, but how does he feel in
    • Phaedo finds himself experiencing a feeling similar
    • such that they arouse a feeling which one has with Socrates
  • Title: Gospel of Mark: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • heights of human spiritual evolution, instilling the feeling
    • to feel not only a living warmth but the whole range of
    • feeling from the most extreme cold to the highest
    • soul-warmth. Then one can come to feel that these things are
    • words his real being, we arrive at thoughts, feelings and
    • preconceptions, how do we feel in relation to them? Certain
    • you do not start out from an abstract feeling and an abstract
    • but rather start out from the old way of feeling and
    • feels himself spread and poured out into what lives in
    • men of future times will be able to understand and feel and
    • human soul itself feel in the course of subsequent centuries?
    • comes to light when there begins to be active that feeling
  • Title: Gospel of Mark: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • feeling. But while Peter's soul felt that his master was
    • we must look at these things, enabling us to feel how Christ
    • should feel it difficult to grasp what has just been said,
    • such a feeling is perfectly justifiable, for it goes without
    • clairvoyant consciousness?” And Neitzsche feels,
    • transport ourselves in feeling into the age in which these
    • which it feels obliged to cling. What we have before us is
  • Title: Gospel of Mark: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • secrets of existence. In the case of the Mark Gospel we feel
    • home, one can feel only that he is outside his body,
    • feel how on the mountain there were the three cosmic
    • things the feeling can arise in our souls that the Gospel, if
    • treacherous deed because he feels himself at heart especially
    • for some strange reason Christ Jesus feels hunger, and goes
    • that a specially strong feeling, a specially strong force was
  • Title: Gospel of Mark: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • consummate artistry if we can only understand how to feel the
  • Title: Gospel of Mark: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • allows us to feel most clearly the whole cosmic greatness and
    • possess the necessary feeling and perception. For we are
    • he can sense and feel what is described in accordance with
    • experience that this feeling will become a true inner fact,
    • the kind of reflection filled with feeling and emotion that
    • feel what speaks to us from the Gospels and allow ourselves
    • to be stirred by what we feel and sense can we find the way
    • science to a feeling for and understanding of the Gospels
    • documents, are taken hold of by what they feel and experience
    • who are willing to feel and perceive it. For only then will
    • feelings that arise in us when we think of the great
    • we can harbor no other feeling than a true and genuine
    • feeling for truth. Such things as the contemplation of the
    • Gospels, and feels their innermost impulse, then one feels
  • Title: Life Between ... I: Investigations Into Life Between Death and Rebirth 1
    Matching lines:
    • and maturity of soul, all we think and feel, transform themselves in
    • cut off from him because of our feelings or affection or dislike that
    • accompanied by deep feeling, by a real inner experience, and this is
    • most important. We might feel, for example, that we have not loved
    • feeling that develops little by little. Beings of the Hierarchies are
    • Once we have gained ideas and feelings about the Mystery of Golgotha,
    • developing those feelings that it will need in order to cross the
  • Title: Life Between ... II: Investigations Into Life Between Death and Rebirth 2
    Matching lines:
    • At this stage one feels oneself drawing away from the earth. The
    • feels that one has reached the Sun. Just as during earthly life we
    • feel ourselves linked to the earth, so now we feel at one with the
    • time we feel that we must acquire what Lucifer can bestow upon us in
    • another factor. Because all feelings and the capacity to form ideas
    • feel for the dead, creates a path on which a connection with earthly
    • feelings directed toward them from the earth.
    • but outside in your surroundings. You would not have the feeling that
    • feel that that is my eye, my nose, my leg. Then you would have to
  • Title: Life Between ... IV: Recent Results of Occult Investigation Into Life
    Matching lines:
    • from hurrying to and fro. How glad every individual feels that he
    • necessary for us to feel equally glad when someone else can and does
    • the gate of death, where does he feel himself to be?” One can
    • customary on earth. There we are spread out in space, we feel
    • an initiate or of a person after death, is one of feeling oneself
    • ethical concepts and feelings we developed on earth. A person who has
    • loved him as much as we should, we can make up for these feelings. We
    • reach them. We continually feel as if we have to break through a
    • Inwardly the human being feels increasingly that only what he has
    • our deepest feelings. When rightly understood nothing remains a mere
    • feelings. As every morning on earth we awaken strengthened and
    • other. It is only in such a relationship that the right feelings of
  • Title: Life Between ... III: Mans Journey Through the Planetary Spheres
    Matching lines:
    • could not think, I picture this to myself; no feeling of which
    • you could not say, I feel; no pain of which you could not say
    • you will find that the feeling of “I” is intensified
    • irreligious soul feels as though enclosed in a capsule, a prison.
    • feels as though he were in a prison and unable to reach them. Thus,
    • feeling, will not be united in a new community or union after death,
    • things, but in fact they are one and the same. Why does a feeling of
    • starry heavens? It is because without our knowing it the feeling of
    • our soul's home awakens in us. The feeling awakens: Before you
    • possesses should contemplate the starry heavens with feelings such as
    • feeling of reverence and will know that this is the memory of man's
    • Occultism reveals that if we feel something of the reality of the
    • nevertheless take with him a feeling resulting from what he has heard
    • feeling in the soul that is important. When we are listening to the
    • universe, the more deeply I feel the responsibility to develop in
  • Title: Life Between ... V: Life Between Death and Rebirth 1
    Matching lines:
    • wishes to proceed conscientiously in this domain, one will feel it
    • feeling of powerlessness towards the necessity of karma that can be
    • him, and we feel the total relationships that we had with him here on
    • or after us, and we feel that that is how we stood with him in life.
    • when we realize that we have done an injustice to someone in feeling
    • must be left as it is. Yet one feels all the time that it ought to be
    • feel entirely at one with him. We know exactly how we are related to
    • dwellers. We truly feel that we are inhabiting cosmic space. Just as
    • during our physical existence we feel ourselves to be earth dwellers,
    • so then we feel ourselves to be Mercury dwellers. I cannot describe
    • we call the Venus sphere, we feel ourselves as Venus dwellers. There
    • develop religious feelings during earthly life, feelings of union
    • Definite feelings for the spiritual that are colored by this or that
    • community only with those of like feelings who shared the same creed
    • The next sphere is the Sun sphere in which we feel ourselves as Sun
    • we were related on earth. In the Venus sphere we feel at home with
    • human beings. Here the essential thing is for the soul to feel that
    • this makes us into social beings in the Sun sphere. If we feel
    • of the points where anthroposophy can only develop into a feeling for
    • feels full responsibility towards his own being, for he realizes that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Life Between ... VI: Life Between Death and Rebirth 2
    Matching lines:
    • Suppose we come across a person who died before us. At first we feel
    • to the ground. One feels spiritually bound to a relationship that was
    • established on earth. One literally feels in a state of coercion.
    • something within him that will manifest as a feeling for the various
    • What will happen when we gradually unfold such feelings, when human
    • feeling and of will or wish — come to expression in the soul.
    • feeling in that we are more or less compassionate or hardhearted,
    • The forces of the heart and of feeling, the innermost forces in the
  • Title: Life Between ... VII: The Working of Karma in Life After Death
    Matching lines:
    • expressed in the human soul as thinking, feeling and willing. If we
    • Man feels truly free only in the realm of his feelings. It is quite
    • different from thinking and willing. We feel most at home in the
    • sphere of feeling and sensation when we are compelled neither by
    • something, is dependent. We likewise feel a dependency in our
    • willing. In our feelings, however, we are completely ourselves and
    • so? It is because ultimately our feelings are a mirror picture of a
    • of feeling we can freely experience what speaks to our soul because,
    • occultly considered, feelings are a mirror image of a realm that does
    • and willing. Through feeling the gods allow us to participate in
    • their own creative working, though in a mysterious way. In feeling we
    • be accompanied by feelings that draw us closer to the spiritual
    • can mean for us. We look in all directions and feel the power of
    • connected with our feelings and emotions, with all the aspects of our
    • Our whole being expands and we feel that we are becoming ever larger.
    • The feeling of being here in my skin with space and surrounding
    • feeling of being together is determined by quite other factors than
    • science will continue to feel the anguish of longing for it unless we
    • might feel that had he sailed he surely would have been drowned! That
    • unheeded. In this respect, spiritual science refines the feelings and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Life Between ... VIII: Between Death and a New Birth
    Matching lines:
    • but they represent a riddle more to the feelings than to the dry
    • yourself the feelings of this man. He did not sail, and then he heard
    • his feelings. What impressions would arise in us if we were able to
    • sensitive, he will feel that the one who has died is with him and
    • writes that plants are endowed with feelings and are able to admire.
    • between soul and body. Some people feel active and stimulated shortly
  • Title: Life Between ... IX: Life After Death
    Matching lines:
    • indeterminate feeling. But out of what depths of the soul does this
    • taking place in thinking, feeling and willing from morning until
    • perception of the outer world feels barren and empty. How many souls
    • Those who feel called upon to carry spiritual ideas into our
    • Today there are souls who feel, even if out of the deepest recesses
    • appears to them as empty and barren. Only they feel filled with a
    • feeling relationships to other people, becomes our inner world after
    • here we can feel a pain in our lungs, our stomach or our head, so
    • does not occur to him, for otherwise he would feel, “You have
    • thoughts, then one at least will have a feeling as to the origin of
    • are able to think and feel along new lines, and it is only because of
    • also follows it who merely feels a longing to hear something about
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy as a Substance of Life and Feeling
    Matching lines:
    • the human soul experiences in feelings between death and a new birth.
    • feel something concerning the super-sensible worlds.
    • Now I am longing to be back again, I feel how I miss everything and my
    • inkling of her presence and feel as if she were there, as if I were in
    • language in common is lacking, two souls feel separated.
    • knowledge and spiritual feelings: this is the link which connects the
    • the old religious feelings suffice to give soul something which may be
    • upon the knowledge of the super-sensible worlds feel that it is an
    • Thus they feel the necessity of proclaiming anthroposophical truths,
    • applying thought, by feeling what comes toward us from the world
    • and feelings escape our attention because we are unable to perceive
    • entirely different feelings. The seer discovers the following
    • wishes to speak within you. You may then think or feel: Whence do the
    • feelings come which now arise within my soul? This is not necessarily
    • begin to feel these things if they observe also the world of
    • life.“ This feeling will develop with the aid of anthroposophical
    • thoughts. We shall be able to feel that every point containing
    • develop this feeling, so that reverence and devotion for what lies
    • gradually develop this feeling they will discover quite independently
    • that have found their way into anthroposophical feelings — may
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Life Between ... X: Anthroposophy as the Quickener of Feeling and of Life
    Matching lines:
    • Lecture X: Anthroposophy as the Quickener of Feeling and of Life
    • Anthroposophy as the Quickener of Feeling and of Life
    • the most important aspects that engages our feelings most deeply,
    • this in itself is sufficient for him to feel it a duty to work
    • long to go back. I feel the lack of all I had. Longingly in my soul I
    • from time to time I feel as if she were there, as if I were with her,
    • language, these two souls feel severed from one another. This was not
    • dead is spiritual knowledge, feeling and experience. That is the
    • religious feelings of the past are no longer sufficient to give the
    • greatest sin if they did so. They feel it a necessity to proclaim
    • To take another example, you gain a particular feeling when you
    • make himself perceptible to your soul. You may have the feeling,
    • boundary of two worlds. He feels, “How infinitely rich in
    • the feeling, “An enormous amount lies hidden in the very ground
    • of being.” This feeling grows as one occupies oneself with
    • anthroposophy. One develops the feeling that at every point where
    • number of possibilities. Ultimately this feeling will bring about a
    • growing sense of devotion towards what is hidden. As this feeling
    • future it will occur quite normally that a person will feel that the
    • dead, who are in fact far more alive. Souls on earth will also feel
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Esoteric Studies: Lecture I: Cosmic Aspect of Life Between Death and New Birth
    Matching lines:
    • whether he feels that he is destined to loneliness, or, if one
    • cared to awaken in his soul moral feelings a moral way of
    • who has developed this only to a small extent — feels
    • attitude, religious sentiments, religious feelings. On the
    • religious feelings. This is not sufficient for the sphere of
    • the Sun. In the sphere of the Sun the feeling of loneliness
    • certain kind of religious feeling in his soul. In the sphere of
    • religious feeling; when, so to speak, he has developed a deeper
    • of the Sun as it has been described, we